SUSTAINING ADVANTAGE
BOLD. AGILE. ENDURING.
2019
Annual Report
2019YEARINREVIEW.STANLEYBLACKANDDECKER.COM
2OUR VALUES AND BEHAVIORS ALIGNED WITH PURPOSEWE ARE RELIABLE TO THE COREINTEGRITY & ACCOUNTABILITYWE CUT THROUGH CHALLENGESAGILITY & PERFORMANCEWE JOIN FORCES FOR SUSTAINABILITYINCLUSIVITY & COLLABORATIONWE ARE BOLD TO BREAK THE MOLDCOURAGE & INNOVATIONWE ARE BOLD AND AGILE, YET THOUGHTFUL AND DISCIPLINEDFOR THOSE WHO MAKE THE WORLD™ STANLEY BLACK AND DECKER 2019 ANNUAL REPORT1VISIT THE 2019 YEAR INREVIEW WEBSITEVisit 2019yearinreview.stanleyblackanddecker.com to view exciting aspects of the Stanley Black & Decker story, explore our financials, review our sustainable practices, and read about our businesses and our plans for growth.James M. LoreePresident & Chief Executive OfficerFINANCIAL PERFORMANCEStanley Black & Decker reported a solid 2019, overcoming approximately $445 million in external headwinds related to tariffs, foreign exchange and commodity inflation. With our performance-focused organization, we continued to generate above-market organic growth of 3%, low single-digit adjusted EPS growth and robust free cash flow in a dynamic operating environment.Full-year revenue totaled $14.4 billion, a 3% increase from the prior year. Our full-year operating margin rate was 13.5%,* relatively consistent with the prior year despite the intense, externally driven cost pressures. Diluted EPS* was $8.40, up 3% over the prior year. Free cash flow was $1.1 billion, representing a conversion rate of 113% of net income. Our strong free cash flow profile supported our 52nd annual dividend increase, a series of strategic acquisitions and a modest amount of deleveraging, in line with our strong 2019, for the second consecutive year, was characterized by extreme volatility and uncertainty regarding large external factors such as tariffs, dollar strength and cost inflation, which in this case, had the potential to negatively impact our operations by $445 million of operating profit. Further, although U.S. consumer (ex-automotive) and construction markets were generally supportive, the majority of end markets outside the U.S. slowed during the year and, by the second half, most global industrial markets were in recessionary territory. Despite the obstacles, once again Stanley Black & Decker rose to the occasion and delivered a respectable financial performance under the circumstances.Throughout the year, our team also remained focused on our long-term aspirational vision by continuing the pursuit of the three objectives of (1) continuing to deliver top-quartile financial performance, (2) becoming known as one of the world’s great innovative companies and (3) elevating our commitment to social responsibility. This alignment, along with our purpose —For Those Who Make the World—provide the overarching framework for “winning in the 2020s,” which is exactly what we intend to do.The new decade is upon us and with it comes a host of new challenges, with the most significant one of them all being something called VUCA, a term which emanated from a military college in the U.S. in response to the onset of the post-Cold War era. VUCA stands for volatility, uncertainty, complexity and ambiguity. While, in that period, VUCA described the backdrop for the formation of a new world order, this time I believe it describes what leaders of all institutions will have to consider as we devise strategies and tactics to thrive in what can now be called the new world disorder of the 2020s. It’s an exciting world, full of disruptive risks and opportunities, with the accelerating pace of technological change always pushing the limits of what individuals and institutions can absorb. This new world has given rise to new axes of competition, neatly characterized by Boston Consulting Group’s Henderson Institute. Three that we find most relevant are: (1) competing on the rate of learning; (2) competing on resilience; and (3) leveraging ecosystems.In 2019, we put much thought into what it will take to win in this environment, and we were perhaps blessed by having to deal with the unusually volatile conditions we faced in 2018 and 2019. For structural reasons, our recent external challenges may have been more pronounced than encountered by most diversified global industrials. Ironically, we feel fortunate that we experienced them and endured through them, as we have now emerged with the fitness and mindset to take on the challenges of the 2020s.*Excludes M&A related and other chargesDear Shareholders: investment credit grade targets. Our cash flow return on investment grew to 14%,
in line with our long-term objectives.
Tools & Storage achieved an impressive 5% organic growth rate in 2019, with North
America (+7%) and Europe (+4%) leading the way. Our team has exhibited excellent
commercial execution, leveraging a formidable array of growth catalysts to continue
gaining share despite slowing international and industrial end markets. Current
catalysts consist of the CRAFTSMAN brand rollout, e-commerce and core and
breakthrough innovation, including DEWALT FLEXVOLT, ATOMIC and XTREME.
In Industrial, we achieved 11% total revenue growth primarily from the Nelson Fastener
and IES Attachments acquisitions. Industrial organic growth (−3%) was challenged by
weak automotive and general industrial end markets. However, we are continuing to
leverage our operating model to gain share and achieve above-market growth, best
signified by our automotive fastener penetration gains, which accounted for 360 bps
growth above global light vehicle production levels.
Security demonstrated forward progress in 2019 with 1% organic growth and 20 basis
points of operating margin rate* improvement. While it would seem to be a modest
improvement, behind the scenes we are achieving cost efficiencies while investing in
business model transformation and other initiatives directed at achieving consistent
organic growth with operating margin improvement. We are encouraged by the
progress, as we exited the year with significant organic growth momentum (+4% in
the fourth quarter) that we believe can continue into 2020 and beyond.
*Excludes M&A related and other charges
DRIVING PERFORMANCE AND INNOVATION IN A
DYNAMIC WORLD
Our successful, long-standing Stanley Fulfillment Operating System (now known as
SFS 2.0) has continuously evolved over the last 15 years and has served as the
EVOLVING OUR OPERATING MODEL
2
STANLEY BLACK AND DECKER 2019 ANNUAL REPORT3framework for our businesses to focus their priorities and allocate resources in order to sustain financial performance. In light of the rapidly moving dynamics of the new VUCA world, including the acceleration of technological change, geopolitical instability and the changing nature of work, this past year we decided to contemporize SFS 2.0 for the 2020s. The result is the new SBD Operating Model, which is being introduced across the Company as this report is being issued. It is an evolution of SFS 2.0, designed to propel the Company forward, addressing both the new axes of competition, as well as updating classic execution best practices with a renewed energy and focus on relevant themes for the current decade. At the center of the model is the concept of the interrelationship between people and technology. The remaining four categories are: Performance Resiliency; Extreme Innovation; Operations Excellence; and Extraordinary Customer Experience. Each of these elements co-exists synergistically with the others in a systems-based approach.People and TechnologyThis pillar emphasizes our belief that the right combination of digitally proficient people applying technology such as artificial intelligence, machine learning, advanced analytics, IoT and others in focused ways can be an enormous source of value creation and sustainability for the corporation. It also brings to light the changing nature of work and the talent and skillsets required for individuals and institutions to thrive in the future. With technology infiltrating the workplace at an increasingly rapid pace, we believe that the winners in the 2020s will invest heavily in reskilling, upskilling and lifelong learning, with an emphasis on the places where people and technology intersect. In other words, technology can make humans more powerful and productive if, and only if, humans know how to apply the technology to maximum advantage. We have created plans and programs, as well as a new leadership model to ensure our people have the right skills, tools and mindsets to thrive in this era. The ability of our employees to embrace technology, learn and relearn new skills and take advantage of the opportunities presented in this new world will be critical to our success.Performance ResiliencyIf there is one thing the last two years have reinforced, it’s the criticality of resiliency. We think of performance resiliency as the agility, flexibility and adaptability to sustain strong performance regardless of operating environment conditions. That is causing us to plan for the unexpected and anticipate exogenous volatility as the new normal. Technology, applied to our key processes, products and business models, will be a key enabler for value creation and performance resiliency as we execute sustainable, ongoing transformation across the enterprise. Extreme InnovationStanley Black & Decker has a strong heritage of innovation, consistently launching more than 1,000 products a year, including breakthroughs such as DEWALT FLEXVOLT, ATOMIC and XTREME. In recent years, we’ve expanded our innovation-focused internal teams and external partnerships, but now we are growing that innovation ecosystem at a rapid pace, expanding the number of external collaborations with startups and entrepreneurs, academic institutions, research labs and others. This innovation culture, which includes a focus on social impact in addition to our traditional product and customer focus, enables our Company to introduce products to market faster and reimagine how we operate in today’s technology-enabled, fast-paced world.Operations Excellence An intense focus on operations excellence and asset efficiency is mandatory in a dynamic world in which the bar for competitiveness is always moving higher. To help maintain our edge, a much more agile, adaptable and technology-enabled supply chain is necessary. Industry 4.0 is essential to this transformation. For several years, we have been moving to a “Make Where We Sell” and “Buy Where We Make” system, where more products are being manufactured in local markets. Today, about 50% of the products sold in North America are made in North America and our target is to continue to push that higher. This will improve customer responsiveness, lower lead times, reduce costs and mitigate geopolitical and currency risk, while facilitating major improvements in carbon footprint.2019 SUMMARY OF RESULTS* Excludes M&A related and other charges3%ORGANIC GROWTH OF13.5%*Overcoming $445 Million in External HeadwindsOPERATING MARGIN113%FREE CASH FLOW CONVERSION WAS~14%CASH FLOW RETURN ON INVESTMENT$14.4B+3% Versus Prior YearTOTAL REVENUES WERE Extraordinary Customer Experience
Customers are increasingly demanding world class experiences from their brands and
expectations for execution at the customer level are growing every day. It is no longer
sufficient to have great products on the shelf or in the catalog. We know that to sustain
our market share growth, we need to evolve and adapt to provide the types of
experiences that our customers now expect. While commercial excellence has always
been a big part of SFS 2.0 and will continue to be part of our new model, our new
thrust in this area takes it to another level. Each of our businesses is making a baseline
assessment and segmentation of their various customer experiences, while
systematically gaining insights into what can be done to elevate them to the
extraordinary level. Once again, the interaction between people and technology
will define our success in this area.
Value Creation Model and Innovation Ecosystem
Our well-established value creation model has produced strong, long-term shareholder
returns. It starts with our world class brands, attractive growth platforms, and scalable
and defensible franchises. Importantly, it leverages the power of our operating
model—enabling the achievement of the Company’s long-term financial objectives.
We also employ a balanced capital allocation approach over time, in which we commit
to returning 50% of our capital to shareholders in the form of dividends and/or
opportunistic share repurchases, with the remaining 50% earmarked for acquisitions
to further strengthen our business portfolio and fuel growth.
Our pursuit to become known as one of the world’s great innovative companies is
a consuming passion for us. In this ever more complex, faster -moving world with
disruption and democratization of innovation occurring across the globe, no one
individual or institution alone can possibly have the imagination, knowledge and
resources to successfully go it alone. Therefore, in addition to our breakthrough
innovation teams and core innovators, we are rapidly building a vast network of
resources to advance our products and processes, generate new revenue models
and give us a lens into the various disruptive forces representing both future threats
and opportunities. This network includes entrepreneurial accelerators, academics,
VALUE CREATION MODEL
4
INNOVATION ECOSYSTEM
other companies, our venture investment portfolio, STANLEY X (Silicon Valley unit),
Industry 4.0, Advanced Analytics and AI centers of excellence, government research
labs and much more. Stanley Black & Decker’s ecosystem addresses all technologies
that we consider strategic and cuts across all of our businesses and functions. It is
loosely coordinated through the Technology Council under the direction of the Chief
Technology Officer.
The Company’s strategy, value creation model, operating model and innovation
ecosystem have grown and evolved to respond to a changing world.
WELL POSITIONED FOR PROFITABLE GROWTH
Leveraging our operating model and capital deployment approach, we are executing a
number of major revenue catalysts that we believe will sustain our above-market growth
potential for the foreseeable future.
• CRAFTSMAN —This iconic brand rollout is expected to reach $1 billion of growth, net of
cannibalization, by 2021 with $600 million generated through 2019.
• Core & Breakthrough Innovation—We continually generate share gain with a steady
stream of innovation that we bring to the marketplace. In addition, our disruptive trio
of breakthroughs, FLEXVOLT, ATOMIC and XTREME have been well received by our
end users and are generating hundreds of millions of dollars of growth.
• e-Commerce—With revenues in excess of $1 billion, this global opportunity has the
potential for double-digit growth for the foreseeable future.
• Revenue Synergies—In addition to the cost synergies committed in our acquisitions,
we view inorganic growth as a way of catalyzing organic growth from revenue synergies.
We continue to see benefits from our Lenox and Irwin, Nelson and IES acquisitions.
Growing our businesses through M&A is central to our strategy. While we continue
to monitor the market for acquisitions, we already have a line of sight for acquisition
growth over the next few years with two defined and negotiated opportunities.
In early 2020, we reached agreement to acquire Consolidated Aerospace Manufacturing
or CAM. Growing and diversifying our Industrial business through M&A is a key priority
STANLEY BLACK AND DECKER 2019 ANNUAL REPORT
5
6for the Company and a focus of our strategic capital deployment. CAM, with revenues of $375 million, is an ideal platform asset to scale within our Engineered Fastening business and significantly adds to our exposure in the high growth, high margin aerospace market. CAM is a quality asset bringing well-recognized brands, a proven business model, strong customer relationships, an experienced management team and compelling cash flow characteristics, which create an attractive pathway for profitable growth and shareholder returns.During 2019, we also closed on a 20% stake in MTD Holdings, a leading outdoor power equipment manufacturer. This is an exciting opportunity to increase our presence in the $20 billion outdoor power equipment market. Our respective teams are working on multiple opportunities to generate operational efficiency and growth. Beginning in 2021, we have an option to purchase the remaining 80% with the potential to add up to $3 billion of revenue at an all-in EBITDA multiple in the range of 7 – 8 times. We are excited by this opportunity to leverage MTD’s strengths while bringing our brands, technology and scale to this adjacent market. THE PURPOSE OF A CORPORATION: BE A FORCE FOR GOODLast August, along with 183 other CEOs of large American corporations, I was a signatory to the Business Roundtable’s (BRT) significant update on the purpose of a corporation. The new statement declared that the purpose of a corporation was “to create value for all our stakeholders.” It does not prioritize any other stakeholders over shareholders.At Stanley Black & Decker, we applaud the BRT’s great achievement. It is no small task to get that many CEOs aligned around any topic, let alone purpose. Essentially, in the past, modern-day capitalism has been explicitly and often solely linked to profits. Since the 1970s, the World Economic Forum has advocated for cooperation and collaboration among political, business and other private sector leaders to bring to bear their combined resources to do good for all of society’s stakeholders, including the planet. It seems like Klaus Schwab’s once idealistic concept has finally come of age. Today, more than ever, I believe that corporations pursuing purpose will lead to higher profits and company valuations. Whether you look at income inequality, geopolitical turmoil or the accelerating pace of technological change, it’s clear the world needs help. For businesses and capitalism to thrive, we need sustained economic prosperity, geopolitical stability and an environmental climate that supports the people of this earth, our customers. To put it in the simplest language, businesses need customers, and more prosperous customers are generally better for business.When I became CEO in mid-2016, we updated our strategy and rolled out our aspirational 22/22 Vision— to double the size of our Company to $22 billion of revenue by the year 2022. But we also understood that the world was rapidly changing, and that the companies that survived over the decades and centuries were those that operated with foresight—they had mastered the art of strategic renewal and staying current with the world around them. At the time, Stanley Black & Decker was on the cusp of its 175th anniversary, and my job as CEO would be to ensure that I was setting up the Company to be successful in the 2020s. To do this, we also needed to understand the changing societal expectations of our customers, employees, investors, governments and other key stakeholders. With that in mind, we set about the process of excavating Stanley Black & Decker’s purpose. After considerable research and evaluation, in 2017, we launched our purpose—For Those Who Make The World—across our enterprise, our strategy and our brands. For Those Who Make The World is not about our Company or us. It’s about our stakeholders and our communities across the globe. It’s about our customers and end users—the builders and the caregivers—those out doing the hard work every day to contribute to our society and make the world a safer and better place. When we launched our purpose, I thought it would position us well for the future. I have been pleasantly surprised by how incredibly powerful it has been for guiding our Company forward and how integral being a force for good is to a corporation’s success and license to operate in the future. CONTINUE ORGANIC GROWTH MOMENTUMCONTINUE ORGANIC GROWTH MOMENTUM• SBD OPERATING MODEL as a catalyst • MIX into higher growth, higher margin businesses• INCREASE relative weighting of emerging markets STRATEGIC FRAMEWORKBE SELECTIVE AND OPERATE IN MARKETS WHERE:• BRAND is meaningful • VALUE proposition is definable and sustainable through innovation• GLOBAL cost leadership is achievablePURSUE ACQUISITIVE GROWTH• BUILD upon global Tools platform • EXPAND Industrial platform / diversify Engineered Fastening and Infrastructure• CONSOLIDATE Commercial Electronic Security industry, pending transformation STANLEY BLACK AND DECKER 2019 ANNUAL REPORT7The world is evolving even faster than I imagined and purpose has now become mainstream. Customers are making buying decisions based on it. Many younger employee prospects, those with contemporary skillsets, will not join a company if it doesn’t have a purpose or if the company’s purpose does not resonate with them. Buyside investors are increasingly scrutinizing company commitment to ESG, purpose and social responsibility as part of their investment decisions. It goes beyond that. Purpose not only inspires performance, it catalyzes it. Organizations around the world are recognizing that not only can you operate with purpose and generate profits, but that profits can actually be generated by a business model based on purpose.Inherent in the concept of purpose and stakeholder capitalism is corporate social responsibility. Our mission to elevate our commitment to corporate social responsibility might seem like it’s just getting started, however, it is embedded in our culture and has been for 177 years now, dating back to our founder, Frederick Stanley. We are very excited by this most recent chapter. Launched just three years ago, our initiative combines a top-down strategy, including specific focus areas and deliverables, with a grassroots movement led by our 60,000 associates. It is a great combination and it inspires our people every day. It is about engagement, accountability and social impact.The strategy has three components:The first is Empower Makers, with the goal of enabling 10 million creators and makers to thrive in a changing world. We will work to upskill and reskill our own employees and those in the community, empowering citizens with vocational training, STEAM education and access to what they need to be successful in this technology-focused world that has the potential to leave many behind. The second is Innovate With Purpose, with the goal of innovating our products to enhance the lives of 500 million people and improve environmental impacts. Our focus here is to innovate, using our own expertise and our ecosystem to develop value propositions to meet underserved societal needs and improve the lifecycle impact of our products and supply chain.The third is to Create A More Sustainable World, with the goal of positively impacting the environment (beyond carbon neutral) through our operations, and improving environmental impacts related to greenhouse gas emissions, water and waste, among others. As we work towards these goals, diversity and inclusion, ethics and integrity will be integrated and essential to all we do. You can learn more about our specific projects that support these initiatives, as well as our progress to date, in our Annual Year-In-Review at 2019yearinreview.stanleyblackanddecker.com.IN CLOSINGI want to thank you for your interest in and support of Stanley Black & Decker, and for being part of our journey in whatever way you participate through this interesting period in our history. I continue to be honored and humbled to lead this remarkable, 177-year-old global organization comprised of people who really care. Our entire team is committed to performance, innovation and social responsibility, delivering for shareholders and doing what we can to be a force for good in society. The 2020s are here, and we are ready for the challenges and opportunities ahead.OUR VISION• Continue Delivering Top-Quartile Performance• Be Recognized as One of the World’s Most Innovative Companies• Elevate Our Commitment to Corporate Social ResponsibilityJames M. LoreePresident & Chief Executive Officer 8Financial Highlights(1) With the exception of Free Cash Flow, results exclude acquisition-related charges, a non-cash fair value adjustment, gain or loss on sales of businesses, an environmental remediation settlement, a cost reduction program, an incremental freight charge related to a service provider’s bankruptcy, charges related to the extinguishment of debt, Security business transformation, margin resiliency initiatives and tax charges related to recently enacted U.S. tax legislation, as applicable.(2) 2015 results are shown as previously reported, which excludes the impacts from the 2018 adoption of Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2014-09, “Revenue from Contracts with Customers” and ASU 2017-07, “Compensation—Retirement Benefits.” * Free Cash Flow = Net cash flow from operating activities less capital and software expenditures. Free Cash Flow for 2015–2017 is shown as previously reported, which excludes the impacts from the 2018 adoption of ASU 2016-15, “Classification of Certain Cash Receipts and Cash Payments” and ASU 2016-18, “Restricted Cash.”(MILLIONS OF DOLLARS, EXCEPT PER-SHARE AMOUNTS, CONTINUING OPERATIONS)2019 (1)2018 (1)2017(1)2016 2015(2) SWK Revenue$14,442.2$13,982.4$12,966.6 $ 11,593.5$11,171.8Gross Margin—$$4,845.2$4,916.8$4,825.1 $4,268.0 $4,072.0Gross Margin—%33.5%35.2%37.2%36.8%36.4%Working Capital Turns9.88.89.110.89.2Free Cash Flow*$1,081$769$976$1,138 $871Diluted EPS$8.40$8.15$7.46$6.53 $5.92Tools & StorageRevenue$10,062.1 $9,814.0$9,045.0$7,619.2$7,140.7Segment Profit—$$1,577.6$1,535.7$1,520.7$1,258.4$1,170.1Segment Profit —%15.7%15.6%16.8%16.5%16.4%IndustrialRevenue$2,434.7 $2,187.8 $1,974.3 $1,864.0$1,938.2Segment Profit—$$359.9$345.8$345.9$300.1 $339.9Segment Profit—%14.8%15.8%17.5%16.1%17.5%SecurityRevenue$1,945.4$1,980.6 $1,947.3$2,110.3$2,092.9Segment Profit—$$212.3$211.5$213.7$267.9$239.6Segment Profit —%10.9%10.7%11.0%12.7%11.4% STANLEY BLACK AND DECKER 2019 ANNUAL REPORT92019 Scorecard(MILLIONS OF DOLLARS, CONTINUING OPERATIONS)2019201820172016 2015 Net earnings before equity interest $ 969$ 605$1,227$968$ 904Interest income (54) (69)(40)(23)(15)Interest expense284278223194180Income taxes161416301262249Depreciation and amortization560 507461408414EBITDA$1,920$1,737$2,172$1,809$1,732Pre-tax acquisition-related charges and other 363 450 (108)— —Adjusted EBITDA$2,283$2,187$2,064$1,809$1,732(a) “EBITDA” (earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, and amortization) and “Adjusted EBITDA” are non-GAAP measurements. Management believes Adjusted EBITDA, which excludes the impacts of acquisition-related and other charges, is important for the ability to determine the earnings power of the Company. Adjusted EBITDA for 2019 results excludes $363 million of (pre-tax) charges related to restructuring, acquisitions, charges related to the extinguishment of debt, Security business transformation, margin resiliency initiatives, and a gain on a sale of a business. Adjusted EBITDA for 2018 results excludes $450 million of (pre-tax) charges related to acquisitions, an environmental remediation settlement, a non-cash fair value adjustment, a cost reduction program, an incremental freight charge related to a service provider’s bankruptcy, and a loss related to a previously divested business. Adjusted EBITDA for 2017 results excludes $156 million of (pre-tax) charges related to acquisition-related charges and a $264 million (pre-tax) gain on sales of businesses.(b), (c), (d), (e) and (f) refer to the inside back cover.AVERAGE CAPITAL EMPLOYED(e) ($ BILLIONS)CASH FLOW RETURN ON INVESTMENT(f) TOTAL SALES GROWTHORGANIC SALES GROWTH20152016201720182019$10.0$9.9$11.2$12.1$12.3201520162017201820196%4%7%5%3%20152016201720182019−1%2%12%8%3%2015201620172018201913%16%14%12%14%ADJUSTED EBITDA(CONTINUING OPERATIONS)(a) ($ MILLIONS)20152016201720182019$1,732$1,809$2,064$2,187$2,283EPS(CONTINUING OPERATIONS)(b) ($ GAAP) ($ ADJUSTED)20152016201720182019$8.15$8.40$5.92$6.53$3.99$7.46$6.35$8.05FREE CASH FLOW(c)($ MILLIONS)20152016201720182019$871$1,138$976$769$1,081WORKING CAPITAL TURNS(d)201520162017201820199.210.89.18.89.8 10At-A-GlanceTOOLS & STORAGE$10.1B~$6.1BPower Tools & Equipment ~$4.0BHand Tools, Accessories & Storage ~$1.7BSTANLEY Engineered Fastening ~$0.7BInfrastructure INDUSTRIAL$2.4BSECURITY$1.9B~$1.5BCommercial Electronic Security ~$0.3BAutomatic Doors~$0.1BHealthcare Solutions #1in Tools & Storage9Consecutive Years Dow Jones Sustainability NA IndexGLOBAL LEADERin Engineered Fastening#2in Commercial Electronic SecurityTools & StorageSTANLEYDEWALTCRAFTSMANBLACK+DECKERPorter CableBOSTITCHPowersLenoxIrwinFacomMAC ToolsSidchromeProtoVidmarListaSTANLEY Oil & GasSTANLEY LaBountySTANLEY HydraulicsSTANLEY DubuisPaladin PengoInfrastructureEngineered FasteningSTANLEY Engineered Fastening CribMasterSecuritySTANLEY SecuritySonitrolSTANLEY Access TechnologiesHealthcareSTANLEY HealthcareAeroScoutHugsWander Guard+3% TOOLS & STORAGE+11%Total Revenue Growth with Auto Fastener Penetration 360 Bps Above Global Light Vehicle ProductionINDUSTRIALWe build the solutions that keep your world running seamlessly—from preferred engineered fastening solutions in the automotive and industrial channels to infrastructure solutions including pipeline construction and hydraulic tools.Total Revenue Growth with 5% Organic GrowthThe worldwide leader in tools and storage, we create the tools that build and maintain the world. Tradespeople and Do-It-Yourselfers alike rely on us every day for the toughest, strongest, most innovative hand tools, power tools and storage solutions in the market.SECURITY+1%Organic Revenue Growth with 3% Organic Growth in Security North AmericaWe deliver peace of mind with advanced electronic safety, security and monitoring solutions, automatic doors, and sophisticated patient safety, asset tracking and productivity solutions.A GLOBAL INDUSTRIAL LEADERLEADING BRANDS STANLEY BLACK AND DECKER 2019 ANNUAL REPORT11Our Mission: Be a Force for GoodAt Stanley Black & Decker, we believe corporations have a broad role to play to help solve societal challenges like climate change and income inequality. Building on our deep historical focus on sustainability, health and safety, and community engagement, we work to be a force for good.“We are for the makers and creators, the builders and the caregivers. We take our responsibility to all our stakeholders seriously, and understand that sustainability is integral to our business strategy.” James M. LoreePresident & Chief Executive OfficerECOSMART Is Our Commitment To A Sustainable FutureEnable 10 million creators and makers to thrive in a changing worldEMPOWER MAKERSInnovate our products to enhance the lives of 500 million people and improve environmental impactsINNOVATE WITH PURPOSEPositively impact the environment through our operationsCREATE A MORE SUSTAINABLE WORLDENERGY (KBTU/HR)CARBON (MT/KHR)WATER (GAL/HR)WASTE(LBS/HR)TOTAL RECORDABLE RATE (TRR) AND LOST TIME RATE (LTR)INCIDENTS/100 HEADSHow We Are ECOSMART™: 2019yearinreview.stanleyblackanddecker.com/CSRECOSMART™ Scorecard: 2019yearinreview.stanleyblackanddecker.com/scorecard0.820.25TRRLTR0.860.240.770.240.730.220.640.2020152016201720182019201620172018201920162017201820192016201720182019201620172018201930.13.413.901.641.631.651.553.533.303.253.242.952.5428.827.625.5OUR 2030 GLOBAL CORPORATE SOCIAL RESPONSIBILITY STRATEGYECOSMARTTM SCORECARD 12Our LeadershipGeorge W. BuckleyChairman,Stanley Black & Decker, Inc.Chairman,Smiths Group plcRetired Chairman, President & Chief Executive Officer, 3M CompanyAndrea J. AyersFormer President & Chief Executive Officer,Convergys Corporation Patrick D. CampbellRetired Senior Vice President & Chief Financial Officer,3M Company Chairman, Newell Brands Inc.Carlos M. CardosoPrincipal,CMPC Advisors LLCChairman,Garrett Motion Inc.Robert B. CouttsRetired Executive Vice President, Electronic Systems,Lockheed Martin CorporationDebra A. CrewFormer President & Chief Executive Officer,Reynolds American Inc.Michael D. HankinPresident & Chief Executive Officer,Brown Advisory IncorporatedJames M. LoreePresident & Chief Executive Officer,Stanley Black & Decker, Inc.Dmitri L. StocktonFormer Chairman, President & Chief Executive Officer,GE Asset ManagementIrving TanExecutive Vice President &Chief of Operations,Cisco Systems Inc.James M. LoreePresident & Chief Executive OfficerDonald Allan, Jr.Executive Vice President & Chief Financial OfficerJeffery D. AnsellExecutive Vice President & President, Tools & StorageSudhi N. BangaloreVice President, Industry 4.0Michael A. BartoneVice President, Corporate Tax & TreasurerJocelyn S. BelisleVice President, Chief Accounting OfficerRobert L. BlackburnSenior Vice President, Global OperationsSteven J. BrodrickVice President, Business, Transformation,Performance ResilienceRhonda O. GassVice President & Chief Information OfficerDeb J. GeyerVice President & Corporate Responsibility OfficerMichael D. KeoghPresident, STANLEY XDennis M. LangeVice President, Investor RelationsShannon L. LapierreVice President & ChiefCommunications OfficerJanet M. LinkSenior Vice President, General Counsel and SecretaryFrank A. MannarinoPresident, Power Tools Group,Tools & StorageMark T. MayburyChief Technology OfficerLee B. McChesneyChief Financial Officer, Tools & Storage and Corporate FP&AAllison A. NicolaidisPresident, Hand Tools & Storage, Tools & StorageJames P. O’SullivanPresident, Global Sales & Marketing, Tools & StorageRobert H. RaffPresident, STANLEY SecurityPradheepa RamanChief Talent Innovation OfficerJaime A. RamirezSenior Vice President,Chief Operating Officer,Tools & StorageJames R. Ray, Jr.President, STANLEY Engineered FasteningJ. Douglas RedpathPresident, InfrastructureStephen M. SubasicVice President, Human Resources,Tools & Storage and Corporate Talent ManagementJoseph R. VoelkerSenior Vice President & Chief Human Resources Officer Corbin B. WalburgerVice President, Business DevelopmentJohn H. WyattSenior Vice President & President, IndustrialAdam Wynne HughesPresident, STANLEY Oil & GasAs of December 31, 2019BOARD OF DIRECTORSMANAGEMENT TEAM UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
FORM 10-K
ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
or
TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the fiscal year ended December 28, 2019
For the transition period from ___________ to ___________
Commission File Number 001-05224
STANLEY BLACK & DECKER, INC.
(Exact Name Of Registrant As Specified In Its Charter)
Connecticut
(State or Other Jurisdiction of
Incorporation or Organization)
06-0548860
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification Number)
1000 STANLEY DRIVE
NEW BRITAIN, CT 06053
(Address of Principal Executive Offices and Zip Code)
Registrant’s Telephone Number, Including Area Code 860 225-5111
Securities Registered Pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
Title Of Each Class
Common Stock $2.50 Par Value per Share
Corporate Units
Corporate Units
Trading Symbol(s)
SWK
SWP
SWT
Name Of Each Exchange on Which Registered
New York Stock Exchange
New York Stock Exchange
New York Stock Exchange
Securities Registered Pursuant To Section 12(g) Of The Act:
None
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Act.
Yes
No
Yes
No
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the
preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports) and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past
90 days. Yes
No
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T
(§ 232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit such files).
Yes
No
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company, or an emerging
growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company,” and "emerging growth company" in Rule 12b-2 of the
Exchange Act.
Large Accelerated Filer
Non-Accelerated Filer
Accelerated Filer
Smaller Reporting Company
Emerging Growth Company
If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised
financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act.
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act).
Yes
No
As of June 28, 2019, the aggregate market value of the voting and non-voting common equity held by non-affiliates of the registrant was $21.9 billion based on the New
York Stock Exchange closing price for such shares on that date. On February 17, 2020, the registrant had 154,025,464 shares of common stock outstanding.
Portions of the registrant’s definitive proxy statement relating to its 2020 annual meeting of shareholders (the "2020 Proxy Statement") are incorporated by reference
into Part III of this Annual Report on Form 10-K where indicated. The 2020 Proxy Statement will be filed with the U.S. Securities Exchange Commission within
120 days after the end of the fiscal year to which this report relates.
DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
3
8
19
20
20
20
21
23
25
47
47
47
48
48
49
51
51
53
53
53
55
56
TABLE OF CONTENTS
PART I
ITEM 1.
ITEM 1A.
ITEM 1B.
ITEM 2.
ITEM 3.
ITEM 4.
ITEM 5.
ITEM 6.
ITEM 7.
ITEM 7A.
ITEM 8.
ITEM 9.
ITEM 9A.
ITEM 9B.
ITEM 10.
ITEM 11.
ITEM 12.
ITEM 13.
ITEM 14.
BUSINESS ......................................................................................................................................
RISK FACTORS .............................................................................................................................
UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS ..........................................................................................
PROPERTIES..................................................................................................................................
LEGAL PROCEEDINGS................................................................................................................
MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES ...................................................................................................
PART II
MARKET FOR THE REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER
MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES .........................................
SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA....................................................................................................
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS.........................................................................................................
QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK .................
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA ..................................................
CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND
FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE ..........................................................................................................
CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES................................................................................................
OTHER INFORMATION ...............................................................................................................
PART III
DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE OF THE
REGISTRANT ................................................................................................................................
EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION...................................................................................................
SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT
AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS ............................................................................
CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR
INDEPENDENCE...........................................................................................................................
PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES..................................................................
ITEM 15.
ITEM 16.
EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULE .........................................................
FORM 10-K SUMMARY ...............................................................................................................
PART IV
SIGNATURES
EX-4.14
EX-10.16(b)
EX-10.16(c)
EX-10.16(d)
EX-10.19
EX-10.29
EX-21
EX-23
EX-24
EX-31.1(a)
EX-31.1(b)
EX-32.1
EX-32.2
2
PART I
ITEM 1. BUSINESS
FORM 10-K
Stanley Black & Decker, Inc. ("the Company") was founded in 1843 by Frederick T. Stanley and incorporated in Connecticut in
1852. In March 2010, the Company completed a merger ("the Merger") with The Black & Decker Corporation (“Black &
Decker”), a company founded by S. Duncan Black and Alonzo G. Decker and incorporated in Maryland in 1910. At that time,
the Company changed its name from The Stanley Works to Stanley Black & Decker, Inc.
The Company is a diversified global provider of hand tools, power tools and related accessories, engineered fastening systems
and products, services and equipment for oil & gas and infrastructure applications, commercial electronic security and
monitoring systems, healthcare solutions, and automatic doors, with 2019 consolidated annual revenues of $14.4 billion.
Approximately 59% of the Company’s 2019 revenues were generated in the United States, with the remainder largely from
Europe (20%), emerging markets (13%) and Canada (4%).
The Company continues to execute a growth and acquisition strategy that involves industry, geographic and customer
diversification to foster sustainable revenue, earnings and cash flow growth. The Company remains focused on delivering
above-market organic growth with margin expansion by leveraging its proven and long-standing operating model which has
continually evolved over the past 15 years as times have changed. In light of the rapidly moving dynamics throughout the
world, including acceleration of technological change, geopolitical instability and the changing nature of work, this past year
the Company decided to contemporize its existing Stanley Fulfillment System ("SFS") 2.0 model for the 2020s and created the
new Stanley Black & Decker Operating Model (“SBD Operating Model”). At the center of the new model is the concept of the
interrelationship between people and technology, which intersect and interact with the other key elements: Performance
Resiliency, Extreme Innovation, Operations Excellence and Extraordinary Customer Experience. Each of these elements co-
exists synergistically with the others in a systems-based approach. The Company will leverage the SBD Operating Model to
continue making strides towards achieving its vision of delivering top-quartile financial performance, becoming known as one
of the world’s leading innovators and elevating its commitment to social responsibility.
The above strategy has also resulted in approximately $10.1 billion of acquisitions since 2002 (excluding the Merger and
pending acquisition of Consolidated Aerospace Manufacturing, LLC, as discussed below), which was enabled by strong cash
flow generation and increased debt capacity. In recent years, the Company completed the acquisitions of International
Equipment Solutions Attachments Group ("IES Attachments") for approximately $654 million, Nelson Fastener Systems
("Nelson") for approximately $424 million, the Tools business of Newell Brands ("Newell Tools") for approximately $1.84
billion, and the Craftsman® brand from Sears Holdings Corporation ("Sears Holdings") for an estimated cash purchase price of
approximately $937 million on a discounted basis. The IES Attachments acquisition further diversifies the Company's presence
in the industrial markets, expands its portfolio of attachment solutions and provides a meaningful platform for continued
growth. The Nelson acquisition was complementary to the Company's product offerings, enhanced its presence in the general
industrial end markets, and expanded its portfolio of highly-engineered fastening solutions. The Newell Tools acquisition,
which included the industrial cutting, hand tool and power tool accessory brands IRWIN® and LENOX®, enhanced the
Company’s position within the global tools & storage industry and broadened the Company’s product offerings and solutions to
customers and end users, particularly within power tool accessories. The Craftsman acquisition provided the Company with the
rights to develop, manufacture and sell Craftsman®-branded products in non-Sears Holdings channels. Furthermore, the
Company recently announced an agreement to acquire Consolidated Aerospace Manufacturing, LLC ("CAM"), an industry-
leading manufacturer of specialty fasteners and components for the aerospace and defense markets. The acquisition is expected
to further diversify the Company's presence in the industrial markets and expand its portfolio of specialty fasteners in the high-
growth, high-margin aerospace and defense market. The acquisition is subject to customary closing conditions, including
regulatory approval, and is expected to close in late February 2020.
In January 2019, the Company acquired a 20 percent interest in MTD Holdings Inc. ("MTD"), a privately held global
manufacturer of outdoor power equipment, for $234 million in cash. Under the terms of the agreement, the Company has the
option to acquire the remaining 80 percent of MTD beginning on July 1, 2021. The investment in MTD increases the
Company's presence in the $20 billion outdoor power equipment market and allows the two companies to work together to
pursue revenue and cost opportunities, improve operational efficiency, and introduce new and innovative products for
professional and residential outdoor equipment customers, utilizing each company's respective portfolios of strong brands.
In May 2019, the Company sold its Sargent and Greenleaf mechanical locks business within the Security segment for net
proceeds of $79 million. This sale allows the Company to invest in other areas of the Company that fit into its long-term
growth strategy.
3
In February 2017, the Company completed the sale of the majority of its mechanical security businesses, which included the
commercial hardware brands of Best Access, phi Precision and GMT, for net proceeds of approximately $717 million. This sale
allowed the Company to deploy capital in a more accretive and growth-oriented manner. The Company has also divested
several smaller businesses in recent years that did not fit into its long-term strategic objectives.
Refer to Note E, Acquisitions and Investments, and Note T, Divestitures, of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in
Item 8 for further discussion.
At December 28, 2019, the Company employed 59,438 people worldwide. The Company’s principal executive office is located
at 1000 Stanley Drive, New Britain, Connecticut 06053 and its telephone number is (860) 225-5111.
Description of the Business
The Company’s operations are classified into three reportable business segments, which also represent its operating segments:
Tools & Storage, Industrial and Security. All segments have significant international operations and are exposed to translational
and transactional impacts from fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates.
Additional information regarding the Company’s business segments and geographic areas is incorporated herein by reference to
the material captioned “Business Segment Results” in Item 7 and Note P, Business Segments and Geographic Areas, of the
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8.
Tools & Storage
The Tools & Storage segment is comprised of the Power Tools and Equipment ("PTE") and Hand Tools, Accessories & Storage
("HTAS") businesses. Annual revenues in the Tools & Storage segment were $10.1 billion in 2019, representing 70% of the
Company’s total revenues.
The PTE business includes both professional and consumer products. Professional products include professional grade corded
and cordless electric power tools and equipment including drills, impact wrenches and drivers, grinders, saws, routers and
sanders, as well as pneumatic tools and fasteners including nail guns, nails, staplers and staples, concrete and masonry anchors.
Consumer products include corded and cordless electric power tools sold primarily under the BLACK+DECKER® brand, lawn
and garden products, including hedge trimmers, string trimmers, lawn mowers, edgers and related accessories, and home
products such as hand-held vacuums, paint tools and cleaning appliances.
The HTAS business sells hand tools, power tool accessories and storage products. Hand tools include measuring, leveling and
layout tools, planes, hammers, demolition tools, clamps, vises, knives, saws, chisels and industrial and automotive tools. Power
tool accessories include drill bits, screwdriver bits, router bits, abrasives, saw blades and threading products. Storage products
include tool boxes, sawhorses, medical cabinets and engineered storage solution products.
The segment sells its products to professional end users, distributors, retail consumers and industrial customers in a wide
variety of industries and geographies. The majority of sales are distributed through retailers, including home centers, mass
merchants, hardware stores, and retail lumber yards, as well as third-party distributors and a direct sales force.
Industrial
The Industrial segment is comprised of the Engineered Fastening and Infrastructure businesses. Annual revenues in the
Industrial segment were $2.4 billion in 2019, representing 17% of the Company’s total revenues.
The Engineered Fastening business primarily sells engineered fastening products and systems designed for specific
applications. The product lines include blind rivets and tools, blind inserts and tools, drawn arc weld studs and systems,
engineered plastic and mechanical fasteners, self-piercing riveting systems and precision nut running systems, micro fasteners,
and high-strength structural fasteners. The business sells to customers in the automotive, manufacturing, electronics,
construction, and aerospace industries, amongst others, and its products are distributed through direct sales forces and, to a
lesser extent, third-party distributors.
The Infrastructure business consists of the Oil & Gas and Attachment Tools product lines. Oil & Gas sells and rents custom
pipe handling, joint welding and coating equipment used in the construction of large and small diameter pipelines, and provides
pipeline inspection services. Attachment Tools sells hydraulic tools, attachments and accessories. The Infrastructure business
sells to the oil and natural gas pipeline industry and other industrial customers. The products and services are primarily
distributed through a direct sales force and, to a lesser extent, third-party distributors.
Security
4
The Security segment is comprised of the Convergent Security Solutions ("CSS") and Mechanical Access Solutions ("MAS")
businesses. Annual revenues in the Security segment were $1.9 billion in 2019, representing 13% of the Company’s total
revenues.
The CSS business designs, supplies and installs commercial electronic security systems and provides electronic security
services, including alarm monitoring, video surveillance, fire alarm monitoring, systems integration and system maintenance.
Purchasers of these systems typically contract for ongoing security systems monitoring and maintenance at the time of initial
equipment installation. The business also sells healthcare solutions, which include asset tracking, infant protection, pediatric
protection, patient protection, wander management, fall management, and emergency call products. The CSS business sells to
consumers, retailers, educational, financial and healthcare institutions, as well as commercial, governmental and industrial
customers. The MAS business primarily sells automatic doors to commercial customers. Products for both businesses are sold
predominantly on a direct sales basis.
Other Information
Competition
The Company competes on the basis of its reputation for product quality, its well-known brands, its commitment to customer
service, its strong customer relationships, the breadth of its product lines, its innovative products and customer value
propositions.
The Company encounters active competition in the Tools & Storage and Industrial segments from both larger and smaller
companies that offer the same or similar products and services. Certain large customers offer private label brands (“house
brands”) that compete across a wide spectrum of the Company’s Tools & Storage segment product offerings. Competition in
the Security segment is generally fragmented via both large international companies and regional providers. Competition tends
to be based primarily on price and the quality and comprehensiveness of services offered to customers.
Major Customers
A significant portion of the Company’s Tools & Storage products are sold to home centers and mass merchants in the U.S. and
Europe. A consolidation of retailers both in North America and abroad has occurred over time. While this consolidation and the
domestic and international expansion of these large retailers have provided the Company with opportunities for growth, the
increasing size and importance of individual customers creates a certain degree of exposure to potential sales volume loss.
Lowe's accounted for approximately 15%, 12% and 11% of the Company's consolidated net sales in 2019, 2018 and 2017,
respectively, while The Home Depot accounted for approximately 10% of the Company's consolidated net sales in 2019. No
other customer exceeded 10% of the Company's consolidated net sales in 2019, 2018 or 2017.
Working Capital
The Company continues to practice the five operating principles encompassed by Operations Excellence (formerly Core SFS),
one element of the SBD Operating Model, which work in concert: sales and operations planning ("S&OP"), operational lean,
complexity reduction, global supply management, and order-to-cash excellence. As part of the evolution of the new operating
model, technology, the application of Industry 4.0 and upskilling the Company's workforce have become formally integrated
into Operations Excellence. The Company develops standardized business processes and system platforms to reduce costs and
provide scalability. The continued focus on the five operating principles above has been instrumental in reducing working
capital and creating significant opportunities to generate incremental free cash flow (defined as cash flow from operations less
capital and software expenditures). Working capital turns were 9.8 at the end of 2019, up 1.0 turn from 2018, reflecting a focus
on working capital management and lower inventory investment associated with recent Tools & Storage brand roll-outs. The
Company plans to continue leveraging Operations Excellence to generate ongoing improvements, both in the existing business
and future acquisitions, in working capital turns, cycle times, complexity reduction and customer service levels, with a long-
term goal of sustaining 10+ working capital turns.
Raw Materials
The Company’s products are manufactured using resins, ferrous and non-ferrous metals including, but not limited to, steel,
zinc, copper, brass, aluminum and nickel. The Company also purchases components such as batteries, motors, and electronic
components to use in manufacturing and assembly operations along with resin-based molded parts. The raw materials required
are procured globally and generally available from multiple sources at competitive prices. As part of the Company's Enterprise
Risk Management, the Company has implemented a supplier risk mitigation strategy in order to identify and address any
potential supply disruption associated with commodities, components, finished goods and critical services. The Company does
not anticipate difficulties in obtaining supplies for any raw materials or energy used in its production processes.
5
Backlog
Due to short order cycles and rapid inventory turnover primarily in the Company's Tools & Storage segment, backlog is
generally not considered a significant indicator of future performance. At February 1, 2020, the Company had approximately
$991 million in unfilled orders, which mainly related to the Engineered Fastening and Security businesses. Substantially all of
these orders are reasonably expected to be filled within the current fiscal year. As of February 2, 2019 and February 3, 2018,
unfilled orders amounted to $1,001 million and $929 million, respectively.
Patents and Trademarks
No business segment is solely dependent, to any significant degree, on patents, licenses, franchises or concessions, and the loss
of one or several of these patents, licenses, franchises or concessions would not have a material adverse effect on any of the
Company's businesses. The Company owns numerous patents, none of which individually is material to the Company's
operations as a whole. These patents expire at various times over the next 20 years. The Company holds licenses, franchises
and concessions, none of which individually or in the aggregate are material to the Company's operations as a whole. These
licenses, franchises and concessions vary in duration, but generally run from one to 40 years.
The Company has numerous trademarks that are used in its businesses worldwide. In the Tools & Storage segment, significant
trademarks include STANLEY®, BLACK+DECKER®, DEWALT®, FLEXVOLT®, IRWIN®, LENOX®, CRAFTSMAN®,
PORTER-CABLE®, BOSTITCH®, FATMAX®, Powers®, Guaranteed Tough®, MAC TOOLS®, PROTO®, Vidmar®,
FACOM®, USAG™, Expert®, SIDCHROME™, LISTA® and the yellow & black color scheme for power tools and
accessories. Significant trademarks in the Industrial segment include STANLEY®, CRC®, NELSON®, LaBounty®, Dubuis®,
CribMaster®, POP®, Avdel®, Heli-Coil®, Tucker®, NPR®, Spiralock®, PALADIN®, PENGO® and STANLEY® Assembly
Technologies. The Security segment includes significant trademarks such as STANLEY®, Blick™, HSM®, SONITROL®,
Stanley Access Technologies™, AeroScout®, Hugs®, WanderGuard®, Roam Alert®, MyCall®, Arial® and Bed-Check®. The
terms of these trademarks typically vary from 10 to 20 years, with most trademarks being renewable indefinitely for like terms.
Environmental Regulations
The Company is subject to various environmental laws and regulations in the U.S. and foreign countries where it has
operations. In the normal course of business, the Company is involved in various legal proceedings relating to environmental
issues. The Company’s policy is to accrue environmental investigatory and remediation costs for identified sites when it is
probable that a liability has been incurred and the amount of loss can be reasonably estimated. In the event that no amount in
the range of probable loss is considered most likely, the minimum loss in the range is accrued. The amount of liability recorded
is based on an evaluation of currently available facts with respect to each individual site and includes such factors as existing
technology, presently enacted laws and regulations, and prior experience in remediation of contaminated sites. The liabilities
recorded do not take into account any claims for recoveries from insurance or third parties. As assessments and remediation
progress at individual sites, the amounts recorded are reviewed periodically and adjusted to reflect additional technical and
legal information that becomes available. As of December 28, 2019 and December 29, 2018, the Company had reserves of
$213.8 million and $246.6 million, respectively, for remediation activities associated with Company-owned properties, as well
as for Superfund sites, for losses that are probable and estimable. Of the 2019 amount, $57.8 million is classified as current and
$156.0 million as long-term, which is expected to be paid over the estimated remediation period. As of December 28, 2019, the
Company has recorded $15.6 million in other assets related to funding by the Environmental Protection Agency ("EPA") and
monies received have been placed in trust in accordance with the Consent Decree associated with the West Coast Loading
Corporation ("WCLC") proceedings, as further discussed in Note S, Contingencies, of the Notes to Consolidated Financial
Statements in Item 8. Accordingly, the Company's cash obligation as of December 28, 2019 associated with the aforementioned
remediation activities is $198.2 million. The range of environmental remediation costs that is reasonably possible is $149.1
million to $286.1 million, which is subject to change in the near term. The Company may be liable for environmental
remediation of sites it no longer owns. Liabilities have been recorded on those sites in accordance with the Company's policy.
The amount recorded for identified contingent liabilities is based on estimates. Amounts recorded are reviewed periodically and
adjusted to reflect additional technical and legal information that becomes available. Actual costs to be incurred in future
periods may vary from the estimates, given the inherent uncertainties in evaluating certain exposures. Subject to the
imprecision in estimating future contingent liability costs, the Company does not expect that any sum it may have to pay in
connection with these matters in excess of the amounts recorded will have a materially adverse effect on its financial position,
results of operations or liquidity. Additional information regarding environmental matters is available in Note S, Contingencies,
of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8.
6
Employees
At December 28, 2019, the Company had 59,438 employees, 17,582 of whom were employed in the U.S. Employees in the
U.S. totaling 1,359 are covered by collective bargaining agreements negotiated with 30 different local labor unions who are, in
turn, affiliated with approximately 7 different international labor unions. The majority of the Company’s hourly-paid and
weekly-paid employees outside the U.S. are not covered by collective bargaining agreements. The Company’s labor agreements
in the U.S. expire between 2020 and 2021. There have been no significant interruptions of the Company’s operations in recent
years due to labor disputes. The Company believes it has a good relationship with its employees.
Research and Development Costs
Research and development costs, which are classified in Selling, general and administrative ("SG&A"), were $255.2 million,
$275.8 million and $252.3 million for fiscal years 2019, 2018 and 2017, respectively. The Company continues to focus on
becoming known as one of the world's greatest innovators and remains committed to generating new core and breakthrough
innovations.
Available Information
The Company’s website is located at http://www.stanleyblackanddecker.com. This URL is intended to be an inactive textual
reference only. It is not intended to be an active hyperlink to the Company's website. The information on the Company's
website is not, and is not intended to be, part of this Form 10-K and is not incorporated into this report by reference. The
Company makes its Forms 10-K, 10-Q, 8-K and amendments to each available free of charge on its website as soon as
reasonably practicable after filing them with, or furnishing them to, the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission ("SEC").
7
ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS
The Company’s business, operations and financial condition are subject to various risks and uncertainties. You should carefully
consider the risks and uncertainties described below, together with all of the other information in this Annual Report on
Form 10-K, including those risks set forth under the heading entitled "Cautionary Statements Under the Private Securities
Litigation Reform Act of 1995" in Item 7, and in other documents that the Company files with the SEC, before making any
investment decision with respect to its securities. If any of the risks or uncertainties actually occur or develop, the Company’s
business, financial condition, results of operations and future growth prospects could change. Under these circumstances, the
trading prices of the Company’s securities could decline, and you could lose all or part of your investment in the Company’s
securities.
Changes in customer preferences, the inability to maintain mutually beneficial relationships with large customers, inventory
reductions by customers, and the inability to penetrate new channels of distribution could adversely affect the Company’s
business.
The Company has certain significant customers, particularly home centers and major retailers. In 2019, the two largest
customers comprised approximately 25% of net sales, with U.S. and international mass merchants and home centers
collectively comprising approximately 40% of net sales. The loss or material reduction of business, the lack of success of sales
initiatives, or changes in customer preferences or loyalties for the Company’s products, related to any such significant customer
could have a material adverse impact on the Company’s results of operations and cash flows. In addition, the Company’s major
customers are volume purchasers, a few of which are much larger than the Company and have strong bargaining power with
suppliers. This limits the ability to recover cost increases through higher selling prices. Furthermore, unanticipated inventory
adjustments by these customers can have a negative impact on the Company's net sales.
If customers in the Convergent Security Solutions ("CSS") business are dissatisfied with services and switch to competitive
services, or disconnect for other reasons such as preference for digital technology products or other technology enhancements
not then offered by CSS, the Company's attrition rates may increase. In periods of increasing attrition rates, recurring revenue
and results of operations may be materially adversely affected. The risk is more pronounced in times of economic uncertainty,
as customers may reduce amounts spent on the products and services the Company provides.
In times of tough economic conditions, the Company has experienced significant distributor inventory corrections reflecting
de-stocking of the supply chain associated with difficult credit markets. Such distributor de-stocking exacerbated sales volume
declines pertaining to weak end user demand and the broader economic recession. The Company’s results may be adversely
impacted in future periods by such customer inventory adjustments. Further, the inability to continue to penetrate new channels
of distribution may have a negative impact on the Company’s future results.
The Company faces active global competition and if it does not compete effectively, its business may suffer.
The Company faces active competition and resulting pricing pressures. The Company’s products compete on the basis of,
among other things, its reputation for product quality, its well-known brands, price, innovation and customer service
capabilities. The Company competes with both larger and smaller companies that offer the same or similar products and
services or that produce different products appropriate for the same uses. These companies are often located in countries such
as China, Taiwan and India where labor and other production costs are substantially lower than in the U.S., Canada and Western
Europe. Also, certain large customers offer house brands that compete with some of the Company’s product offerings as a
lower-cost alternative. To remain profitable and defend market share, the Company must maintain a competitive cost structure,
develop new products and services, lead product innovation, respond to competitor innovations and enhance its existing
products in a timely manner. The Company may not be able to compete effectively on all of these fronts and with all of its
competitors, and the failure to do so could have a material adverse effect on its sales and profit margins.
Operations Excellence, an element of the new SBD Operating Model, is a continuous operational improvement process applied
to many aspects of the Company’s business such as procurement, quality in manufacturing, maximizing customer fill rates,
integrating acquisitions and other key business processes. In the event the Company is not successful in effectively applying the
Operations Excellence principles to its key business processes, including those of acquired businesses, its ability to compete
and future earnings could be adversely affected.
In addition, the Company may have to reduce prices on its products and services, or make other concessions, to stay
competitive and retain market share. Price reductions taken by the Company in response to customer and competitive pressures,
as well as price reductions and promotional actions taken to drive demand that may not result in anticipated sales levels, could
also negatively impact its business. The Company engages in restructuring actions, sometimes entailing shifts of production to
low-cost countries, as part of its efforts to maintain a competitive cost structure. If the Company does not execute restructuring
8
actions well, its ability to meet customer demand may decline, or earnings may otherwise be adversely impacted. Similarly, if
such efforts to reform the cost structure are delayed relative to competitors or other market factors, the Company may lose
market share and profits.
Customer consolidation could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business.
A significant portion of the Company’s products are sold through home centers and mass merchant distribution channels in the
U.S. and Europe. A consolidation of retailers in both North America and abroad has occurred over time and the increasing size
and importance of individual customers creates risk of exposure to potential volume loss. The loss of certain larger home
centers as customers would have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business until either such customers were replaced
or the Company made the necessary adjustments to compensate for the loss of business.
Low demand for new products and the inability to develop and introduce new products at favorable margins could adversely
impact the Company’s performance and prospects for future growth.
The Company’s competitive advantage is due in part to its ability to develop and introduce new products in a timely manner at
favorable margins. The uncertainties associated with developing and introducing new products, such as market demand and
costs of development and production, may impede the successful development and introduction of new products on a consistent
basis. Introduction of new technology may result in higher costs to the Company than that of the technology replaced. That
increase in costs, which may continue indefinitely or until increased demand and greater availability in the sources of the new
technology drive down its cost, could adversely affect the Company’s results of operations. Market acceptance of the new
products introduced in recent years and scheduled for introduction in future years may not meet sales expectations due to
various factors, such as the failure to accurately predict market demand, end-user preferences, evolving industry standards, or
the emergence of new or disruptive technologies. Moreover, the ultimate success and profitability of the new products may
depend on the Company’s ability to resolve technical and technological challenges in a timely and cost-effective manner, and to
achieve manufacturing efficiencies. The Company’s investments in productive capacity and commitments to fund advertising
and product promotions in connection with these new products could erode profits if those expectations are not met.
The Company’s brands are important assets of its businesses and violation of its trademark rights by imitators, or the failure
of its licensees or vendors to comply with the Company’s product quality, manufacturing requirements, marketing
standards, and other requirements could negatively impact revenues and brand reputation. Any inability to protect the
Company's other intellectual property rights could also reduce the value of its products and services or diminish its
competitiveness.
The Company considers its intellectual property rights, including patents, trademarks, copyrights and trade secrets, and licenses
held, to be a significant part and valuable aspect of its business. The Company attempts to protect its intellectual property rights
through a combination of patent, trademark, copyright and trade secret laws, as well as licensing agreements and third party
nondisclosure and assignment agreements.
The Company’s trademarks have a reputation for quality and value and are important to the Company's success and competitive
position. Unauthorized use of the Company’s trademark rights may not only erode sales of the Company’s products, but may
also cause significant damage to its brand name and reputation, interfere with its ability to effectively represent the Company to
its customers, contractors, suppliers, and/or licensees, and increase litigation costs. Similarly, failure by licensees or vendors to
adhere to the Company’s standards of quality and other contractual requirements could result in loss of revenue, increased
litigation, and/or damage to the Company’s reputation and business. There can be no assurance that the Company’s ongoing
efforts to protect its brand and trademark rights and ensure compliance with its licensing and vendor agreements will prevent
all violations.
In addition, the Company's ability to compete could be negatively impacted by its failure to obtain and adequately protect its
intellectual property rights, including patents, copyrights, trade secrets, and licenses, as well as its products and any new
features of its products or processes. The Company's patent applications may not be approved and any patents owned could be
challenged, invalidated or designed around by third parties. In addition, the Company's patents may not be of sufficient scope
or strength to provide meaningful protection or commercial advantage.
The successful execution of the Company's business strategy depends on its ability to recruit and retain highly qualified
employees.
The success of the Company’s efforts to grow its business depends on the contributions and abilities of key executives and
management personnel, its sales force and other personnel, including the ability of its sales force to adapt to any changes made
in the sales organization and achieve adequate customer coverage. The Company must therefore continue to recruit, retain and
9
motivate management, sales and other personnel sufficiently to maintain its current business and support its projected growth.
In addition, the Company must invest heavily in reskilling and upskilling its employees, including placing an emphasis on
lifelong learning. A shortage of key employees might jeopardize the Company’s ability to implement its growth strategy.
The pace of technological change continues to accelerate and the Company's ability to react effectively to such change may
present significant competitive risks.
The pace of technological change is increasing at an exponential rate. The continued creation, development and advancement
of new technologies such as 5G data networks, artificial intelligence, blockchain, quantum computing, data analytics, 3-D
printing, robotics, sensor technology, data storage, neural networks, augmented reality, amongst others, as well as other
technologies in the future that are not foreseen today, continue to transform processes, products and services. The Company
will need to stay abreast of such technologies, require its employees to continue to learn and adapt to new technologies and be
able to integrate them into its current and future business models, products, services and processes and also guard against
existing and new competitors disrupting its business using such technologies. In addition, the Company will need to compete
for talent that is familiar with such technologies including upskilling its workforce. There can be no assurance that the
Company will continue to compete effectively with its industry peers due to technological changes, which could result in a
material adverse effect on the Company's business and results of operations.
The Company has significant operations outside of the United States, which are subject to political, legal, economic and
other risks arising from operating outside of the United States.
The Company generates a significant portion of its total revenue outside of the United States. Business operations outside of
the United States are subject to political, economic and other risks inherent in operating in certain countries, such as:
•
the difficulty of enforcing agreements and protecting assets through legal systems outside the U.S. including
intellectual property rights, which may not be recognized, and which the Company may not be able to protect outside
the U.S. to the same extent as under U.S. law;
• managing widespread operations and enforcing internal policies and procedures such as compliance with U.S. and
foreign anti-bribery, anti-corruption, and sanctions regulations;
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
trade protection measures and import or export licensing requirements including those related to the U.S.'s relationship
with China;
the application of certain labor regulations outside of the United States;
compliance with a wide variety of non-U.S. laws and regulations;
changes in the general political and economic conditions in the countries where the Company operates, particularly in
emerging markets;
the threat of nationalization and expropriation;
increased costs and risks of doing business in a wide variety of jurisdictions;
the increased possibility of cyber threats in certain jurisdictions;
government controls limiting importation of goods;
government controls limiting payments to suppliers for imported goods;
limitations on, or impacts from, the repatriation of foreign earnings; and
exposure to wage, price and capital controls.
Changes in the political or economic environments in the countries in which the Company operates could have a material
adverse effect on its financial condition, results of operations or cash flows. In early 2020, an outbreak of the coronavirus
occurred in China and other jurisdictions. The extent of the outbreak and its impact on the Company's operations is uncertain. A
prolonged outbreak could cause interruptions to the Company's operations and its customers and suppliers. Additionally, the
Company is subject to complex U.S., foreign and other local laws and regulations that are applicable to its operations abroad,
such as the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, the UK Bribery Act of 2010 and other anti-bribery and anti-corruption laws.
Although the Company has implemented internal controls, policies and procedures and employee training and compliance
programs to deter prohibited practices, such measures may not be effective in preventing employees, contractors or agents from
violating or circumventing such internal policies and violating applicable laws and regulations. Any determination that the
Company has violated anti-bribery or anti-corruption laws or sanctions regulations could have a material adverse effect on the
Company’s business, operating results and financial condition. Compliance with international and U.S. laws and regulations
10
that apply to the Company’s international operations increases the cost of doing business in foreign jurisdictions. Violations of
such laws and regulations may result in severe fines and penalties, criminal sanctions, administrative remedies or restrictions on
business conduct, and could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s reputation, its ability to attract and retain
employees, its business, operating results and financial condition.
The Company’s business is subject to risks associated with sourcing and manufacturing overseas.
The Company imports large quantities of finished goods, component parts and raw materials. Substantially all of its import
operations are subject to customs requirements and to tariffs and quotas set by governments through mutual agreements,
bilateral actions or, in some cases unilateral action. In addition, the countries in which the Company’s products and materials
are manufactured or imported from (including importation into the U.S. of the Company's products manufactured overseas)
may from time to time impose additional quotas, duties, tariffs or other restrictions on its imports (including restrictions on
manufacturing operations) or adversely modify existing restrictions. In recent years, changes in U.S. policy regarding
international trade, including import and export regulation and international trade agreements, have negatively impacted the
Company’s business. For example, in 2018 the U.S. imposed tariffs on steel and aluminum as well as on goods imported from
China and certain other countries, which resulted in retaliatory tariffs by China and other countries. Additional tariffs imposed
by the U.S. on a broader range of imports, or further retaliatory trade measures taken by China or other countries in response,
could result in an increase in supply chain costs that the Company may not be able to offset or otherwise adversely impact the
Company’s results of operations. Furthermore, imported products and materials may be subject to future tariffs or other trade
measures in the U.S. Imports are also subject to unpredictable foreign currency variation which may increase the Company’s
cost of goods sold. Adverse changes in these import costs and restrictions, or failure by the Company’s suppliers to comply
with customs regulations or similar laws, could harm the Company’s business.
The Company’s operations are also subject to the effects of international trade agreements and regulations such as the United
States-Mexico-Canada Agreement, and the activities and regulations of the World Trade Organization. Although these trade
agreements generally have positive effects on trade liberalization, sourcing flexibility and cost of goods by reducing or
eliminating the duties and/or quotas assessed on products manufactured in a particular country, trade agreements can also
impose requirements that adversely affect the Company’s business, such as setting quotas on products that may be imported
from a particular country into key markets including the U.S. or the European Union ("EU"), or making it easier for other
companies to compete, by eliminating restrictions on products from countries where the Company’s competitors source
products.
The Company’s ability to import products in a timely and cost-effective manner may also be affected by conditions at ports or
issues that otherwise affect transportation and warehousing providers, such as port and shipping capacity, labor disputes, severe
weather or increased homeland security requirements in the U.S. and other countries. These issues could delay importation of
products or require the Company to locate alternative ports or warehousing providers to avoid disruption to customers. These
alternatives may not be available on short notice or could result in higher transit costs, which could have an adverse impact on
the Company’s business and financial condition.
In addition, the Company has a number of key suppliers in South Korea. Escalation of hostilities with North Korea and/or
military action in the region could cause disruptions in the Company's supply chain which could, in turn, cause product
shortages, delays in delivery and/or increases in the Company's cost incurred to produce and deliver products to its customers.
The Company’s success depends on its ability to improve productivity and streamline operations to control or reduce costs.
The Company is committed to continuous productivity improvement and evaluating opportunities to reduce fixed costs,
simplify or improve processes, and eliminate excess capacity. The Company has undertaken restructuring actions, the savings
of which may be mitigated by many factors, including economic weakness, competitive pressures, and decisions to increase
costs in areas such as sales promotion or research and development above levels that were otherwise assumed. Failure to
achieve, or delays in achieving, projected levels of efficiencies and cost savings from such measures, or unanticipated
inefficiencies resulting from manufacturing and administrative reorganization actions in progress or contemplated, would
adversely affect the Company’s results.
The Company is exposed to risks related to cybersecurity.
The Company’s operations rely on the secure processing, storage and transmission of confidential, sensitive, proprietary and
other types of information relating to its business operations, as well as confidential and sensitive information about its
customers and employees maintained in the Company’s computer systems and networks, certain products and services, and in
the computer systems and networks of its third-party vendors. Cyber threats are rapidly evolving as data thieves and hackers
have become increasingly sophisticated and carry out large-scale, complex automated attacks. The Company may not be able to
11
anticipate or prevent all such attacks and could be held liable for any resulting security breach or data loss. In addition, it is not
always possible to deter misconduct by employees or third-party vendors.
Breaches of the Company’s technology and systems, or those of the Company’s vendors, whether from circumvention of
security systems, denial-of-service attacks or other cyber-attacks, hacking, “phishing” attacks, computer viruses, ransomware or
malware, employee or insider error, malfeasance, social engineering, physical breaches or other actions, may result in
manipulation or corruption of sensitive data, material interruptions or malfunctions in the Company’s or such vendors’
websites, applications, data processing, and certain products and services, or disruption of other business operations.
Furthermore, any such breaches could compromise the confidentiality and integrity of material information held by the
Company (including information about the Company’s business, employees or customers), as well as sensitive personally
identifiable information (“PII”), the disclosure of which could lead to identity theft. Measures that the Company takes to avoid,
detect, mitigate or recover from material incidents, including implementing and conducting training on insider trading policies
for the Company’s employees and maintaining contractual obligations for the Company’s third-party vendors, can be
expensive, and may be insufficient, circumvented, or may become ineffective.
The Company has invested and continues to invest in risk management and information security and data privacy measures in
order to protect its systems and data, including employee training, organizational investments, incident response plans, table top
exercises and technical defenses. The cost and operational consequences of implementing, maintaining and enhancing further
data or system protection measures could increase significantly to overcome increasingly intense, complex, and sophisticated
global cyber threats. Despite the Company’s best efforts, it is not fully insulated from data breaches and system disruptions.
Recent well-publicized security breaches at other companies have led to enhanced government and regulatory scrutiny of the
measures taken by companies to protect against cyber-attacks, and may in the future result in heightened cybersecurity
requirements, including additional regulatory expectations for oversight of vendors and service providers. Any material
breaches of cybersecurity, including the accidental loss, inadvertent disclosure or unapproved dissemination of proprietary
information or sensitive or confidential data, or media reports of perceived security vulnerabilities to the Company’s systems,
products and services or those of the Company’s third parties, even if no breach has been attempted or occurred, could cause
the Company to experience reputational harm, loss of customers and revenue, fines, regulatory actions and scrutiny, sanctions
or other statutory penalties, litigation, liability for failure to safeguard the Company’s customers’ information, or financial
losses that are either not insured against or not fully covered through any insurance maintained by the Company. Any of the
foregoing may have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, operating results and financial condition.
The Company is exposed to risks related to compliance with data privacy laws.
To conduct its operations, the Company regularly moves data across national borders, and consequently is subject to a variety
of continuously evolving and developing laws and regulations in the United States and abroad regarding privacy, data
protection and data security. The scope of the laws that may be applicable to the Company is often uncertain and may be
conflicting, particularly with respect to foreign laws. For example, the European Union’s General Data Protection Regulation
(“GDPR”), which became effective in May 2018, greatly increased the jurisdictional reach of European Union law and added a
broad array of requirements for handling personal data, including the public disclosure of significant data breaches. Similarly,
the California Consumer Privacy Act of 2018 (“CCPA”), which was enacted in June 2018 and came into effect on January 1,
2020, provides a new private right of action for data breaches and requires companies that process information on California
residents to make new disclosures to consumers about their data collection, use and sharing practices and allow consumers to
opt out of certain data sharing with third parties. The Company's reputation and brand and its ability to attract new customers
could also be adversely impacted if the Company fails, or is perceived to have failed, to properly respond to security breaches
of its or third party’s information technology systems. Such failure to properly respond could also result in similar exposure to
liability.
Additionally, other countries have enacted or are enacting data localization laws that require data to stay within their borders. In
many cases, these laws and regulations apply not only to transfers between unrelated third parties but also to transfers between
the Company and its subsidiaries. All of these evolving compliance and operational requirements impose significant costs that
are likely to increase over time. Implementation of the GDPR and CCPA and other data localization laws will continue to
require changes to certain business practices, thereby increasing costs, or may result in negative publicity, require significant
management time and attention, and may subject the Company to remedies that may harm its business, including fines or
demands or orders that the Company modify or cease existing business practices.
The performance of the Company may suffer from business disruptions or other costs associated with information
technology, system implementations, or catastrophic losses affecting distribution centers and other infrastructure.
12
The Company relies heavily on computer systems, including those of third parties, to manage and operate its businesses, and
record and process transactions. Computer systems are important to production planning, customer service and order
fulfillment among other business-critical processes. Consistent and efficient operation of the computer hardware and software
systems is imperative to the successful sales and earnings performance of the Company's various businesses in many countries.
Despite efforts to prevent such situations and maintaining insurance policies and loss control and risk management practices
that partially mitigate these risks, the Company’s systems may be affected by damage or interruption from, among other causes,
power outages, system failures or computer viruses. Computer hardware and storage equipment that is integral to efficient
operations, such as e-mail, telephone and other functionality, is concentrated in certain physical locations in the various
continents in which the Company operates. Additionally, the Company relies on software applications and enterprise cloud
storage systems and cloud computing services provided by third-party vendors, and the Company's business may be adversely
affected by service disruptions or security breaches in such third-party systems.
In addition, the Company is in the process of system conversions to SAP as well as other applications to provide a common
platform across most of its businesses. There can be no assurances that expected expense synergies will be achieved or that
there will not be delays to the expected timing of such synergies. It is possible the costs to complete the system conversions
may exceed current expectations, and that significant costs may be incurred that will require immediate expense recognition as
opposed to capitalization. The risk of disruption to key operations is increased when complex system changes such as SAP
conversions are undertaken. If systems fail to function effectively, or become damaged, operational delays may ensue and the
Company may be forced to make significant expenditures to remedy such issues. Any significant disruption in the Company’s
computer operations could have a material adverse impact on its business and results.
The Company’s operations are significantly dependent on infrastructure, notably certain distribution centers and security alarm
monitoring facilities, which are concentrated in various geographic locations. Factors that are hard to predict or beyond the
Company’s control, like weather (including any potential effects of climate change), natural disasters, supply and commodity
shortages, fire, explosions, terrorism, political unrest, cybersecurity breaches, generalized labor unrest or health pandemics
could damage or disrupt the Company’s infrastructure, or that of its suppliers or distributors. If the Company does not
effectively plan for or respond to disruptions in its operations, or cannot quickly repair damage to its information, production or
supply systems, the Company may be late in delivering or unable to deliver products and services to its customers, and the
quality and safety of its products and services might be negatively affected. If a material or extended disruption occurs, the
Company may lose its customers’ or business partners’ confidence or suffer damage to its reputation, and long-term consumer
demand for its products and services could decline. Although the Company maintains business interruption insurance, it may
not fully protect the Company against all adverse effects that could result from significant disruptions. These events could
materially and adversely affect the Company’s product sales, financial condition and results of operations.
The Company’s results of operations could be negatively impacted by inflationary or deflationary economic conditions
which could affect the ability to obtain raw materials, component parts, freight, energy, labor and sourced finished goods in
a timely and cost-effective manner.
The Company’s products are manufactured using both ferrous and non-ferrous metals including, but not limited to, steel, zinc,
copper, brass, aluminum, and nickel. Additionally, the Company uses other commodity-based materials for components and
packaging including, but not limited to, plastics, resins, wood and corrugated products. The Company’s cost base also reflects
significant elements for freight, energy and labor. The Company also sources certain finished goods directly from vendors. If
the Company is unable to mitigate any inflationary increases through various customer pricing actions and cost reduction
initiatives, its profitability may be adversely affected.
Conversely, in the event there is deflation, the Company may experience pressure from its customers to reduce prices, and there
can be no assurance that the Company would be able to reduce its cost base (through negotiations with suppliers or other
measures) to offset any such price concessions which could adversely impact results of operations and cash flows.
Further, as a result of inflationary or deflationary economic conditions, the Company believes it is possible that a limited
number of suppliers may either cease operations or require additional financial assistance from the Company in order to fulfill
their obligations. In a limited number of circumstances, the magnitude of the Company’s purchases of certain items is of such
significance that a change in established supply relationships with suppliers or increase in the costs of purchased raw materials,
component parts or finished goods could result in manufacturing interruptions, delays, inefficiencies or an inability to market
products. Changes in value-added tax rebates, currently available to the Company or to its suppliers, could also increase the
costs of the Company’s manufactured products, as well as purchased products and components, and could adversely affect the
Company’s results.
13
In addition, many of the Company’s products incorporate battery technology. As other industries begin to adopt similar battery
technology for use in their products, the increased demand could place capacity constraints on the Company’s supply chain. In
addition, increased demand for battery technology may also increase the costs to the Company for both the battery cells as well
as the underlying raw materials. If the Company is unable to mitigate any possible supply constraints or related increased costs,
its profitably and financial results could be negatively impacted.
Uncertainty about the financial stability of economies outside the U.S. could have a significant adverse effect on the
Company's business, results of operations and financial condition.
The Company generates approximately 41% of its revenues outside the U.S., including 20% from Europe and 13% from
various emerging market countries. Each of the Company’s segments generates sales in these marketplaces. While the
Company believes any downturn in the European or emerging marketplaces might be offset to some degree by the relative
stability in North America, the Company’s future growth, profitability and financial liquidity could be affected, in several ways,
including but not limited to the following:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
depressed consumer and business confidence may decrease demand for products and services;
customers may implement cost reduction initiatives or delay purchases to address inventory levels;
significant declines of foreign currency values in countries where the Company operates could impact both the
revenue growth and overall profitability in those geographies;
a slowing or contracting Chinese economy could reduce China’s consumption and negatively impact the Company’s
sales in that region, as well as globally;
a devaluation of foreign currencies could have an effect on the credit worthiness (as well as the availability of funds)
of customers in those regions impacting the collectability of receivables;
a devaluation of foreign currencies could have an adverse effect on the value of financial assets of the Company in the
effected countries;
the impact of an event (individual country default, Brexit, or break up of the Euro) could have an adverse impact on
the global credit markets and global liquidity potentially impacting the Company’s ability to access these credit
markets and to raise capital.
Continuing uncertainty associated with Brexit could adversely affect the Company’s business.
While the UK parliament has voted to approve the withdrawal/transition agreement negotiated by the EU and the UK
government, significant uncertainty remains with respect to the impacts of Brexit. Brexit could adversely affect European or
worldwide political, regulatory, economic or market conditions and could contribute to instability in global political
institutions, regulatory agencies and financial markets. Any impact from Brexit on the Company's business and operations over
the long term will depend, in part, on the outcome of tariff, tax treaties, trade, regulatory, and other negotiations the UK
conducts.
In particular, the Company's operations in the UK will be particularly exposed to the risks and uncertainties relating to Brexit.
Depending on the terms of Brexit, the UK could lose access to the single EU market and to the global trade deals negotiated by
the EU on behalf of its members. The Bank of England and other observers have warned of a significant probability of a
Brexit-related recession in the UK. Volatility in exchanges rates, including potential declines in the value of the British Pound,
and in interest rates are also expected. Disruptions and uncertainty caused by Brexit may also cause customers to closely
monitor their costs and reduce their spending budget on the Company's products and services. These impacts could cause a
significant decline in revenue as the Company generates approximately 4% of its revenues in the UK. In addition, as the UK
determines which EU laws to replace or replicate, Brexit could lead to potentially divergent national laws and regulations,
which could result in an uncertain and difficult regulatory environment that could negatively impact the Company's UK
business.
The Company is exposed to market risk from changes in foreign currency exchange rates which could negatively impact
profitability.
The Company manufactures and sells its products in many countries throughout the world. As a result, there is exposure to
foreign currency risk as the Company enters into transactions and makes investments denominated in multiple currencies. The
Company’s predominant currency exposures are related to the Euro, Canadian Dollar, British Pound, Australian Dollar,
Brazilian Real, Argentine Peso, Chinese Renminbi (“RMB”) and the Taiwan Dollar. In preparing its financial statements, for
foreign operations with functional currencies other than the U.S. dollar, asset and liability accounts are translated at current
exchange rates, while income and expenses are translated using average exchange rates. With respect to the effects on
14
translated earnings, if the U.S. dollar strengthens relative to local currencies, the Company’s earnings could be negatively
impacted. Although the Company utilizes risk management tools, including hedging, as it deems appropriate, to mitigate a
portion of potential market fluctuations in foreign currencies, there can be no assurance that such measures will result in all
market fluctuation exposure being eliminated. The Company generally does not hedge the translation of its non-U.S. dollar
earnings in foreign subsidiaries, but may choose to do so in certain instances.
The Company sources many products from China and other low-cost countries for resale in other regions. To the extent the
RMB or other currencies appreciate, the Company may experience cost increases on such purchases. The Company may not be
successful at implementing customer pricing or other actions in an effort to mitigate the related cost increases and thus its
profitability may be adversely impacted.
The Company has incurred, and may incur in the future, significant indebtedness, and may in the future issue additional
equity securities, in connection with mergers or acquisitions which may impact the manner in which it conducts business or
the Company’s access to external sources of liquidity. The potential issuance of such securities may limit the Company’s
ability to implement elements of its growth strategy and may have a dilutive effect on earnings.
As described in Note H, Long-Term Debt and Financing Arrangements, of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in
Item 8, the Company has a five-year $2.0 billion committed credit facility and a 364-day $1.0 billion committed credit facility.
No amounts were outstanding against either of these facilities at December 28, 2019.
The instruments and agreements governing certain of the Company’s current indebtedness contain requirements or restrictive
covenants that include, among other things:
•
•
•
a limitation on creating liens on certain property of the Company and its subsidiaries;
a restriction on entering into certain sale-leaseback transactions;
customary events of default. If an event of default occurs and is continuing, the Company might be required to repay
all amounts outstanding under the respective instrument or agreement; and
• maintenance of a specified financial ratio. The Company has an interest coverage covenant that must be maintained to
permit continued access to its committed revolving credit facilities. The interest coverage ratio tested for covenant
compliance compares adjusted Earnings Before Interest, Taxes, Depreciation and Amortization to adjusted Interest
Expense ("adjusted EBITDA"/"adjusted Interest Expense"); such adjustments to interest or EBITDA include, but are
not limited to, removal of non-cash interest expense and stock-based compensation expense. The interest coverage
ratio must not be less than 3.5 times and is computed quarterly, on a rolling twelve months (last twelve months) basis.
Under this covenant definition, the interest coverage ratio was 7.8 times EBITDA or higher in each of the 2019
quarterly measurement periods. Management does not believe it is reasonably likely the Company will breach this
covenant. Failure to maintain this ratio could adversely affect further access to liquidity.
Future instruments and agreements governing indebtedness may impose other restrictive conditions or covenants. Such
covenants could restrict the Company in the manner in which it conducts business and operations as well as in the pursuit of its
growth and repositioning strategies.
The Company is exposed to counterparty risk in its hedging arrangements.
From time to time, the Company enters into arrangements with financial institutions to hedge exposure to fluctuations in
currency and interest rates, including forward contracts, options and swap agreements. The failure of one or more
counterparties to the Company’s hedging arrangements to fulfill their obligations could adversely affect the Company’s results
of operations.
Tight capital and credit markets or the failure to maintain credit ratings could adversely affect the Company by limiting the
Company’s ability to borrow or otherwise access liquidity.
The Company’s long-term growth plans are dependent on, among other things, the availability of funding to support corporate
initiatives and complete appropriate acquisitions and the ability to increase sales of existing product lines. While the Company
has not encountered financing difficulties to date, the capital and credit markets have experienced extreme volatility and
disruption in the past and may again in the future. Market conditions could make it more difficult for the Company to borrow or
otherwise obtain the cash required for significant new corporate initiatives and acquisitions.
15
Furthermore, there could be a number of follow-on effects from a credit crisis on the Company’s businesses, including
insolvency of key suppliers resulting in product delays; inability of customers to obtain credit to finance purchases of the
Company’s products and services and/or customer insolvencies.
In addition, the major rating agencies regularly evaluate the Company for purposes of assigning credit ratings. The Company’s
ability to access the credit markets, and the cost of these borrowings, is affected by the strength of its credit ratings and current
market conditions. Failure to maintain credit ratings that are acceptable to investors may adversely affect the cost and other
terms upon which the Company is able to obtain financing, as well as its access to the capital markets.
Discontinuation, reform or replacement of the London Inter-bank Offered Rate ("LIBOR") and other benchmark rates, or
uncertainty related to the potential for any of the foregoing, may adversely affect the Company.
The UK Financial Conduct Authority announced in 2017 that it intends to phase out LIBOR by the end of 2021. In addition,
other regulators have suggested reforming or replacing other benchmark rates. These may be replaced by the Secured
Overnight Financing Rate (“SOFR”) or other benchmark rates over the next several years. The discontinuation, reform or
replacement of LIBOR or any other benchmark rates may have an unpredictable impact on contractual mechanics in the credit
markets or cause disruption to the broader financial markets. These changes, and related uncertainty as to the nature of such
potential discontinuation, reform or replacement may create incremental uncertainty in obtaining financing or increase the cost
of borrowing. At this time, the Company cannot predict the overall effect of the modification or discontinuation of LIBOR or
the establishment of alternative benchmark rates.
The Company’s acquisitions, as well as general business reorganizations, may result in significant costs and certain risks
for its business and operations.
In 2019, the Company completed the IES Attachments acquisition as well as a number of other smaller acquisitions. In
addition, the Company reached an agreement in January 2020 to acquire Consolidated Aerospace Manufacturing, LLC
("CAM") and may make additional acquisitions in the future.
Acquisitions involve a number of risks, including:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
the failure to identify the most suitable candidates for acquisitions;
the ability to identify and close on appropriate acquisition opportunities within desired time frames at reasonable cost;
the anticipated additional revenues from the acquired companies do not materialize, despite extensive due diligence;
the possibility that the acquired companies will not be successfully integrated or that anticipated cost savings,
synergies, or other benefits will not be realized;
the acquired businesses will lose market acceptance or profitability;
the diversion of Company management’s attention and other resources;
the incurrence of unexpected costs and liabilities, including those associated with undisclosed pre-closing regulatory
violations by the acquired business; and
the loss of key personnel, clients or customers of acquired companies.
In addition, the success of the Company’s long-term growth and repositioning strategy will depend in part on successful general
reorganization including its ability to:
•
•
•
combine businesses and operations;
integrate departments, systems and procedures; and
obtain cost savings and other efficiencies from such reorganizations, including the Company's margin resiliency
initiative.
Failure to effectively consummate or manage the pending CAM acquisition and any future acquisitions or general business
reorganizations, and mitigate the related risks, may adversely affect the Company’s existing businesses and harm its operational
results due to large write-offs, significant restructuring costs, contingent liabilities, substantial depreciation, and/or adverse tax
or other consequences. The Company cannot ensure that such integrations and reorganizations will be successfully completed
or that all of the planned synergies and other benefits will be realized.
Expansion of the Company's activity in emerging markets may result in risks due to differences in business practices and
cultures.
16
The Company's growth plans include efforts to increase revenue from emerging markets through both organic growth and
acquisitions. Local business practices in these regions may not comply with U.S. laws, local laws or other laws applicable to
the Company. When investigating potential acquisitions, the Company seeks to identify historical practices of target companies
that would create liability or other exposures for the Company were they to continue post-completion or as a successor to the
target. Where such practices are discovered, the Company assesses the risk to determine whether it is prepared to proceed with
the transaction. In assessing the risk, the Company looks at, among other factors, the nature of the violation, the potential
liability, including any fines or penalties that might be incurred, the ability to avoid, minimize or obtain indemnity for the risks,
and the likelihood that the Company would be able to ensure that any such practices are discontinued following completion of
the acquisition through implementation of its own policies and procedures. Due diligence and risk assessment are, however,
imperfect processes, and it is possible that the Company will not discover problematic practices until after completion, or that
the Company will underestimate the risks associated with historical activities. Should that occur, the Company may incur fees,
fines, penalties, injury to its reputation or other damage that could negatively impact the Company's earnings.
Significant judgment and certain estimates are required in determining the Company’s worldwide provision for income
taxes. Future tax law changes and audit results may materially increase the Company’s prospective income tax expense.
The Company is subject to income taxation in the U.S. as well as numerous foreign jurisdictions. Significant judgment is
required in determining the Company’s worldwide income tax provision and accordingly there are many transactions and
computations for which the final income tax determination is uncertain. The Company considers many factors when evaluating
and estimating its tax positions and tax benefits, which may require periodic adjustments, and which may not accurately
anticipate actual outcomes. The Company periodically assesses its liabilities and contingencies for all tax years still subject to
audit based on the most currently available information, which involves inherent uncertainty. The Company is routinely audited
by income tax authorities in many tax jurisdictions. Although management believes the recorded tax estimates are reasonable,
the ultimate outcome of any audit (or related litigation) could differ materially from amounts reflected in the Company’s
income tax accruals. Additionally, the global income tax provision can be materially impacted due to foreign currency
fluctuations against the U.S. dollar since a significant amount of the Company’s earnings are generated outside the United
States. Lastly, it is possible that future income tax legislation may be enacted that could have a material impact on the
Company’s worldwide income tax provision beginning with the period that such legislation becomes enacted.
The Company’s failure to continue to successfully avoid, manage, defend, litigate and accrue for claims and litigation could
negatively impact its results of operations or cash flows.
The Company is exposed to and becomes involved in various litigation matters arising out of the ordinary routine conduct of its
business, including, from time to time, actual or threatened litigation relating to such items as commercial transactions, product
liability, workers compensation, arrangements between the Company and its distributors, franchisees or vendors, intellectual
property claims and regulatory actions.
In addition, the Company is subject to environmental laws in each jurisdiction in which business is conducted. Some of the
Company’s products incorporate substances that are regulated in some jurisdictions in which it conducts manufacturing
operations. The Company could be subject to liability if it does not comply with these regulations. In addition, the Company is
currently, and may in the future be held responsible for remedial investigations and clean-up costs resulting from the discharge
of hazardous substances into the environment, including sites that have never been owned or operated by the Company but at
which it has been identified as a potentially responsible party under federal and state environmental laws and regulations.
Changes in environmental and other laws and regulations in both domestic and foreign jurisdictions could adversely affect the
Company’s operations due to increased costs of compliance and potential liability for non-compliance.
The Company manufactures products, configures and installs security systems and performs various services that create
exposure to product and professional liability claims and litigation. If such products, systems and services are not properly
manufactured, configured, installed, designed or delivered, personal injuries, property damage or business interruption could
result, which could subject the Company to claims for damages. The costs associated with defending product liability claims
and payment of damages could be substantial. The Company’s reputation could also be adversely affected by such claims,
whether or not successful.
There can be no assurance that the Company will be able to continue to successfully avoid, manage and defend such matters. In
addition, given the inherent uncertainties in evaluating certain exposures, actual costs to be incurred in future periods may vary
from the Company’s estimates for such contingent liabilities.
17
The Company’s products could be recalled.
The Company maintains an awareness of and responsibility for the potential health and safety impacts on its customers. The
Company's product development processes include tollgates for product safety review, and extensive testing is conducted on
product safety. Safety reviews are performed at various product development milestones, including a review of product labeling
and marking to ensure safety and operational hazards are identified for the customer.
Despite safety and quality reviews, the Consumer Product Safety Commission or other applicable regulatory bodies may
require, or the Company may voluntarily institute, the recall, repair or replacement of the Company’s products if those products
are found not to be in compliance with applicable standards or regulations. A recall could increase the Company's costs and
adversely impact its reputation.
The Company is exposed to credit risk on its accounts receivable.
The Company’s outstanding trade receivables are not generally covered by collateral or credit insurance. While the Company
has procedures to monitor and limit exposure to credit risk on its trade and non-trade receivables, there can be no assurance
such procedures will effectively limit its credit risk and avoid losses, which could have an adverse effect on the Company’s
financial condition and operating results.
If the Company were required to write-down all or part of its goodwill, indefinite-lived trade names, or other definite-lived
intangible assets, its net income and net worth could be materially adversely affected.
As a result of the Black and Decker merger and other acquisitions, the Company has approximately $9.2 billion of goodwill,
approximately $2.2 billion of indefinite-lived trade names and approximately $1.4 billion of net definite-lived intangible assets
at December 28, 2019. The Company is required to periodically, at least annually, determine if its goodwill or indefinite-lived
trade names have become impaired, in which case it would write down the impaired portion of the asset. The definite-lived
intangible assets, including customer relationships, are amortized over their estimated useful lives and are evaluated for
impairment when appropriate. Impairment of intangible assets may be triggered by developments outside of the Company’s
control, such as worsening economic conditions, technological change, intensified competition or other factors resulting in
deleterious consequences.
If the investments in employee benefit plans do not perform as expected, the Company may have to contribute additional
amounts to these plans, which would otherwise be available to cover operating expenses or other business purposes.
The Company sponsors pension and other post-retirement defined benefit plans. The Company’s defined benefit plan assets are
currently invested in equity securities, government and corporate bonds and other fixed income securities, money market
instruments and insurance contracts. The Company’s funding policy is generally to contribute amounts determined annually on
an actuarial basis to provide for current and future benefits in accordance with applicable law which require, among other
things, that the Company make cash contributions to under-funded pension plans. During 2019, the Company made cash
contributions to its defined benefit plans of approximately $48 million and expects to contribute $38 million to its defined
benefit plans in 2020.
There can be no assurance that the value of the defined benefit plan assets, or the investment returns on those plan assets, will
be sufficient in the future. It is therefore possible that the Company may be required to make higher cash contributions to the
plans in future years which would reduce the cash available for other business purposes, and that the Company will have to
recognize a significant pension liability adjustment which would decrease the net assets of the Company and result in higher
expense in future years. The fair value of the defined benefit plan assets at December 28, 2019 was approximately $2.2 billion.
18
ITEM 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS
None.
19
ITEM 2. PROPERTIES
As of December 28, 2019, the Company and its subsidiaries owned or leased significant facilities used for manufacturing,
distribution and sales offices in 21 states and 18 countries. The Company leases its corporate headquarters in New Britain,
Connecticut. The Company has 92 facilities including its corporate headquarters that are larger than 100,000 square feet, as
follows:
Tools & Storage .........................................................................................
Industrial ....................................................................................................
Security ......................................................................................................
Corporate....................................................................................................
Total ...........................................................................................................
45
15
1
2
63
20
6
2
1
29
65
21
3
3
92
Owned
Leased
Total
The combined size of these facilities is approximately 25 million square feet. The buildings are in good condition, suitable for
their intended use, adequate to support the Company’s operations, and generally fully utilized.
ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
In the normal course of business, the Company is involved in various lawsuits and claims, including product liability,
environmental and distributor claims, and administrative proceedings. The Company does not expect that the resolution of
these matters will have a materially adverse effect on the Company’s consolidated financial position, results of operations or
liquidity.
ITEM 4. MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES
Not applicable.
20
PART II
ITEM 5. MARKET FOR THE REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND
ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES
The Company’s common stock is listed and traded on the New York Stock Exchange, Inc. (“NYSE”) under the abbreviated
ticker symbol “SWK”, and is a component of the Standard & Poor’s (“S&P”) 500 Composite Stock Price Index. The
Company’s high and low quarterly stock prices on the NYSE for the years ended December 28, 2019 and December 29, 2018
follow:
QUARTER:
First ............................................................
Second........................................................
Third...........................................................
Fourth.........................................................
Total ...........................................................
2019
2018
High
Low
$
$
$
$
138.92
153.08
152.51
167.76
$
$
$
$
115.69
127.22
128.85
135.09
Dividend Per
Common
Share
$
$
$
$
$
0.66
0.66
0.69
0.69
2.70
High
Low
$
$
$
$
175.91
157.38
154.36
147.51
$
$
$
$
150.84
132.81
131.84
108.45
Dividend Per
Common
Share
$
$
$
$
$
0.63
0.63
0.66
0.66
2.58
As of February 6, 2020, there were 9,348 holders of record of the Company’s common stock. Information required by
Item 201(d) of Regulation S-K concerning securities authorized for issuance under equity compensation plans can be found
under Item 12 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities
The following table provides information about the Company’s purchases of equity securities that are registered by the
Company pursuant to Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 for the three months ended December 28, 2019:
2019
September 29 - November 2 .....
November 3 - November 30......
December 1 - December 28.......
Total...........................................
Total Number Of
Shares Purchased
(a)
Average Price Paid
Per Share
Total Number
Of Shares
Purchased As Part Of
A Publicly
Announced Plan
or Program
6,078
$
— $
$
$
93,854
99,932
146.11
—
155.57
154.99
—
—
—
—
Maximum Number Of
Shares That May
Yet Be Purchased
Under The Program
(b)
11,500,000
11,500,000
11,500,000
11,500,000
(a) The shares of common stock in this column were deemed surrendered to the Company by participants in various benefit
plans of the Company to satisfy the participants’ taxes related to vesting or delivery of time-vesting restricted share
units under those plans.
(b) On July 20, 2017, the Board of Directors approved a new repurchase program for up to 15.0 million shares of the
Company’s common stock and terminated its previously approved repurchase program. As of December 28, 2019, the
authorized shares available for repurchase under the new repurchase program totaled approximately 11.5 million
shares. The currently authorized shares available for repurchase do not include approximately 3.6 million shares
reserved and authorized for purchase under the Company’s previously approved repurchase program relating to a
forward share purchase contract entered into in March 2015. Refer to Note J, Capital Stock, of the Notes to
Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8 for further discussion.
21
Stock Performance Graph
The following line graph compares the yearly percentage change in the Company’s cumulative total shareholder return for the
last five years to that of the S&P 500 Index and the S&P 500 Industrials Index. The Company has decided to use the S&P 500
Industrials Index, which is utilized by a number of the Company’s industrial peers, for the purpose of this disclosure.
THE POINTS IN THE ABOVE TABLE ARE AS FOLLOWS:
2014
2015
2016
2017
2018
2019
Stanley Black & Decker....................................................... $
100.00
S&P 500 ................................................................................. $
100.00
S&P 500 Industrials ............................................................... $
100.00
$
$
$
113.49
101.40
102.95
$
$
$
124.45
113.51
113.41
$
$
$
187.28
138.29
139.18
$
$
$
133.56
131.08
133.88
$
$
$
190.15
174.29
179.13
The comparison assumes $100 invested at the closing price on January 2, 2015 in the Company’s common stock, S&P 500
Index, and S&P 500 Industrials Index. Total return assumes reinvestment of dividends.
22
ITEM 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA
Acquisitions and divestitures completed by the Company during the five-year period presented below affect comparability of
results. Refer to Note E, Acquisitions and Investments, and Note T, Divestitures, of the Notes to Consolidated Financial
Statements in Item 8 and prior year 10-K filings for further information.
6.44
4.06
3.99
8.05
3.99
6.35
6.53
8.05
8.20
4.06
6.35
6.44
6.63
8.20
6.63
6.53
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
20151
$ 11,172
1,227
1,227
904
(20)
884
2019 (a)
$ 14,442
2016
$ 11,594
2017 (c)
$ 12,967
2018 (b)
$ 13,982
6.10
(0.14)
5.96
5.92
(0.13)
5.79
$
— $
$
$
— $
$
$
— $
$
$
— $
$
$
— $
$
$
— $
$
$
— $
$
$
— $
$
$
— $
$
605
$
— $
$
605
968
$
— $
$
968
956
$
— $
956
$
65.3%
22.7%
2.1%
1.1%
1.5%
7.3%
66.7%
21.1%
1.7%
1.1%
1.6%
7.8%
(Millions of Dollars, Except Per Share Amounts)
Net sales..............................................................................
Net earnings from continuing operations attributable to
common shareowners .........................................................
Net loss from discontinued operations(d)...........................
Net Earnings Attributable to Common Shareowners..........
Basic earnings (loss) per share:
Continuing operations.........................................................
Discontinued operations(d).................................................
Total basic earnings per share.............................................
Diluted earnings (loss) per share:
Continuing operations.........................................................
Discontinued operations(d).................................................
Total diluted earnings per share..........................................
Percent of net sales (Continuing operations):
Cost of sales........................................................................
Selling, general and administrative(e) ................................
Other, net ............................................................................
Restructuring charges .........................................................
Interest, net .........................................................................
Earnings before income taxes and equity interest ..............
Net earnings from continuing operations attributable to
common shareowners .........................................................
Balance sheet data:
Total assets(f)......................................................................
Long-term debt, including current maturities.....................
Stanley Black & Decker, Inc.’s shareowners’ equity..........
Ratios:
Total debt to total capital ....................................................
Income tax rate - continuing operations .............................
Common stock data:
Dividends per share ............................................................
Equity per basic share at year-end ......................................
Market price per share — high ...........................................
Market price per share — low ............................................
Weighted-average shares outstanding (in 000’s):
Basic ...................................................................................
Diluted ................................................................................
Other information:
Average number of employees ...........................................
Shareowners of record at end of year .................................
1 In the first quarter of 2018, the Company adopted Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606)
(“new revenue standard”) and ASU 2017-07, Compensation - Retirement Benefits (Topic 715) ("new pension standard"). As a result of the adoption of the new
revenue standard, 2015 Stanley Black & Decker, Inc.’s shareowners’ equity includes a $4.3 million cumulative effect adjustment for periods prior to fiscal year
2016. All other 2015 amounts were not recast as a result of the adoption of the new revenue standard or new pension standard.
63.1%
23.1%
2.1%
0.4%
1.4%
11.8%
63.2%
22.7%
1.6%
0.4%
1.5%
10.6%
2.58
$
$
53.07
$ 175.91
$ 108.45
2.14
$
$
39.11
$ 110.17
90.51
$
2.26
$
$
42.80
$ 125.78
90.14
$
2.42
$
$
55.20
$ 170.03
$ 115.75
2.70
$
$ 60.97
$ 167.76
$ 115.69
63.6%
22.3%
2.0%
0.4%
1.5%
10.3%
$ 15,655
3,806
$
6,374
$
$ 15,128
3,797
$
5,816
$
$ 19,098
3,806
$
8,302
$
$ 19,408
3,822
$
7,836
$
$ 20,597
$ 3,180
$ 9,136
148,919
151,643
148,234
152,706
149,629
152,449
148,365
150,558
146,041
148,207
60,785
9,727
27.8%
14.2%
53,231
10,313
51,815
10,603
57,076
10,014
61,755
9,360
39.5%
21.6%
31.5%
19.7%
37.4%
21.3%
34.9%
40.7%
6.6%
8.1%
4.3%
9.5%
8.3%
(a) The Company's 2019 results include $363 million of pre-tax charges related to restructuring, deal and integration
costs, loss on extinguishment of debt, Security business transformation and margin resiliency initiatives, and a gain on
a sale of a business. As a result, as a percentage of Net sales, Cost of sales was 27 basis points higher, Selling, general,
23
& administrative was 97 basis points higher, Other, net was 21 basis points higher, Restructuring charges was 106
basis points higher, and Earnings before income taxes and equity interest was 251 basis points lower. In addition, the
Company's share of MTD's net earnings included an after-tax charge of approximately $24 million. Overall, the
amounts described above resulted in a decrease to the Company's 2019 Net earnings attributable to common
shareowners of $309 million (or $2.05 per diluted share).
(b) The Company's 2018 results include $450 million of pre-tax charges related to acquisitions, an environmental
remediation settlement, a non-cash fair value adjustment, a cost reduction program, an incremental freight charge
related to a service provider's bankruptcy, and a loss related to a previously divested business. As a result, as a
percentage of Net sales, Cost of sales was 47 basis points higher, Selling, general, & administrative was 113 basis
points higher, Other, net was 77 basis points higher, Restructuring charges was 84 basis points higher, and Earnings
before income taxes was 322 basis points lower. The Company also recorded a net tax charge of $181 million, which
is comprised of charges related to the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act ("the Act"), partially offset by the tax benefit of the above
pre-tax charges. Overall, the amounts described above resulted in a decrease to the Company's 2018 Net earnings
attributable to common shareowners of $631 million (or $4.16 per diluted share).
(c) The Company's 2017 results include $156 million of pre-tax acquisition-related charges and a $264 million pre-tax
gain on sales of businesses, primarily related to the divestiture of the mechanical security businesses. As a result, as a
percentage of Net sales, Cost of sales was 36 basis points higher, Selling, general, & administrative was 29 basis
points higher, Other, net was 45 basis points higher, Restructuring charges was 11 basis points higher, and Earnings
before income taxes was 83 basis points higher. The net tax benefit of the acquisition-related charges and gain on sales
of businesses was $7 million. Income taxes for 2017 also includes a one-time net tax charge of $24 million related to
the Act. Overall, the acquisition-related charges, gain on sales of businesses, and one-time net tax charge related to the
Act resulted in a net increase to the Company's 2017 Net earnings attributable to common shareowners of $91 million
(or $0.59 per diluted share).
(d) Discontinued operations in 2015 reflects a $20 million loss, or $0.13 per diluted share, primarily related to operating
losses associated with the Security segment’s Spain and Italy operations, which were sold in July 2015.
(e) SG&A is inclusive of the Provision for doubtful accounts.
(f) In the first quarter of 2019, the Company adopted ASU 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842) ("new lease standard") utilizing
the transition method, which allowed the new lease standard to be applied as of the adoption date with no adjustment
for periods prior to fiscal year 2019. As a result, total assets as of December 28, 2019 reflect a lease right-of-use asset
of approximately $535 million.
24
ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF
OPERATIONS
The financial and business analysis below provides information which the Company believes is relevant to an assessment and
understanding of its consolidated financial position, results of operations and cash flows. This financial and business analysis
should be read in conjunction with the Consolidated Financial Statements and related notes. All references to “Notes” in this
Item 7 refer to the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 8 of this Annual Report.
The following discussion and certain other sections of this Annual Report on Form 10-K contain statements reflecting the
Company’s views about its future performance that constitute “forward-looking statements” under the Private Securities
Litigation Reform Act of 1995. These forward-looking statements are based on current expectations, estimates, forecasts and
projections about the industry and markets in which the Company operates as well as management’s beliefs and assumptions.
Any statements contained herein (including without limitation statements to the effect that Stanley Black & Decker, Inc. or its
management “believes,” “expects,” “anticipates,” “plans” and similar expressions) that are not statements of historical fact
should be considered forward-looking statements. These statements are not guarantees of future performance and involve
certain risks, uncertainties and assumptions that are difficult to predict. There are a number of important factors that could
cause actual results to differ materially from those indicated by such forward-looking statements. These factors include, without
limitation, those set forth, or incorporated by reference, below under the heading “Cautionary Statements Under The Private
Securities Litigation Reform Act Of 1995.” The Company does not intend to update publicly any forward-looking statements
whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise.
Strategic Objectives
The Company continues to pursue a growth and acquisition strategy, which involves industry, geographic and customer
diversification to foster sustainable revenue, earnings and cash flow growth, and employ the following strategic framework in
pursuit of its vision to deliver top-quartile financial performance, become known as one of the world’s leading innovators and
elevate its commitment to social responsibility:
• Continue organic growth momentum by leveraging the SBD Operating Model to drive innovation and commercial
excellence, while diversifying toward higher-growth, higher-margin businesses;
• Be selective and operate in markets where brand is meaningful, the value proposition is definable and sustainable
through innovation, and global cost leadership is achievable; and
•
Pursue acquisitive growth on multiple fronts by building upon its existing global tools platform, expanding the
Industrial platform in Engineered Fastening and Infrastructure, consolidating the commercial electronic security
industry, and pursuing adjacencies with sound industrial logic.
Execution of the above strategy has resulted in approximately $10.1 billion of acquisitions since 2002 (excluding the Black &
Decker merger and pending acquisition of Consolidated Aerospace Manufacturing, LLC, as discussed below), a 20 percent
investment in MTD Holdings Inc. ("MTD"), several divestitures, improved efficiency in the supply chain and manufacturing
operations, and enhanced investments in organic growth, enabled by cash flow generation and increased debt capacity. In
addition, the Company's continued focus on diversification and organic growth has resulted in improved financial results and an
increase in its global presence. The Company also remains focused on leveraging its SBD Operating Model to deliver success
in the 2020s and beyond. The latest evolution of the SBD Operating Model, formerly Stanley Fulfillment System ("SFS") 2.0,
builds on the strength of the Company's past while embracing changes in the external environment to ensure the Company has
the right skillsets, incorporates technology advances in all areas, maintains operational excellence, drives efficiency in business
processes and resiliency into its culture, delivers extreme innovation and ensures the customer experience is world class. As it
has in the past, the new operating model will underpin the Company's ability to deliver above-market organic growth with
margin expansion, maintain efficient levels of selling, general and administrative expenses ("SG&A") and deliver top-quartile
asset efficiency.
The Company’s long-term financial objectives remain as follows:
25
4-6% organic revenue growth;
10-12% total revenue growth;
10-12% total EPS growth (7-9% organically) excluding acquisition-related charges;
Free cash flow equal to, or exceeding, net income;
Sustain 10+ working capital turns; and
•
•
•
•
•
• Cash Flow Return On Investment ("CFROI") between 12-15%.
In terms of capital allocation, the Company remains committed, over time, to returning approximately 50% of free cash flow to
shareholders through a strong and growing dividend as well as opportunistically repurchasing shares. The remaining free cash
flow (approximately 50%) will be deployed towards acquisitions.
Share Repurchases
In April 2018, the Company repurchased 1,399,732 shares of common stock for approximately $200 million. In July 2018, the
Company repurchased 2,086,792 shares of common stock for approximately $300 million.
Acquisitions and Investments
On March 8, 2019, the Company acquired the International Equipment Solutions Attachments businesses, Paladin and Pengo,
("IES Attachments"), a manufacturer of high quality, performance-driven heavy equipment attachment tools for off-highway
applications. The acquisition further diversifies the Company's presence in the industrial markets, expands its portfolio of
attachment solutions and provides a meaningful platform for continued growth.
On January 2, 2019, the Company acquired a 20 percent interest in MTD, a privately held global manufacturer of outdoor
power equipment. MTD manufactures and distributes gas-powered lawn tractors, zero turn mowers, walk behind mowers,
snow throwers, trimmers, chain saws, utility vehicles and other outdoor power equipment. Under the terms of the agreement,
the Company has the option to acquire the remaining 80 percent of MTD beginning on July 1, 2021 and ending on January 2,
2029. In the event the option is exercised, the companies have agreed to a valuation multiple based on MTD’s 2018 Earnings
Before Interest, Taxes, Depreciation and Amortization ("EBITDA"), with an equitable sharing arrangement for future EBITDA
growth. The investment in MTD increases the Company's presence in the $20 billion outdoor power equipment market and
allows the two companies to work together to pursue revenue and cost opportunities, improve operational efficiency, and
introduce new and innovative products for professional and residential outdoor equipment customers, utilizing each company's
respective portfolios of strong brands.
On April 2, 2018, the Company acquired Nelson Fastener Systems (“Nelson”), which excluded Nelson's automotive stud
welding business. This acquisition, which has been integrated into the Engineered Fastening business, is complementary to the
Company's product offerings, enhances its presence in the general industrial end markets, expands its portfolio of highly-
engineered fastening solutions, and is delivering cost synergies.
On March 9, 2017, the Company acquired the Tools business of Newell Brands ("Newell Tools") which included the highly
attractive industrial cutting, hand tool and power tool accessory brands IRWIN® and LENOX®. The acquisition enhanced the
Company’s position within the global tools & storage industry and broadened the Company’s product offerings and solutions to
customers and end users, particularly within power tool accessories.
On March 8, 2017, the Company purchased the Craftsman® brand from Sears Holdings Corporation (“Sears Holdings”). The
acquisition provided the Company with the rights to develop, manufacture and sell Craftsman®-branded products in non-Sears
Holdings channels. The acquisition significantly increased the availability of Craftsman®-branded products to consumers in
previously underpenetrated channels, enhanced innovation, and added manufacturing jobs in the U.S. to support growth.
Pending Acquisition
On January 3, 2020, the Company entered into an agreement to purchase Consolidated Aerospace Manufacturing, LLC
("CAM"). CAM is an industry-leading manufacturer of specialty fasteners and components for the aerospace and defense
markets. The Company expects the acquisition to further diversify the Company's presence in the industrial markets and
expand its portfolio of specialty fasteners in the high-growth, high-margin aerospace and defense market. The acquisition will
provide well-recognized brands, a proven business model, deep customer relationships, an experienced management team and
compelling cash flow characteristics, which will create an attractive pathway for profitable organic and acquisitive growth and
shareholder returns. This transaction is subject to customary closing conditions, including regulatory approval, and is expected
to close in late February 2020.
26
Refer to Note E, Acquisitions and Investments, for further discussion.
Divestitures
On May 30, 2019, the Company sold its Sargent and Greenleaf mechanical locks business within the Security segment. The
divestiture allows the Company to invest in other areas of the Company that fit into its long-term growth strategy.
On February 22, 2017, the Company sold the majority of its mechanical security businesses, which included the commercial
hardware brands of Best Access, phi Precision and GMT. The sale allowed the Company to deploy capital in a more accretive
and growth-oriented manner.
Refer to Note T, Divestitures, for further discussion of the Company's divestitures.
Certain Items Impacting Earnings
Throughout MD&A, the Company has provided a discussion of the outlook and results both inclusive and exclusive of
acquisition-related and other charges. The results and measures, including gross profit and segment profit, on a basis excluding
these amounts are considered relevant to aid analysis and understanding of the Company's results aside from the material
impact of these items. These amounts are as follows:
2019
The Company reported $363 million in pre-tax charges during 2019, which were comprised of the following:
•
•
•
•
•
•
$40 million reducing Gross Profit pertaining to facility-related and inventory step-up charges;
$139 million in SG&A primarily for integration-related costs, Security business transformation and margin resiliency
initiatives;
$30 million in Other, net primarily related to deal transaction costs;
$17 million gain related to the sale of the Sargent & Greenleaf business;
$153 million in Restructuring charges pertaining to severance and facility closures associated with a cost reduction
program; and
$18 million related to a non-cash loss on the extinguishment of debt.
The tax effect on the above net charges was approximately $78 million. In addition, the Company's share of MTD's net
earnings included an after-tax charge of approximately $24 million primarily related to an inventory step-up adjustment. The
amounts above resulted in net after-tax charges of $309 million, or $2.05 per diluted share.
2018
The Company reported $450 million in pre-tax charges during 2018, which were comprised of the following:
•
•
•
•
•
$66 million reducing Gross Profit primarily pertaining to inventory step-up charges for the Nelson acquisition and an
incremental freight charge due to nonperformance by a third-party service provider;
$158 million in SG&A primarily for integration-related costs, consulting fees, and a non-cash fair value adjustment;
$108 million in Other, net primarily related to deal transaction costs and a settlement with the Environmental
Protection Agency ("EPA");
$1 million related to a previously divested business; and
$117 million in Restructuring charges which primarily related to a cost reduction program.
The Company also recorded a net tax charge of $181 million, which was comprised of charges related to the Tax Cuts and Jobs
Act ("the Act") partially offset by the tax benefit of the above pre-tax charges. The above amounts resulted in net after-tax
charges of $631 million, or $4.16 per diluted share.
2017
The Company reported $156 million in pre-tax charges during 2017, which were comprised of the following:
27
•
•
•
•
$47 million reducing Gross Profit primarily pertaining to inventory step-up charges for the Newell Tools acquisition;
$38 million in SG&A primarily for integration-related costs and consulting fees;
$58 million in Other, net primarily for deal transaction and consulting costs; and
$13 million in Restructuring charges pertaining to facility closures and employee severance.
The Company also reported a $264 million pre-tax gain on sales of businesses in 2017, primarily relating to the sale of the
majority of the mechanical security businesses. The net tax benefit of the acquisition-related charges and gain on sales of
businesses was $7 million. Furthermore, the Company recorded a $24 million net tax charge relating to the Act.
The acquisition-related charges, gain on sales of businesses, and net tax charge relating to the Act resulted in a net after-tax gain
of $91 million, or $0.59 per diluted share.
Driving Further Profitable Growth by Fully Leveraging Our Core Franchises
Each of the Company's franchises share common attributes: they have world-class brands and attractive growth characteristics,
they are scalable and defensible, they can differentiate through innovation, and they are powered by the SBD Operating Model.
• The Tools & Storage business is the tool company to own, with strong brands, proven innovation, global scale, and a
broad offering of power tools, hand tools, accessories, and storage & digital products across many channels in both
developed and developing markets.
• The Engineered Fastening business is a highly profitable, GDP+ growth business offering highly engineered, value-
added innovative solutions with recurring revenue attributes and global scale.
• The Security business, with its attractive recurring revenue, presents a significant margin accretion opportunity over
the longer term and has historically provided a stable revenue stream through economic cycles, is a gateway into the
digital world and an avenue to capitalize on rapid digital changes. Security has embarked on a business transformation
which will apply technology to lower its cost to serve and create new commercial offerings for its small to medium
enterprise and large key account customers.
While diversifying the business portfolio through strategic acquisitions remains important, management recognizes that the
core franchises described above are important foundations that continue to provide strong cash flow and growth prospects.
Management is committed to growing these businesses through innovative product development, brand support, continued
investment in emerging markets and a sharp focus on global cost competitiveness.
Continuing to Invest in the Stanley Black & Decker Brands
The Company has a strong portfolio of brands associated with high-quality products including STANLEY®, BLACK
+DECKER®, DEWALT®, FLEXVOLT®, IRWIN®, LENOX®, CRAFTSMAN®, PORTER-CABLE®, BOSTITCH®,
PROTO®, MAC TOOLS®, FACOM®, AeroScout®, Powers®, LISTA®, SIDCHROME®, Vidmar®, SONITROL®, and
GQ®. Among the Company's most valuable assets, the STANLEY®, BLACK+DECKER® and DEWALT® brands are
recognized as three of the world's great brands, while the CRAFTSMAN® brand is recognized as a premier American brand.
During 2019, the STANLEY®, DEWALT® and CRAFTSMAN® brands had prominent signage in Major League Baseball
("MLB") stadiums appearing in many MLB games. The Company has also maintained long-standing NASCAR and NHRA
racing sponsorships, which provided brand exposure during nearly 60 events in 2019 with the STANLEY®, DEWALT®,
CRAFTSMAN®, IRWIN® and MAC TOOLS® brands. The Company also advertises in the English Premier League, which is
the number one soccer league in the world, featuring STANLEY®, BLACK+DECKER® and DEWALT® brands to a global
audience. In 2014, the Company became a sponsor for one of the world’s most popular football clubs, FC Barcelona ("FCB"),
including player image rights, hospitality assets and stadium signage. In 2018, the Company was announced as the first ever
shirt sponsor for the FCB Women's team in support of its commitment to global diversity and inclusion. In addition, the
Company continues to sponsor the Envision Virgin Racing Formula E team in support of the Company's commitment to
sustainability and the future of electric mobility.
The above marketing initiatives highlight the Company's strong emphasis on brand building and commercial support, which
has resulted in more than 300 billion global brand impressions annually via digital and traditional advertising and strong brand
awareness. The Company will continue allocating its brand and advertising spend wisely to capture the emerging digital
landscape, whilst continuing to evolve proven marketing programs to deliver famous global brands that are deeply committed
to societal improvement, along with transformative technologies to build relevant and meaningful 1:1 customer, consumer,
employee and shareholder relationships in support of the Company's long-term vision.
28
The SBD Operating Model: Winning in the 2020s
Over the past 15 years, the Company has successfully leveraged its proven and continually evolving operating model to focus
the organization to sustain top-quartile performance, resulting in asset efficiency, above-market organic growth and expanding
operating margins. In its first evolution, the Stanley Fulfillment System ("SFS") focused on streamlining operations, which
helped reduce lead times, realize synergies during acquisition integrations, and mitigate material and energy price inflation. In
2015, the Company launched a refreshed and revitalized SFS operating system, entitled SFS 2.0, to drive from a more
programmatic growth mentality to a true organic growth culture by more deeply embedding breakthrough innovation and
commercial excellence into its businesses, and at the same time, becoming a significantly more digitally-enabled enterprise.
Now in 2020, recognizing the changing dynamics of the world in which the Company operates, including the acceleration of
technological change, geopolitical instability and the changing nature of work, the Company has launched the new SBD
Operating Model: Winning in the 2020s.
At the center of the model is the concept of the interrelationship between people and technology. The remaining four categories
are: Performance Resiliency; Extreme Innovation; Operations Excellence and Extraordinary Customer Experience. Each of
these elements co-exists synergistically with the others in a systems-based approach.
People and Technology
This pillar emphasizes the Company's belief that the right combination of digitally proficient people applying technology such
as artificial intelligence, machine learning, advanced analytics, IOT and others in focused ways can be an enormous source of
value creation and sustainability for the Company. It also brings to light the changing nature of work and the talent and
skillsets required for individuals and institutions to thrive in the future. With technology infiltrating the workplace at an
increasingly rapid pace, the Company believes that the winners in the 2020s will invest heavily in reskilling, upskilling and
lifelong learning with an emphasis on the places where people and technology intersect. In other words, technology can make
humans more powerful and productive if, and only if, humans know how to apply the technology to maximum advantage. The
Company has created plans and programs, as well as a new leadership model to ensure people have the right skills, tools and
mindsets to thrive in this era. The ability for employees to embrace technology, learn and relearn new skills and take advantage
of the opportunities presented in this new world will be critical to the Company's success.
Performance Resiliency
The Company views performance resiliency as the agility, flexibility and adaptability to sustain strong performance regardless
of the operating environment conditions, which requires planning for the unexpected and anticipating exogenous volatility as
the new normal. Technology, applied to key business processes, products and business models, will be a key enabler for value
creation and performance resiliency as the Company executes sustainable, ongoing transformation across the enterprise.
Extreme Innovation
The Company has a historically strong foundation in innovation, launching more than 1,000 products a year, including
breakthroughs such as DEWALT Flexvolt, Atomic and Xtreme. In recent years, the Company has expanded its innovation-
focused internal teams and external partnerships, but now it is growing that innovation ecosystem at a rapid pace, expanding the
number of external collaborations with start-ups and entrepreneurs, academic institutions, research labs and others. This
innovation culture, which includes a focus on social impact in addition to the Company's traditional product and customer
focus, enables the Company to introduce products to market faster and reimagine how to operate in today’s technology-enabled,
fast-paced world.
Operations Excellence
An intense focus on operations excellence and asset efficiency is mandatory in a dynamic world in which the bar for
competitiveness is always moving higher. To help maintain the Company's edge, a much more agile, adaptable and technology-
enabled supply chain is necessary. Industry 4.0 is essential to this transformation. For several years, the Company has been
moving to a “Make Where We Sell” and “Buy Where We Make” system, where more products are being manufactured in local
markets. Today, about 50% of the products sold in North America are made in North America and the target is to continue to
push that higher. This will improve customer responsiveness, lower lead times, reduce costs and mitigate geopolitical and
currency risk while facilitating major improvements in carbon footprint.
Extraordinary Customer Experience
Customers are increasingly demanding world-class experiences from their brands and expectations for execution at the
customer level are growing every day. It is no longer sufficient to have great products on the shelf or in the catalog. The
Company knows that to sustain market share growth, it needs to evolve and adapt to provide the types of experiences that
customers now expect. While commercial excellence has always been an important part of SFS 2.0 and will continue to be part
of the Company's new model, the Company's new thrust in this area takes it to another level. Each of the Company's businesses
29
is making a baseline assessment and segmentation of its various customer experiences while systematically gaining insights
into what can be done to elevate those customer experiences to the extraordinary level. As previously noted, the interaction
between people and technology will define success in this area.
Leveraging the SBD Operating Model, the Company is building a culture in which it strives to become known as one of the
world’s great innovative companies by embracing the current environment of rapid innovation and digital transformation. The
Company continues to build a vast innovation focused ecosystem to pursue faster innovation and to remain aware of and open
to new technologies and advances by leveraging both internal initiatives and external partnerships. The innovation ecosystem
used in concert with the SBD Operating Model is anticipated to allow the Company to apply innovation to its core processes in
manufacturing and back office functions to reduce operating costs and inefficiencies, develop core and breakthrough product
innovations within each of its businesses, and pursue disruptive business models to either push into new markets or change
existing business models before competition or new market entrants capture the opportunity. The Company continues to make
progress towards this vision, as evidenced by the creation of Innovation Everywhere, a program that encourages and empowers
all employees to implement value creation and cost savings using collaborative and innovative solutions, breakthrough
innovation teams in each business, the Stanley Ventures group, which invests capital in new and emerging start-ups in core
focus areas, the Techstars partnership, which selects start-ups from around the world with the goal of bringing breakthrough
technologies to market, the Manufactory 4.0, which is the Company's epicenter for Industry 4.0 technology development and
partnership, and STANLEY X, a Silicon Valley based team, which is building its own set of disruptive initiatives and exploring
new business models.
The Company has made a significant commitment to the SBD Operating Model and management believes that its success will
be characterized by continued asset efficiency, organic growth in the 4-6% range as well as expanded operating margin rates
over the next 3 to 5 years as the Company leverages the growth and reduces structural SG&A levels.
The Company believes that the SBD Operating Model will serve as a powerful value driver in the years ahead, ensuring the
Company is positioned to win in the 2020s by developing and obtaining the right people and technology to deliver performance
resiliency, extreme innovation, operations excellence and an extraordinary customer experience. The new operating model, in
concert with the Company's innovation ecosystem, will enable the Company to change as rapidly as the external environment
which directly supports achievement of the Company's long-term financial objectives, including its vision, and further enables
its shareholder-friendly capital allocation approach, which has served the Company well in the past and will continue to do so
in the future.
Outlook for 2020
This outlook discussion is intended to provide broad insight into the Company’s near-term earnings and cash flow generation
prospects. The Company expects 2020 diluted earnings per share to approximate $8.05 to $8.35 ($8.80 to $9.00 excluding
acquisition-related and other charges), and free cash flow conversion, defined as free cash flow divided by net income, to
approximate 90% to 100%, reflecting the impact of restructuring payments associated with the 2019 cost reduction program.
The 2020 outlook for adjusted diluted earnings per share assumes approximately $0.95 of accretion due to the benefit from the
cost reduction program; approximately $0.40 to $0.50 of accretion related to organic growth; approximately $0.60 to $0.70 of
dilution from incremental tariffs and currency headwinds; and approximately $0.25 of dilution due to the expected tax rate,
financing costs and other items below operating margin.
The difference between the 2020 diluted earnings per share outlook and the diluted earnings per share range, excluding charges,
is $0.65 to $0.75, consisting of acquisition-related and other charges. These forecasted charges primarily relate to restructuring,
deal and integration costs, as well as Security business transformation and key margin resiliency initiatives.
30
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
Below is a summary of the Company’s operating results at the consolidated level, followed by an overview of business segment
performance.
Terminology: The term “organic” is utilized to describe results aside from the impacts of foreign currency fluctuations,
acquisitions during their initial 12 months of ownership, and divestitures. This ensures appropriate comparability to operating
results of prior periods.
Net Sales: Net sales were $14.442 billion in 2019 compared to $13.982 billion in 2018, representing an increase of 3% driven
by organic growth of 3%, including a 2% increase in volume and 1% increase in price. Acquisitions, primarily IES
Attachments, increased sales by 2%, while the impact of foreign currency decreased sales by 2%. Tools & Storage net sales
increased 3% compared to 2018 due to increases in volume and price of 4% and 1%, respectively, partially offset by a 2%
decrease from foreign currency. Industrial net sales increased 11% compared to 2018 primarily due to acquisition growth of
16%, partially offset by decreases of 3% from lower volumes and 2% from foreign currency. Security net sales declined 2%
compared to 2018 as 1% increases in both price and small bolt-on commercial electronic security acquisitions were more than
offset by a 3% decrease due to foreign currency and a 1% decrease from the sale of the Sargent & Greenleaf business.
Net sales were $13.982 billion in 2018 compared to $12.967 billion in 2017, representing an increase of 8% with strong organic
growth of 5%. Acquisitions, primarily Newell Tools and Nelson, increased sales by 3%. Tools & Storage net sales increased 9%
compared to 2017 due to strong organic growth of 7%, fueled by solid growth across all regions, and acquisition growth of 2%.
Industrial net sales increased 11% compared to 2017 primarily due to acquisition growth of 9% and favorable currency of 2%.
Security net sales increased 2% compared to 2017 due to increases of 1% in price, 3% in small bolt-on commercial electronic
security acquisitions and 1% in foreign currency, partially offset by declines of 1% from the sale of the majority of the
mechanical security businesses and 2% from lower volumes.
Gross Profit: The Company reported gross profit of $4.806 billion, or 33.3% of net sales, in 2019 compared to $4.851 billion,
or 34.7% of net sales, in 2018. Acquisition-related and other charges, which reduced gross profit, were $39.7 million in 2019
and $65.7 million in 2018. Excluding these charges, gross profit was 33.5% of net sales in 2019 compared to 35.2% in 2018, as
volume, productivity and price were more than offset by tariffs, commodity inflation and foreign exchange.
The Company reported gross profit of $4.851 billion, or 34.7% of net sales, in 2018 compared to $4.778 billion, or 36.9% of
net sales, in 2017. Acquisition-related and other charges, which reduced gross profit, were $65.7 million in 2018 and $46.8
million in 2017. Excluding these charges, gross profit was 35.2% of net sales in 2018, compared to 37.2% in 2017, as volume
leverage, productivity and price were more than offset by external headwinds, including commodity inflation, foreign exchange
and tariffs.
SG&A Expense: Selling, general and administrative expenses, inclusive of the provision for doubtful accounts (“SG&A”), were
$3.041 billion, or 21.1% of net sales, in 2019 compared to $3.172 billion, or 22.7% of net sales, in 2018. Within SG&A,
acquisition-related and other charges totaled $139.5 million in 2019 and $157.8 million in 2018. Excluding these charges,
SG&A was 20.1% of net sales in 2019 compared to 21.6% in 2018, primarily reflecting disciplined cost management and
actions taken in response to external headwinds.
SG&A expenses were $3.172 billion, or 22.7% of net sales, in 2018 compared to $2.999 billion, or 23.1% of net sales, in 2017.
Acquisition-related and other charges totaled $157.8 million in 2018 and $37.7 million in 2017. Excluding these charges,
SG&A was 21.6% of net sales in 2018 compared to 22.8% in 2017, due primarily to prudent cost management and volume
leverage.
Distribution center costs (i.e. warehousing and fulfillment facility and associated labor costs) are classified within SG&A. This
classification may differ from other companies who may report such expenses within cost of sales. Due to diversity in practice,
to the extent the classification of these distribution costs differs from other companies, the Company’s gross margins may not
be comparable. Such distribution costs classified in SG&A amounted to $326.7 million in 2019, $316.0 million in 2018 and
$279.8 million in 2017.
Corporate Overhead: The corporate overhead element of SG&A, which is not allocated to the business segments, amounted to
$229.5 million, or 1.6% of net sales, in 2019, $202.8 million, or 1.5% of net sales, in 2018 and $217.4 million, or 1.7% of net
sales, in 2017. Excluding acquisition-related charges of $23.4 million in 2019, $12.7 million in 2018, and $0.7 million in 2017,
the corporate overhead element of SG&A was 1.4% of net sales in 2019 and 2018, compared to 1.7% in 2017, reflecting
continued cost management.
31
Other, net: Other, net totaled $249.1 million in 2019 compared to $287.0 million in 2018 and $269.2 million in 2017.
Excluding acquisition-related and other charges, Other, net totaled $218.9 million, $178.9 million, and $211.0 million in 2019,
2018, and 2017, respectively. The year-over-year increase in 2019 was driven by higher intangible amortization and a favorable
resolution of a prior claim in 2018. The year-over-year decrease in 2018 was driven by an environmental remediation charge of
$17 million in 2017 relating to a legacy Black & Decker site and a favorable resolution of a prior claim in 2018, which more
than offset higher intangible amortization expense in 2018.
(Gain) Loss on Sales of Businesses: During 2019, the Company reported a $17.0 million gain relating to the sale of the Sargent
and Greenleaf business. During 2018, the Company reported a $0.8 million loss relating to a previously divested business.
During 2017, the Company reported a $264.1 million gain primarily relating to the sale of the majority of the Company's
mechanical security businesses.
Pension Settlement: Pension settlement of $12.2 million in 2017 reflects losses previously reported in Accumulated other
comprehensive loss related to a non-U.S. pension plan for which the Company settled its obligation by purchasing an annuity
and making lump sum payments to participants.
Loss on Debt Extinguishment: During the fourth quarter of 2019, the Company extinguished $750 million of its notes payable
and recognized a $17.9 million pre-tax loss related to the write-off of deferred financing fees.
Interest, net: Net interest expense in 2019 was $230.4 million compared to $209.2 million in 2018 and $182.5 million in 2017.
The increase in 2019 compared to 2018 was primarily driven by interest on the senior unsecured notes issued in November
2018 and lower interest income on deposits due to a decline in rates. The increase in net interest expense in 2018 versus 2017
was primarily due to higher interest rates and higher average balances relating to the Company's U.S. commercial paper
borrowings partially offset by higher interest income.
Income Taxes: The Company's effective tax rate was 14.2% in 2019, 40.7% in 2018, and 19.7% in 2017. Excluding the impact
of divestitures and acquisition-related and other charges previously discussed, the effective tax rate in 2019 is 16.0%. This
effective tax rate differs from the U.S. statutory tax rate primarily due to a portion of the Company's earnings being realized in
lower-taxed foreign jurisdictions, and the favorable effective settlements of income tax audits.
The 2018 effective tax rate included net charges associated with the Act, which primarily related to the re-measurement of
existing deferred tax balances, adjustments to the one-time transition tax, and the provision of deferred taxes on unremitted
foreign earnings and profits for which the Company no longer asserted indefinite reinvestment. Excluding the impacts of the
net charge related to the Act as well as the acquisition-related and other charges previously discussed, the effective tax rate in
2018 was 16.0%. This effective tax rate differed from the U.S. statutory tax rate primarily due to a portion of the Company's
earnings being realized in lower-taxed foreign jurisdictions and the favorable effective settlements of income tax audits.
The 2017 effective tax rate included a one-time net charge relating to the provisional amounts recorded associated with the Act,
which was enacted in December 2017. The net charge primarily related to the re-measurement of existing deferred tax balances
and the one-time transition tax. Excluding the impact of the divestitures, acquisition-related charges, and the net charge related
to the Act, the effective tax rate was 20.0% in 2017. This effective tax rate differed from the U.S. statutory rate primarily due
to a portion of the Company's earnings being realized in lower-taxed foreign jurisdictions, the favorable settlement of certain
income tax audits, and the acceleration of certain tax credits resulting in a tax benefit.
Business Segment Results
The Company’s reportable segments are aggregations of businesses that have similar products, services and end markets,
among other factors. The Company utilizes segment profit which is defined as net sales minus cost of sales and SG&A
inclusive of the provision for doubtful accounts (aside from corporate overhead expense), and segment profit as a percentage of
net sales to assess the profitability of each segment. Segment profit excludes the corporate overhead expense element of
SG&A, other, net (inclusive of intangible asset amortization expense), gain or loss on sales of businesses, pension settlement,
restructuring charges, loss on debt extinguishment, interest income, interest expense, income taxes and share of net loss of
equity method investment. Corporate overhead is comprised of world headquarters facility expense, cost for the executive
management team and expenses pertaining to certain centralized functions that benefit the entire Company but are not directly
attributable to the businesses, such as legal and corporate finance functions. Refer to Note F, Goodwill and Intangible Assets,
and Note O, Restructuring Charges, for the amount of intangible asset amortization expense and net restructuring charges,
respectively, attributable to each segment.
32
The Company classifies its business into three reportable segments, which also represent its operating segments: Tools &
Storage, Industrial and Security.
Tools & Storage:
The Tools & Storage segment is comprised of the Power Tools & Equipment ("PTE") and Hand Tools, Accessories & Storage
("HTAS") businesses. The PTE business includes both professional and consumer products. Professional products include
professional grade corded and cordless electric power tools and equipment including drills, impact wrenches and drivers,
grinders, saws, routers and sanders, as well as pneumatic tools and fasteners including nail guns, nails, staplers and staples,
concrete and masonry anchors. Consumer products include corded and cordless electric power tools sold primarily under the
BLACK+DECKER® brand, lawn and garden products, including hedge trimmers, string trimmers, lawn mowers, edgers and
related accessories, and home products such as hand-held vacuums, paint tools and cleaning appliances. The HTAS business
sells hand tools, power tool accessories and storage products. Hand tools include measuring, leveling and layout tools, planes,
hammers, demolition tools, clamps, vises, knives, saws, chisels and industrial and automotive tools. Power tool accessories
include drill bits, screwdriver bits, router bits, abrasives, saw blades and threading products. Storage products include tool
boxes, sawhorses, medical cabinets and engineered storage solution products.
(Millions of Dollars)
Net sales ................................................................................................. $
Segment profit ........................................................................................ $
% of Net sales.........................................................................................
2019
2018
2017
10,062
1,533
15.2%
$
$
$
$
9,814
1,393
14.2%
9,045
1,439
15.9%
Tools & Storage net sales increased $248.1 million, or 3%, in 2019 compared to 2018 due to a 4% increase in volume and 1%
increase in price, partially offset by unfavorable currency of 2%. The 5% organic growth was led by North America and
Europe, more than offsetting a decline in emerging markets. North America organic growth was driven by the roll-out of the
Craftsman brand and new product innovation, such as DEWALT Flexvolt, Atomic and Xtreme, partially offset by declines in
Canada and industrial-focused businesses. Europe growth was supported by new products and successful commercial actions.
The organic decline in emerging markets was driven by weak market conditions in Turkey, China and certain countries in Latin
America, which more than offset the benefits from price, new product launches and e-commerce expansion.
Segment profit amounted to $1.533 billion, or 15.2% of net sales, in 2019 compared to $1.393 billion, or 14.2% of net sales, in
2018. Excluding acquisition-related and other charges of $44.3 million and $142.6 million in 2019 and 2018, respectively,
segment profit amounted to 15.7% of net sales in 2019 compared to 15.6% in 2018, as the benefits from volume leverage,
actions taken in response to external headwinds and price were partially offset by tariffs, commodity inflation, and foreign
exchange.
Tools & Storage net sales increased $769.0 million, or 9%, in 2018 compared to 2017. Organic sales increased 7%, with a 6%
increase in volume and 1% increase in price, reflecting strong growth in each of the regions, and acquisitions, primarily Newell
Tools, increased net sales by 2%. North America growth was driven by new product innovation, the roll-out of the Craftsman
brand and price realization. Europe growth was supported by new products and successful commercial actions. The growth in
emerging markets was driven by mid-price-point product releases, e-commerce strategies and pricing actions.
Segment profit amounted to $1.393 billion, or 14.2% of net sales, in 2018 compared to $1.439 billion, or 15.9% of net sales, in
2017. Excluding acquisition-related and other charges of $142.6 million and $81.8 million in 2018 and 2017, respectively,
segment profit amounted to 15.6% of net sales in 2018 compared to 16.8% in 2017, as the benefits from volume leverage,
pricing and cost control were more than offset by the impacts from currency, commodity inflation and tariffs.
Industrial:
The Industrial segment is comprised of the Engineered Fastening and Infrastructure businesses. The Engineered Fastening
business primarily sells engineered fastening products and systems designed for specific applications. The product lines include
blind rivets and tools, blind inserts and tools, drawn arc weld studs and systems, engineered plastic and mechanical fasteners,
self-piercing riveting systems, precision nut running systems, micro fasteners, and high-strength structural fasteners. The
Infrastructure business consists of the Oil & Gas and Attachment Tools product lines. Oil & Gas sells and rents custom pipe
handling, joint welding and coating equipment used in the construction of large and small diameter pipelines, and provides
pipeline inspection services. Attachment Tools sells hydraulic tools, attachments and accessories.
33
(Millions of Dollars)
Net sales .................................................................................................. $
Segment profit......................................................................................... $
% of Net sales .........................................................................................
2019
2018
2017
$
$
2,435
334
13.7%
$
$
2,188
320
14.6%
1,974
346
17.5%
Industrial net sales increased $246.9 million, or 11%, in 2019 compared to 2018, due to acquisition growth of 16%, partially
offset by declines of 3% in volume and 2% from foreign currency. Engineered Fastening organic revenues decreased 3% as
fastener penetration gains were more than offset by inventory reductions and lower production levels within industrial and
automotive customers. Infrastructure organic revenues were down 2%, as growth within Oil & Gas was offset by declines in
hydraulic tools from a difficult scrap steel market.
Segment profit totaled $334.1 million, or 13.7% of net sales, in 2019 compared to $319.8 million, or 14.6% of net sales, in
2018. Excluding acquisition-related and other charges of $25.8 million and $26.0 million in 2019 and 2018, respectively,
segment profit amounted to 14.8% of net sales in 2019 compared to 15.8% in 2018, as productivity gains and cost control were
more than offset by lower volume and externally driven cost inflation.
Industrial net sales increased $213.5 million, or 11%, in 2018 compared to 2017, due to acquisition growth of 9% and favorable
foreign currency of 2%. Engineered Fastening organic revenues increased 1% due primarily to industrial and automotive
fastener penetration gains which were partially offset by the expected impact from lower automotive system shipments.
Infrastructure organic revenues were down 1% due to anticipated lower pipeline project activity in Oil & Gas, partially offset
by volume growth in hydraulic tools.
Segment profit totaled $319.8 million, or 14.6% of net sales, in 2018 compared to $345.9 million, or 17.5% of net sales, in
2017. Excluding acquisition-related and other charges of $26.0 million in 2018, segment profit amounted to 15.8% of net sales
in 2018 compared to 17.5% in 2017, as productivity gains and cost control were more than offset by commodity inflation and
the modestly dilutive impact from the Nelson acquisition.
Security:
The Security segment is comprised of the Convergent Security Solutions ("CSS") and the Mechanical Access Solutions
("MAS") businesses. The CSS business designs, supplies and installs commercial electronic security systems and provides
electronic security services, including alarm monitoring, video surveillance, fire alarm monitoring, systems integration and
system maintenance. Purchasers of these systems typically contract for ongoing security systems monitoring and maintenance
at the time of initial equipment installation. The business also sells healthcare solutions, which include asset tracking, infant
protection, pediatric protection, patient protection, wander management, fall management, and emergency call products. The
MAS business primarily sells automatic doors.
(Millions of Dollars)
Net sales ................................................................................................. $
Segment profit ........................................................................................ $
% of Net sales.........................................................................................
2019
2018
2017
$
$
1,945
127
6.5%
$
$
1,981
169
8.5%
1,947
212
10.9%
Security net sales decreased $35.2 million, or 2%, in 2019 compared to 2018, as 1% increases in both price and small bolt-on
commercial electronic security acquisitions were more than offset by a 3% decrease due to foreign currency and a 1% decrease
from the sale of the Sargent & Greenleaf business. Organic sales for North America increased 3% driven by increased
installations within commercial electronic security and higher volumes in healthcare and automatic doors. Europe declined 1%
organically as growth in France was offset by continued market weakness in the Nordics and the UK.
Segment profit amounted to $126.6 million, or 6.5% of net sales, in 2019 compared to $169.3 million, or 8.5% of net sales, in
2018. Excluding acquisition-related and other charges of $85.7 million and $42.2 million in 2019 and 2018, respectively,
segment profit amounted to 10.9% of net sales in 2019 compared to 10.7% in 2018, as the benefits of organic growth and a
focus on cost containment were partially offset by investments to support the business transformation in commercial electronic
security and the dilutive impact from the Sargent & Greenleaf divestiture.
Security net sales increased $33.3 million, or 2%, in 2018 compared to 2017, primarily due to increases of 1% in price, 3% in
small bolt-on commercial electronic security acquisitions and 1% in foreign currency, partially offset by declines of 1% from
the sale of the majority of the mechanical security businesses and 2% from lower volumes. Organic sales for North America
34
decreased 1% as higher volumes within automatic doors were offset by lower installations in commercial electronic security.
Europe declined 1% organically as strength within the Nordics was offset by weakness in the UK and France.
Segment profit amounted to $169.3 million, or 8.5% of net sales, in 2018 compared to $211.7 million, or 10.9% of net sales, in
2017. Excluding acquisition-related and other charges of $42.2 million and $2.0 million in 2018 and 2017, respectively,
segment profit amounted to 10.7% of net sales in 2018 compared to 11.0% in 2017. The year-over-year change in segment
profit rate reflects investments to support business transformation in commercial electronic security and the impact from the
sale of the majority of the mechanical security business, partially offset by a continued focus on cost containment.
RESTRUCTURING ACTIVITIES
A summary of the restructuring reserve activity from December 29, 2018 to December 28, 2019 is as follows:
(Millions of Dollars)
Severance and related costs ......................................... $
Facility closures and asset impairments.......................
Total............................................................................. $
December 29,
2018
Net Additions
131.9
$
22.2
154.1
$
$
$
Usage
Currency
December 28,
2019
(97.4) $
(17.9)
(115.3) $
0.1
0.1
0.2
$
$
140.3
7.5
147.8
105.7
3.1
108.8
During 2019, the Company recognized net restructuring charges of $154.1 million, primarily related to severance costs
associated with a cost reduction program announced in the third quarter of 2019. Current and expected actions of the program
include headcount reductions across the Company as well as footprint rationalization opportunities. The Company expects the
2019 actions to result in annual net cost savings of approximately $185 million by the end of 2020.
The majority of the $147.8 million of reserves remaining as of December 28, 2019 is expected to be utilized within the next
twelve months.
During 2018, the Company recognized net restructuring charges of $160.3 million, which primarily related to a cost reduction
program executed in the fourth quarter of 2018. This amount reflected $151.0 million of net severance charges associated with
the reduction of 4,184 employees and $9.3 million of facility closure and other restructuring costs. The 2018 actions resulted in
annual net cost savings of approximately $230 million, primarily in the Tools & Storage and Security segments.
During 2017, the Company recognized net restructuring charges of $51.5 million. This amount reflected $40.6 million of net
severance charges associated with the reduction of 1,584 employees and $10.9 million of facility closure and other
restructuring costs. The 2017 actions resulted in annual net cost savings of approximately $45 million in 2018, primarily in the
Tools & Storage and Security segments.
Segments: The $154 million of net restructuring charges in 2019 includes: $63 million pertaining to the Tools & Storage
segment; $27 million pertaining to the Industrial segment; $18 million pertaining to the Security segment; and $46 million
pertaining to Corporate.
The anticipated annual net cost savings of approximately $185 million related to the 2019 restructuring actions include: $89
million in the Tools & Storage segment; $34 million in the Industrial segment; $28 million in the Security segment; and $34
million in Corporate.
FINANCIAL CONDITION
Liquidity, Sources and Uses of Capital: The Company’s primary sources of liquidity are cash flows generated from operations
and available lines of credit under various credit facilities.
Operating Activities: Cash flows provided by operations were $1.506 billion in 2019 compared to $1.261 billion in 2018. The
year-over-year increase was mainly attributable to improved working capital (accounts receivable, inventory, accounts payable
and deferred revenue) as a result of an intense focus on working capital management and lower inventory investment
associated with recent Tools & Storage brand roll-outs.
In 2018, cash flows from operations were $1.261 billion compared to $669 million in 2017. The year-over-year increase related
primarily to the retrospective adoption of new cash flow accounting standards in the first quarter of 2018, which decreased
2017 operating cash flows by approximately $750 million. Excluding the impact of these new standards, cash flows provided
by operations in 2018 decreased year-over-year primarily due to higher income tax payments and higher payments associated
with acquisition-related and other charges.
35
Free Cash Flow: Free cash flow, as defined in the table below, was $1.081 billion in 2019 compared to $769 million in 2018
and $226 million in 2017. Excluding the retrospective impacts of the previously discussed new cash flow standards adopted in
the first quarter of 2018, free cash flow totaled $976 million in 2017. The improvement in free cash flow in 2019 was driven by
higher operating cash flows as discussed above and lower capital expenditures due to higher investments in the Company's
supply chain and SFS 2.0 initiatives in both 2018 and 2017. Management considers free cash flow an important indicator of its
liquidity, as well as its ability to fund future growth and provide dividends to shareowners. Free cash flow does not include
deductions for mandatory debt service, other borrowing activity, discretionary dividends on the Company’s common stock and
business acquisitions, among other items.
(Millions of Dollars)
Net cash provided by operating activities ................................................ $
Less: capital and software expenditures...................................................
Free cash flow .......................................................................................... $
2019
2018
2017
1,506
(425)
1,081
$
$
1,261
(492)
769
$
$
669
(443)
226
Investing Activities: Cash flows used in investing activities totaled $1.209 billion in 2019, driven by business acquisitions of
$685 million, primarily related to IES Attachments, capital and software expenditures of $425 million and purchases of
investments of $261 million, which mainly related to the 20 percent investment in MTD.
Cash flows used in investing activities in 2018 totaled $989 million, primarily due to business acquisitions of $525 million,
mainly related to the Nelson acquisition, and capital and software expenditures of $492 million. The increase in capital and
software expenditures in 2018 was primarily due to technology-related and capacity investments to support the Company's
strong organic growth and its SFS 2.0 initiatives.
Cash flows used in investing activities in 2017 totaled $1.567 billion, which primarily consisted of business acquisitions of
$2.584 billion, mainly related to the Newell Tools and Craftsman acquisitions, and capital and software expenditures of $443
million, partially offset by proceeds of $757 million from sales of businesses and $705 million from the deferred purchase price
receivable related to an accounts receivable sales program, which was terminated in February 2018.
Financing Activities: Cash flows used in financing activities totaled $293 million in 2019 driven by payments on long-term
debt of $1.150 billion and cash dividend payments of $402 million, partially offset by $735 million in net proceeds from the
issuance of equity units and net proceeds from debt issuances of $496 million.
Cash flows used in financing activities totaled $562 million in 2018 primarily related to the repurchase of common shares for
$527 million and cash dividend payments of $385 million, partially offset by $433 million of net proceeds from short-term
borrowings under the Company's commercial paper program.
Cash flows provided by financing activities in 2017 totaled $295 million, primarily due to $726 million in net proceeds from
the issuance of equity units, partially offset by $363 million of cash payments for dividends and $77 million of net repayments
of short-term borrowings under the Company's commercial paper program.
Fluctuations in foreign currency rates negatively impacted cash by $1 million and $54 million in 2019 and 2018, respectively,
due to the strengthening of the U.S. Dollar against the Company's other currencies, while positively impacting cash by $81
million in 2017 due to the weakening of the U.S. Dollar against other currencies.
Refer to Note H, Long-Term Debt and Financing Arrangements, and Note J, Capital Stock, for further discussion regarding the
Company's debt and equity arrangements.
Credit Ratings and Liquidity:
The Company maintains strong investment grade credit ratings from the major U.S. rating agencies on its senior unsecured debt
(S&P A, Fitch A-, Moody's Baa1), as well as its commercial paper program (S&P A-1, Fitch F1, Moody's P-2). The Company's
Fitch short-term credit rating was upgraded to F1 during the third quarter of 2019 from the previous rating of F2. Failure to
maintain strong investment grade rating levels could adversely affect the Company’s cost of funds, liquidity and access to
capital markets, but would not have an adverse effect on the Company’s ability to access its existing committed credit facilities.
36
Cash and cash equivalents totaled $298 million as of December 28, 2019, comprised of $57 million in the U.S. and $241
million in foreign jurisdictions. As of December 29, 2018, cash and cash equivalents totaled $289 million, comprised of $60
million in the U.S. and $229 million in foreign jurisdictions.
As a result of the Act, the Company's tax liability related to the one-time transition tax associated with unremitted foreign
earnings and profits totaled $344 million at December 28, 2019. The Act permits a U.S. company to elect to pay the net tax
liability interest-free over a period of up to eight years. See the Contractual Obligations table below for the estimated amounts
due by period. The Company has considered the implications of paying the required one-time transition tax, and believes it will
not have a material impact on its liquidity. Refer to Note Q, Income Taxes, for further discussion of the impacts of the Act.
The Company has a $3.0 billion commercial paper program which includes Euro denominated borrowings in addition to U.S.
Dollars. As of December 28, 2019, the Company had approximately $336 million of borrowings outstanding representing Euro
denominated commercial paper, which was designated as a net investment hedge. As of December 29, 2018, the Company had
approximately $373 million of borrowings outstanding, of which approximately $229 million in Euro denominated commercial
paper was designated as a net investment hedge. Refer to Note I, Financial Instruments, for further discussion.
The Company has a five-year $2.0 billion committed credit facility (the “5-Year Credit Agreement”). Borrowings under the 5-
Year Credit Agreement may be made in U.S. Dollars, Euros or Pounds Sterling. A sub-limit amount of $653.3 million is
designated for swing line advances which may be drawn in Euros pursuant to the terms of the 5-Year Credit Agreement.
Borrowings bear interest at a floating rate plus an applicable margin dependent upon the denomination of the borrowing and
specific terms of the 5-Year Credit Agreement. The Company must repay all advances under the 5-Year Credit Agreement by
the earlier of September 12, 2023 or upon termination. The 5-Year Credit Agreement is designated to be part of the liquidity
back-stop for the Company's $3.0 billion U.S. Dollar and Euro commercial paper program. As of December 28, 2019, and
December 29, 2018, the Company had not drawn on its five-year committed credit facility.
In September 2019, the Company terminated its 364-Day $1.0 billion committed credit facility and concurrently executed a
new 364-Day $1.0 billion committed credit facility (the "September 364-Day Credit Agreement"). Borrowings under the
September 364-Day Credit Agreement may be made in U.S. Dollars or Euros and bear interest at a floating rate plus an
applicable margin dependent upon the denomination of the borrowing and pursuant to the terms of the September 364-Day
Credit Agreement. The Company must repay all advances under the September 364-Day Credit Agreement by the earlier of
September 9, 2020 or upon termination. The Company may, however, convert all advances outstanding upon termination into a
term loan that shall be repaid in full no later than the first anniversary of the termination date provided that the Company,
among other things, pays a fee to the administrative agent for the account of each lender. The September 364-Day Credit
Agreement serves as part of the liquidity back-stop for the Company’s $3.0 billion U.S. Dollar and Euro commercial paper
program previously discussed. As of December 28, 2019, and December 29, 2018, the Company had not drawn on its 364-Day
committed credit facilities.
In addition, the Company has other short-term lines of credit that are primarily uncommitted, with numerous banks,
aggregating $521 million, of which approximately $433 million was available at December 28, 2019. Short-term arrangements
are reviewed annually for renewal.
At December 28, 2019, the aggregate amount of committed and uncommitted lines of credit, long-term and short-term, was
$3.5 billion. At December 28, 2019, $337 million was recorded as short-term borrowings relating to commercial paper and
amounts outstanding against uncommitted lines. In addition, $89 million of the short-term credit lines was utilized primarily
pertaining to outstanding letters of credit for which there are no required or reported debt balances. The weighted-average
interest rate on U.S. dollar denominated short-term borrowings for 2019 and 2018 was 2.3%. The weighted-average interest
rate on Euro denominated short-term borrowings for 2019 and 2018 was negative 0.3%.
In February 2020, the Company issued $750 million of senior unsecured term notes maturing March 15, 2030 ("2030 Term
Notes") and $750 million of fixed-to-fixed reset rate junior subordinated debentures maturing March 15, 2060 (“2060 Junior
Subordinated Debentures”). The 2030 Term Notes will accrue interest at a fixed rate of 2.3% per annum, with interest payable
semi-annually in arrears, and rank equally in right of payment with all of the Company's existing and future unsecured and
unsubordinated debt. The 2060 Junior Subordinated Debentures will bear interest at a fixed rate of 4.0% per annum, payable
semi-annually in arrears, up to but excluding March 15, 2025. From and including March 15, 2025, the interest rate will be
reset for each subsequent five-year reset period equal to the Five-Year Treasury Rate plus 2.657%. The Five-Year Treasury
Rate is based on the average yields on actively traded U.S. treasury securities adjusted to constant maturity, for five-year
maturities. On each five-year reset date, the 2060 Junior Subordinated Debentures can be called at par value. The 2060 Junior
Subordinated Debentures are unsecured and rank subordinate and junior in right of payment to all of the Company’s existing
and future senior debt. The Company received total net proceeds from these offerings of approximately $1.487 billion, which
37
reflected approximately $13 million of underwriting expenses and other fees associated with the transactions. The net proceeds
from the offering will be used for general corporate purposes, including acquisition funding and repayment of short-term
borrowings.
In December 2019, the Company redeemed all of the outstanding 2052 Junior Subordinated Debentures for approximately
$760 million, which represented 100% of the principal amount plus accrued and unpaid interest.
In March 2019, the Company issued $500 million of senior unsecured notes, maturing on March 1, 2026 ("2026 Term Notes").
The 2026 Term Notes accrue interest at a fixed rate of 3.40% per annum with interest payable semi-annually in arrears. The
2026 Term Notes rank equally in right of payment with all of the Company's existing and future unsecured and unsubordinated
debt. The Company received net cash proceeds of $496 million which reflects the notional amount offset by a discount,
underwriting expenses, and other fees associated with the transaction. The Company used the net proceeds from the offering for
general corporate purposes, including repayment of other borrowings.
In February 2019, the Company redeemed all of the outstanding 2053 Junior Subordinated Debentures for approximately $406
million, which represented 100% of the principal amount plus accrued and unpaid interest.
In November 2019, the Company issued 7,500,000 Equity Units with a total notional value of $750 million ("2019 Equity
Units"). Each unit has a stated amount of $100 and initially consisted of a three-year forward stock purchase contract ("2022
Purchase Contracts") for the purchase of a variable number of shares of common stock, on November 15, 2022, for a price of
$100, and a 10% beneficial ownership interest in one share of 0% Series D Cumulative Perpetual Convertible Preferred Stock,
without par, with a liquidation preference of $1,000 per share ("Series D Preferred Stock"). The Company received
approximately $735 million in cash proceeds from the 2019 Equity Units, net of underwriting costs and commissions, before
offering expenses, and issued 750,000 shares of Series D Preferred Stock, recording $750 million in preferred stock. The
proceeds were used, together with cash on hand, to redeem the 2052 Junior Subordinated Debentures in December 2019, as
previously discussed. The Company also used $19 million of the proceeds to enter into capped call transactions utilized to
hedge potential economic dilution. On and after November 15, 2022, the Series D Preferred Stock may be converted into
common stock at the option of the holder. At the election of the Company, upon conversion, the Company may deliver cash,
common stock, or a combination thereof. On or after December 22, 2022, the Company may elect to redeem for cash, all or any
portion of the outstanding shares of the Series D Preferred Stock at a redemption price equal to 100% of the liquidation
preference, plus any accumulated and unpaid dividends. If the Company calls the Series D Preferred Stock for redemption,
holders may convert their shares immediately preceding the redemption date. Upon settlement of the 2022 Purchase Contracts,
the Company will receive additional cash proceeds of $750 million. The Company will pay the holders of the 2022 Purchase
Contracts quarterly contract adjustment payments, which will commence February 15, 2020. As of December 28, 2019, the
present value of the contract adjustment payments was approximately $114 million.
In March 2018, the Company purchased from a financial institution “at-the-money” capped call options with an approximate
term of three years, on 3.2 million shares of its common stock (subject to customary anti-dilution adjustments) for an aggregate
premium of $57 million. As of December 28, 2019, the capped call has an adjusted lower strike price of $156.59 and an
adjusted upper strike price of $203.57. The purpose of the capped call options was to hedge the risk of stock price appreciation
between the lower and upper strike prices of the capped call options for a future share repurchase.
In May 2017, the Company issued 7,500,000 Equity Units with a total notional value of $750 million ("2017 Equity Units").
Each unit has a stated amount of $100 and initially consisted of a three-year forward stock purchase contract ("2020 Purchase
Contracts") for the purchase of a variable number of shares of common stock, on May 15, 2020, for a price of $100, and a 10%
beneficial ownership interest in one share of 0% Series C Cumulative Perpetual Convertible Preferred Stock, without par, with
a liquidation preference of $1,000 per share ("Series C Preferred Stock"). The Company received approximately $726 million
in cash proceeds from the 2017 Equity Units, net of underwriting costs and commissions, before offering expenses, and issued
750,000 shares of Series C Preferred Stock, recording $750 million in preferred stock. The proceeds were used for general
corporate purposes, including repayment of short-term borrowings. The Company also used $25 million of the proceeds to
enter into capped call transactions utilized to hedge potential economic dilution. On and after May 15, 2020, the Series C
Preferred Stock may be converted into common stock at the option of the holder. At the election of the Company, upon
conversion, the Company may deliver cash, common stock, or a combination thereof. On or after June 22, 2020, the Company
may elect to redeem for cash, all or any portion of the outstanding shares of the Series C Preferred Stock at a redemption price
equal to 100% of the liquidation preference, plus any accumulated and unpaid dividends. If the Company calls the Series C
Preferred Stock for redemption, holders may convert their shares immediately preceding the redemption date. Upon settlement
of the 2020 Purchase Contracts, the Company will receive additional cash proceeds of $750 million. The Company pays the
holders of the 2020 Purchase Contracts quarterly contract adjustment payments, which commenced in August 2017. As of
December 28, 2019, the present value of the contract adjustment payments was approximately $20 million.
38
In March 2015, the Company entered into a forward share purchase contract with a financial institution counterparty for
3,645,510 shares of common stock. The contract obligates the Company to pay $350 million, plus an additional amount related
to the forward component of the contract. In February 2020, the Company amended the settlement date to April 2022, or earlier
at the Company's option.
Refer to Note H, Long-Term Debt and Financing Arrangements, and Note J, Capital Stock, for further discussion regarding the
Company's debt and equity arrangements.
Contractual Obligations: The following table summarizes the Company’s significant contractual obligations and commitments
that impact its liquidity:
Payments Due by Period
2020
Total
(Millions of Dollars)
Long-term debt (a)................................................. $
Interest payments on long-term debt (b) ...............
Short-term borrowings...........................................
Lease obligations ...................................................
Inventory purchase commitments (c) ....................
Deferred compensation..........................................
Marketing commitments........................................
Derivatives (d) .......................................................
Forward stock purchase contract (e)......................
Pension funding obligations (f) .............................
Contract adjustment fees (g)..................................
Purchase price (h) ..................................................
U.S. income tax (i).................................................
Total contractual cash obligations...................... $
2021-2022
2023-2024
Thereafter
4,704
2,224
336
607
523
30
34
41
350
38
138
250
344
9,619
$
$
— $
177
336
144
523
4
25
—
—
38
59
250
9
1,565
$
1,154
340
—
193
—
1
9
41
350
—
79
—
70
2,237
$
$
— $
282
—
113
—
1
—
—
—
—
—
—
153
549
$
3,550
1,425
—
157
—
24
—
—
—
—
—
—
112
5,268
(a) Future payments on long-term debt encompass all payments related to aggregate debt maturities, excluding certain fair
value adjustments included in long-term debt. As previously discussed, the Company issued the 2030 Term Notes and
2060 Junior Subordinated Debentures in February 2020. Accordingly, the future payments related to these issuances
have been reflected in the table above. Refer to Note H, Long-Term Debt and Financing Arrangements.
(b) Future interest payments on long-term debt reflect the applicable interest rate in effect at December 28, 2019. In
addition, the amounts above reflect future interest payments associated with the previously discussed 2030 Term Notes
and 2060 Junior Subordinated Debentures issued in February 2020.
(c) Inventory purchase commitments primarily consist of open purchase orders to purchase raw materials, components, and
sourced products.
(d) Future cash flows on derivative instruments reflect the fair value and accrued interest as of December 28, 2019. The
ultimate cash flows on these instruments will differ, perhaps significantly, based on applicable market interest and
foreign currency rates at their maturity.
(e) In March 2015, the Company entered into a forward share purchase contract with a financial institution counterparty
which obligates the Company to pay $350 million, plus an additional amount related to the forward component of the
contract. In February 2020, the Company amended the settlement date to April 2022, or earlier at the Company's
option. See Note J, Capital Stock, for further discussion.
(f) This amount principally represents contributions either required by regulations or laws or, with respect to unfunded
plans, necessary to fund current benefits. The Company has not presented estimated pension and post-retirement
funding beyond 2020 as funding can vary significantly from year to year based upon changes in the fair value of the
plan assets, actuarial assumptions, and curtailment/settlement actions.
(g) These amounts represent future contract adjustment payments to holders of the Company's 2020 and 2022 Purchase
Contracts. See Note J, Capital Stock, for further discussion.
(h) The Company acquired the Craftsman® brand from Sears Holdings in March 2017. As part of the purchase price, the
Company is obligated to pay $250 million in March 2020. See Note E, Acquisitions and Investments, for further
discussion.
(i) Income tax liability for the one-time deemed repatriation tax on unremitted foreign earnings and profits. See Note Q,
Income Taxes, for further discussion.
39
To the extent the Company can reliably determine when payments will occur, the related amounts will be included in the table
above. However, due to the high degree of uncertainty regarding the timing of potential future cash flows associated with the
contingent consideration liability related to the Craftsman acquisition and the unrecognized tax liabilities of $196 million and
$454 million, respectively, at December 28, 2019, the Company is unable to make a reliable estimate of when (if at all) these
amounts may be paid. Refer to Note E, Acquisitions and Investments, Note M, Fair Value Measurements, and Note Q, Income
Taxes, for further discussion.
Payments of the above contractual obligations (with the exception of payments related to debt principal, the forward stock
purchase contract, contract adjustment fees, the March 2020 purchase price, and tax obligations) will typically generate a cash
tax benefit such that the net cash outflow will be lower than the gross amounts summarized above.
Other Significant Commercial Commitments:
(Millions of Dollars)
U.S. lines of credit
Total
2020
2021-2022
2023-2024
Thereafter
$
3,000
$
1,000
$
— $
2,000
$
—
Amount of Commitment Expirations Per Period
Short-term borrowings, long-term debt and lines of credit are explained in detail within Note H, Long-Term Debt and
Financing Arrangements.
MARKET RISK
Market risk is the potential economic loss that may result from adverse changes in the fair value of financial instruments,
currencies, commodities and other items traded in global markets. The Company is exposed to market risk from changes in
foreign currency exchange rates, interest rates, stock prices, bond prices and commodity prices, amongst others.
Exposure to foreign currency risk results because the Company, through its global businesses, enters into transactions and
makes investments denominated in multiple currencies. The Company’s predominant currency exposures are related to the
Euro, Canadian Dollar, British Pound, Australian Dollar, Brazilian Real, Argentine Peso, Chinese Renminbi (“RMB”) and the
Taiwan Dollar. Certain cross-currency trade flows arising from both trade and affiliate sales and purchases are consolidated and
netted prior to obtaining risk protection through the use of various derivative financial instruments which may include:
purchased basket options, purchased options, collars, cross-currency swaps and currency forwards. The Company is thus able
to capitalize on its global positioning by taking advantage of naturally offsetting exposures and portfolio efficiencies to reduce
the cost of purchasing derivative protection. At times, the Company also enters into foreign exchange derivative contracts to
reduce the earnings and cash flow impacts of non-functional currency denominated receivables and payables, primarily for
affiliate transactions. Gains and losses from these hedging instruments offset the gains or losses on the underlying net
exposures. Management determines the nature and extent of currency hedging activities, and in certain cases, may elect to
allow certain currency exposures to remain un-hedged. The Company may also enter into cross-currency swaps and forward
contracts to hedge the net investments in certain subsidiaries and better match the cash flows of operations to debt service
requirements. Management estimates the foreign currency impact from its derivative financial instruments outstanding at the
end of 2019 would have been an incremental pre-tax loss of approximately $37 million based on a hypothetical 10% adverse
movement in all net derivative currency positions. The Company follows risk management policies in executing derivative
financial instrument transactions, and does not use such instruments for speculative purposes. The Company generally does not
hedge the translation of its non-U.S. dollar earnings in foreign subsidiaries, but may choose to do so in certain instances in
future periods.
As mentioned above, the Company routinely has cross-border trade and affiliate flows that cause an impact on earnings from
foreign exchange rate movements. The Company is also exposed to currency fluctuation volatility from the translation of
foreign earnings into U.S. dollars and the economic impact of foreign currency volatility on monetary assets held in foreign
currencies. It is more difficult to quantify the transactional effects from currency fluctuations than the translational effects.
Aside from the use of derivative instruments, which may be used to mitigate some of the exposure, transactional effects can
potentially be influenced by actions the Company may take. For example, if an exposure occurs from a European entity
sourcing product from a U.S. supplier it may be possible to change to a European supplier. Management estimates the
combined translational and transactional impact, on pre-tax earnings, of a 10% overall movement in exchange rates is
approximately $158 million, or approximately $0.88 per diluted share. In 2019, translational and transactional foreign currency
fluctuations negatively impacted pre-tax earnings by approximately $120 million, or approximately $0.67 per diluted share.
The Company’s exposure to interest rate risk results from its outstanding debt and derivative obligations, short-term
investments, and derivative financial instruments employed in the management of its debt portfolio. The debt portfolio
40
including both trade and affiliate debt, is managed to achieve capital structure targets and reduce the overall cost of borrowing
by using a combination of fixed and floating rate debt as well as interest rate swaps, and cross-currency swaps.
The Company’s primary exposure to interest rate risk comes from its commercial paper program in which the pricing is
partially based on short-term U.S. interest rates. At December 28, 2019, the impact of a hypothetical 10% increase in the
interest rates associated with the Company’s commercial paper borrowings would have an immaterial effect on the Company’s
financial position and results of operations.
The Company has exposure to commodity prices in many businesses, particularly brass, nickel, resin, aluminum, copper, zinc,
steel, and energy used in the production of finished goods. Generally, commodity price exposures are not hedged with
derivative financial instruments, but instead are actively managed through customer product and service pricing actions,
procurement-driven cost reduction initiatives and other productivity improvement projects.
Fluctuations in the fair value of the Company’s common stock affect domestic retirement plan expense as discussed below in
the Employee Stock Ownership Plan ("ESOP") section of MD&A. Additionally, the Company has $108 million of liabilities as
of December 28, 2019 pertaining to unfunded defined contribution plans for certain U.S. employees for which there is mark-to-
market exposure.
The assets held by the Company’s defined benefit plans are exposed to fluctuations in the market value of securities, primarily
global stocks and fixed-income securities. The funding obligations for these plans would increase in the event of adverse
changes in the plan asset values, although such funding would occur over a period of many years. In 2019, 2018, and 2017,
investment returns on pension plan assets resulted in a $323 million increase, a $72 million decrease, and a $217 million
increase, respectively. The Company expects funding obligations on its defined benefit plans to be approximately $38 million
in 2020. The Company employs diversified asset allocations to help mitigate this risk. Management has worked to minimize
this exposure by freezing and terminating defined benefit plans where appropriate.
The Company has access to financial resources and borrowing capabilities around the world. There are no instruments within
the debt structure that would accelerate payment requirements due to a change in credit rating.
The Company’s existing credit facilities and sources of liquidity, including operating cash flows, are considered more than
adequate to conduct business as normal. Accordingly, based on present conditions and past history, management believes it is
unlikely that operations will be materially affected by any potential deterioration of the general credit markets that may occur.
The Company believes that its strong financial position, operating cash flows, committed long-term credit facilities and
borrowing capacity, and ability to access equity markets, provide the financial flexibility necessary to continue its record of
annual dividend payments, to invest in the routine needs of its businesses, to make strategic acquisitions and to fund other
initiatives encompassed by its growth strategy and maintain its strong investment grade credit ratings.
OTHER MATTERS
Employee Stock Ownership Plan ("ESOP") — As detailed in Note L, Employee Benefit Plans, the Company has an ESOP
under which the ongoing U.S. Core and 401(k) defined contribution plans are funded. Overall ESOP expense is affected by the
market value of the Company’s stock on the monthly dates when shares are released, among other factors. The Company’s net
ESOP activity resulted in income of $0.5 million in 2019 and expense of $0.4 million in 2018 and $1.3 million in 2017. ESOP
expense could increase in the future if the market value of the Company’s common stock declines. In addition, ESOP expense
will increase once all remaining unallocated shares are released, which will occur in the first quarter of 2020.
CRITICAL ACCOUNTING ESTIMATES — Preparation of the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements requires
management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses.
Significant accounting policies used in the preparation of the Consolidated Financial Statements are described in Note A,
Significant Accounting Policies. Management believes the most complex and sensitive judgments, because of their significance
to the Consolidated Financial Statements, result primarily from the need to make estimates about the effects of matters with
inherent uncertainty. The most significant areas involving management estimates are described below. Actual results in these
areas could differ from management’s estimates.
ALLOWANCE FOR DOUBTFUL ACCOUNTS — The Company’s estimate for its allowance for doubtful accounts related to
trade receivables is based on two methods. The amounts calculated from each of these methods are combined to determine the
total amount reserved. First, a specific reserve is established for individual accounts where information indicates the customers
may have an inability to meet financial obligations. In these cases, management uses its judgment, based on the surrounding
facts and circumstances, to record a specific reserve for those customers against amounts due to reduce the receivable to the
amount expected to be collected. These specific reserves are reevaluated and adjusted as additional information is received.
41
Second, a reserve is determined for all customers based on a range of percentages applied to receivable aging categories. These
percentages are based on historical collection and write-off experience.
If circumstances change, for example, due to the occurrence of higher-than-expected defaults or a significant adverse change in
a major customer’s ability to meet its financial obligation to the Company, estimates of the recoverability of receivable amounts
due could be reduced.
INVENTORIES — Inventories in the U.S. are primarily valued at the lower of Last-In First-Out (“LIFO”) cost or market,
while non-U.S. inventories are primarily valued at the lower of First-In, First-Out (“FIFO”) cost and net realizable value. The
calculation of LIFO reserves, and therefore the net inventory valuation, is affected by inflation and deflation in inventory
components. The Company continually reviews the carrying value of discontinued product lines and stock-keeping-units
(“SKUs”) to determine that these items are properly valued. The Company also continually evaluates the composition of its
inventory and identifies obsolete and/or slow-moving inventories. Inventory items identified as obsolete and/or slow-moving
are evaluated to determine if write-downs are required. The Company assesses the ability to dispose of these inventories at a
price greater than cost. If it is determined that cost is less than market or net realizable value, as applicable, cost is used for
inventory valuation. If market value or net realizable value, as applicable, is less than cost, the Company writes down the
related inventory to that value.
GOODWILL AND INTANGIBLE ASSETS — The Company acquires businesses in purchase transactions that result in the
recognition of goodwill and intangible assets. The determination of the value of intangible assets requires management to make
estimates and assumptions. In accordance with Accounting Standards Codification ("ASC") 350-20, Goodwill, acquired
goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets are not amortized but are subject to impairment testing at least annually or when
an event occurs or circumstances change that indicate it is more likely than not an impairment exists. Definite-lived intangible
assets are amortized and are tested for impairment when an event occurs or circumstances change that indicate it is more likely
than not that an impairment exists. Goodwill represents costs in excess of fair values assigned to the underlying net assets of
acquired businesses. At December 28, 2019, the Company reported $9.238 billion of goodwill, $2.186 billion of indefinite-
lived trade names and $1.436 billion of net definite-lived intangibles.
Management tests goodwill for impairment at the reporting unit level. A reporting unit is an operating segment as defined in
ASC 280, Segment Reporting, or one level below an operating segment (component level) as determined by the availability of
discrete financial information that is regularly reviewed by operating segment management or an aggregate of component
levels of an operating segment having similar economic characteristics. If the carrying value of a reporting unit (including the
value of goodwill) is greater than its estimated fair value, an impairment may exist. An impairment charge would be recorded to
the extent that the recorded value of goodwill exceeded the implied fair value.
As required by the Company’s policy, goodwill was tested for impairment in the third quarter of 2019. In accordance with
Accounting Standards Update ("ASU") 2011-08, Intangibles - Goodwill and Other (Topic 350): Testing Goodwill for
Impairment, companies are permitted to first assess qualitative factors to determine whether it is more likely than not that the
fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount as a basis for determining whether it is necessary to perform the
two-step quantitative goodwill impairment test. Under the two-step quantitative goodwill impairment test, the fair value of the
reporting unit is compared to its respective carrying amount including goodwill. If the fair value exceeds the carrying amount,
then no impairment exists. If the carrying amount exceeds the fair value, further analysis is performed to assess impairment.
Such tests are completed separately with respect to the goodwill of each of the Company’s reporting units. Accordingly, for its
annual impairment testing performed in the third quarter of 2019, the Company applied the qualitative assessment for three of
its reporting units, while performing the quantitative test for two of its reporting units. For the reporting units in which a
quantitative test was performed, it was noted that the fair value for each of these reporting units exceeded its carrying amount
by in excess of 45%. Based on the results of the Company’s annual impairment testing, it was determined that the fair value of
each of its reporting units is substantially in excess of its carrying amount.
In performing the qualitative assessments, the Company identified and considered the significance of relevant key factors,
events, and circumstances that could affect the fair value of each reporting unit. These factors include external factors such as
macroeconomic, industry, and market conditions, as well as entity-specific factors, such as actual and planned financial
performance. The Company also assessed changes in each reporting unit's fair value and carrying value since the most recent
date a fair value measurement was performed. As a result of the qualitative assessments performed, the Company concluded
that it is more likely than not that the fair value of each of these reporting units exceeded its respective carrying value and
therefore, no additional quantitative impairment testing was performed.
With respect to the quantitative tests, the Company assessed the fair values of the two reporting units based on a discounted
cash flow valuation model. The key assumptions applied to the cash flow projections were discount rates, which ranged from
7.5% to 9.5%, near-term revenue growth rates over the next five years, which represented cumulative annual growth rates
42
ranging from approximately 2% to 7%, and perpetual growth rates of 3%. These assumptions contemplated business, market
and overall economic conditions. Based on the results of this testing, the Company determined that the fair value for each of
these reporting units exceeded its carrying amount by in excess of 45%. Furthermore, management performed sensitivity
analyses on the estimated fair values from the discounted cash flow valuation models utilizing more conservative assumptions
that reflect reasonably likely future changes in the discount rate and perpetual growth rate. The discount rate was increased by
100 basis points with no impairment indicated. The perpetual growth rate was decreased by 150 basis points with no
impairment indicated.
The Company also tested its indefinite-lived trade names for impairment during the third quarter of 2019 utilizing a discounted
cash flow model. The key assumptions used included discount rates, royalty rates, and perpetual growth rates applied to the
projected sales. Based on these quantitative impairment tests, the Company determined that the fair values of the indefinite-
lived trade names exceeded their respective carrying amounts.
In the event that future operating results of any of the Company's reporting units or indefinite-lived trade names do not meet
current expectations, management, based upon conditions at the time, would consider taking restructuring or other strategic
actions, as necessary, to maximize revenue growth and profitability. A thorough analysis of all the facts and circumstances
existing at that time would need to be performed to determine if recording an impairment loss would be appropriate.
DEFINED BENEFIT OBLIGATIONS — The valuation of pension and other postretirement benefits costs and obligations is
dependent on various assumptions. These assumptions, which are updated annually, include discount rates, expected return on
plan assets, future salary increase rates, and health care cost trend rates. The Company considers current market conditions,
including interest rates, to establish these assumptions. Discount rates are developed considering the yields available on high-
quality fixed income investments with maturities corresponding to the duration of the related benefit obligations. The
Company’s weighted-average discount rates used to determine benefit obligations at December 28, 2019 for the United States
and international pension plans were 3.20% and 1.80%, respectively. The Company’s weighted-average discount rates used to
determine benefit obligations at December 29, 2018 for the United States and international pension plans were 4.20% and
2.62%, respectively. As discussed further in Note L, Employee Benefit Plans, the Company develops the expected return on
plan assets considering various factors, which include its targeted asset allocation percentages, historic returns, and expected
future returns. The Company’s expected rate of return assumptions for the United States and international pension plans were
6.25% and 4.73%, respectively, at December 28, 2019. The Company will use a 4.70% weighted-average expected rate of
return assumption to determine the 2020 net periodic benefit cost. A 25 basis point reduction in the expected rate of return
assumption would increase 2020 net periodic benefit cost by approximately $5 million on a pre-tax basis.
The Company believes that the assumptions used are appropriate; however, differences in actual experience or changes in the
assumptions may materially affect the Company’s financial position or results of operations. To the extent that actual (newly
measured) results differ from the actuarial assumptions, the difference is recognized in accumulated other comprehensive loss,
and, if in excess of a specified corridor, amortized over future periods. The expected return on plan assets is determined using
the expected rate of return and the fair value of plan assets. Accordingly, market fluctuations in the fair value of plan assets can
affect the net periodic benefit cost in the following year. The projected benefit obligation for defined benefit plans exceeded the
fair value of plan assets by $631 million at December 28, 2019. A 25 basis point reduction in the discount rate would have
increased the projected benefit obligation by approximately $93 million at December 28, 2019. The primary Black & Decker
U.S. pension and post employment benefit plans were curtailed in late 2010, as well as the only material Black & Decker
international plan, and in their place the Company implemented defined contribution benefit plans. The vast majority of the
projected benefit obligation pertains to plans that have been frozen; the remaining defined benefit plans that are not frozen are
predominantly small domestic union plans and those that are statutorily mandated in certain international jurisdictions. The
Company recognized approximately $15 million of defined benefit plan expense in 2019, which may fluctuate in future years
depending upon various factors including future discount rates and actual returns on plan assets.
ENVIRONMENTAL — The Company incurs costs related to environmental issues as a result of various laws and regulations
governing current operations as well as the remediation of previously contaminated sites. The Company’s policy is to accrue
environmental investigatory and remediation costs for identified sites when it is probable that a liability has been incurred and
the amount of loss can be reasonably estimated. The amount of liability recorded is based on an evaluation of currently
available facts with respect to each individual site and includes such factors as existing technology, presently enacted laws and
regulations, and prior experience in remediation of contaminated sites. The liabilities recorded do not take into account any
claims for recoveries from insurance or third parties. As assessments and remediation progress at individual sites, the amounts
recorded are reviewed periodically and adjusted to reflect additional technical and legal information that becomes available.
43
As of December 28, 2019, the Company had reserves of $213.8 million for remediation activities associated with Company-
owned properties as well as for Superfund sites, for losses that are probable and estimable. The range of environmental
remediation costs that is reasonably possible is $149.1 million to $286.1 million which is subject to change in the near term.
The Company may be liable for environmental remediation of sites it no longer owns. Liabilities have been recorded on those
sites in accordance with this policy.
INCOME TAXES — The Company accounts for income taxes under the asset and liability method in accordance with ASC
740, Income Taxes, which requires the recognition of deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected future tax consequences
of events that have been included in the financial statements. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on the
differences between the financial statements and tax basis of assets and liabilities using the enacted tax rates in effect for the
year in which the differences are expected to reverse. Any changes in tax rates on deferred tax assets and liabilities are
recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date.
The Company records net deferred tax assets to the extent that it is more likely than not that these assets will be realized. In
making this determination, management considers all available positive and negative evidence, including future reversals of
existing temporary differences, estimates of future taxable income, tax-planning strategies, and the realizability of net operating
loss carryforwards. In the event that it is determined that an asset is not more likely that not to be realized, a valuation
allowance is recorded against the asset. Valuation allowances related to deferred tax assets can be impacted by changes to tax
laws, changes to statutory tax rates and future taxable income levels. In the event the Company were to determine that it would
not be able to realize all or a portion of its deferred tax assets in the future, the unrealizable amount would be charged to
earnings in the period in which that determination is made. Conversely, if the Company were to determine that it would be able
to realize deferred tax assets in the future in excess of the net carrying amounts, it would decrease the recorded valuation
allowance through a favorable adjustment to earnings in the period that the determination was made.
The Act subjects a U.S. shareholder to current tax on global intangible low-taxed income (“GILTI”) earned by certain foreign
subsidiaries. The Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") Staff Q&A, Topic 740 No. 5, Accounting for Global
Intangible Low-Taxed Income, states that an entity can make an accounting policy election to either recognize deferred taxes for
temporary differences expected to reverse as GILTI in future years or provide for the tax expense related to GILTI in the year
the tax is incurred. The Company has elected to recognize the tax on GILTI as a period expense in the period the tax is
incurred.
The Company records uncertain tax positions in accordance with ASC 740, which requires a two-step process. First,
management determines whether it is more likely than not that a tax position will be sustained based on the technical merits of
the position and second, for those tax positions that meet the more likely than not threshold, management recognizes the largest
amount of the tax benefit that is greater than 50 percent likely to be realized upon ultimate settlement with the related taxing
authority. The Company maintains an accounting policy of recording interest and penalties on uncertain tax positions as a
component of Income taxes in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.
The Company is subject to income tax in a number of locations, including many state and foreign jurisdictions. Significant
judgment is required when calculating the worldwide provision for income taxes. Many factors are considered when evaluating
and estimating the Company's tax positions and tax benefits, which may require periodic adjustments, and which may not
accurately anticipate actual outcomes. It is reasonably possible that the amount of the unrecognized benefit with respect to
certain of the Company's unrecognized tax positions will significantly increase or decrease within the next twelve months.
These changes may be the result of settlements of ongoing audits or final decisions in transfer pricing matters. The Company
periodically assesses its liabilities and contingencies for all tax years still subject to audit based on the most current available
information, which involves inherent uncertainty.
Additional information regarding income taxes is available in Note Q, Income Taxes.
RISK INSURANCE — To manage its insurance costs efficiently, the Company self insures for certain U.S. business exposures
and generally has low deductible plans internationally. For domestic workers’ compensation, automobile and product liability
(liability for alleged injuries associated with the Company’s products), the Company generally purchases insurance coverage
only for severe losses that are unlikely, and these lines of insurance involve the most significant accounting estimates. While
different self insured retentions, in the form of deductibles and self insurance through its captive insurance company, exist for
each of these lines of insurance, the maximum self insured retention is set at no more than $5 million per occurrence. The
process of establishing risk insurance reserves includes consideration of actuarial valuations that reflect the Company’s specific
loss history, actual claims reported, and industry trends among statistical and other factors to estimate the range of reserves
required. Risk insurance reserves are comprised of specific reserves for individual claims and additional amounts expected for
development of these claims, as well as for incurred but not yet reported claims discounted to present value. The cash outflows
related to risk insurance claims are expected to occur over a period of approximately 15 years. The Company believes the
44
liabilities recorded for these U.S. risk insurance reserves, totaling $87 million and $86 million as of December 28, 2019, and
December 29, 2018, respectively, are adequate. Due to judgments inherent in the reserve estimation process, it is possible the
ultimate costs will differ from this estimate.
WARRANTY — The Company provides product and service warranties which vary across its businesses. The types of
warranties offered generally range from one year to limited lifetime, and certain branded products carry a lifetime warranty.
There are also certain products with no warranty. Further, the Company sometimes incurs discretionary costs to service its
products in connection with product performance issues. Historical warranty and service claim experience forms the basis for
warranty obligations recognized. Adjustments are recorded to the warranty liability as new information becomes available. The
Company believes the $100 million reserve for expected product warranty claims as of December 28, 2019 is adequate, but due
to judgments inherent in the reserve estimation process, including forecasting future product reliability levels and costs of
repair as well as the estimated age of certain products submitted for claims, the ultimate claim costs may differ from the
recorded warranty liability. The Company also establishes a reserve for product recalls on a product-specific basis during the
period in which the circumstances giving rise to the recall become known and estimable for both company-initiated actions and
those required by regulatory bodies.
OFF-BALANCE SHEET ARRANGEMENT
The Company has no off-balance sheet arrangements as of December 28, 2019.
45
CAUTIONARY STATEMENTS UNDER THE PRIVATE SECURITIES LITIGATION
REFORM ACT OF 1995
This document contains “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of
1933, as amended, and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. All statements other than statements
of historical fact are “forward-looking statements” for purposes of federal and state securities laws, including any projections or
guidance of earnings, revenue or other financial items; any statements of the plans, strategies and objectives of management for
future operations; any statements concerning proposed new products, services or developments; any statements regarding
future economic conditions or performance; any statements of belief; and any statements of assumptions underlying any of the
foregoing. Forward-looking statements may include, among others, the words “may,” “will,” “estimate,” “intend,” “continue,”
“believe,” “expect,” “anticipate” or any other similar words.
Although the Company believes that the expectations reflected in any of its forward-looking statements are
reasonable, actual results could differ materially from those projected or assumed in any of its forward-looking statements. The
Company's future financial condition and results of operations, as well as any forward-looking statements, are subject to change
and to inherent risks and uncertainties, such as those disclosed or incorporated by reference in the Company's filings with the
Securities and Exchange Commission.
Important factors that could cause the Company's actual results, performance and achievements, or industry results to
differ materially from estimates or projections contained in its forward-looking statements include, among others, the
following: (i) successfully developing, marketing and achieving sales from new products and services and the continued
acceptance of current products and services; (ii) macroeconomic factors, including global and regional business conditions
(such as Brexit), commodity prices, inflation, and currency exchange rates; (iii) laws, regulations and governmental policies
affecting the Company's activities in the countries where it does business, including those related to tariffs, taxation, and trade
controls, including section 301 tariffs and section 232 steel and aluminum tariffs; (iv) the economic environment of emerging
markets, particularly Latin America, Russia, China and Turkey; (v) realizing the anticipated benefits of mergers, acquisitions,
joint ventures, strategic alliances or divestitures, including the closing of the CAM acquisition, its successful integration into
the Company and the return to production of the Boeing 737 MAX; (vi) pricing pressure and other changes within competitive
markets; (vii) availability and price of raw materials, component parts, freight, energy, labor and sourced finished goods; (viii)
the impact the tightened credit markets may have on the Company or its customers or suppliers; (ix) the extent to which the
Company has to write off accounts receivable or assets or experiences supply chain disruptions in connection with bankruptcy
filings by customers or suppliers; (x) the Company's ability to identify and effectively execute productivity improvements and
cost reductions; (xi) potential business and distribution disruptions, including those related to physical security threats,
information technology or cyber-attacks, epidemics, sanctions or natural disasters; (xii) the continued consolidation of
customers, particularly in consumer channels; (xiii) managing franchisee relationships; (xiv) the impact of poor weather
conditions; (xv) maintaining or improving production rates in the Company's manufacturing facilities, responding to significant
changes in product demand and fulfilling demand for new and existing products; (xvi) changes in the competitive landscape in
the Company's markets; (xvii) the Company's non-U.S. operations, including sales to non-U.S. customers; (xviii) the impact
from demand changes within world-wide markets associated with homebuilding and remodeling; (xix) potential adverse
developments in new or pending litigation and/or government investigations; (xx) changes in the Company's ability to obtain
debt on commercially reasonable terms and at competitive rates; (xxi) substantial pension and other postretirement benefit
obligations; (xxii) potential environmental liabilities; (xxiii) work stoppages or other labor disruptions; and (xxiv) changes in
accounting estimates.
Additional factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from forward-looking statements are set forth in
this Annual Report on Form 10-K, including under the heading “Risk Factors,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and in the Consolidated Financial Statements and the related Notes.
Forward-looking statements in this Annual Report on Form 10-K speak only as of the date hereof, and forward-
looking statements in documents attached that are incorporated by reference speak only as of the date of those documents. The
Company does not undertake any obligation to update or release any revisions to any forward-looking statement or to report
any events or circumstances after the date hereof or to reflect the occurrence of unanticipated events, except as required by law.
46
ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK
The Company incorporates by reference the material captioned “Market Risk” in Item 7 and in Note I, Financial Instruments,
of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8.
ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA
See Item 15 for an index to Financial Statements and Financial Statement Schedule. Such Financial Statements and Financial
Statement Schedule are incorporated herein by reference.
ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL
DISCLOSURE
None.
47
ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES
The management of Stanley Black & Decker, Inc. (the “Company”) is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate
internal control over financial reporting. Internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable
assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external reporting
purposes in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Because of its inherent
limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements.
In March 2019, the Company acquired the International Equipment Solutions Attachments businesses, Paladin and Pengo,
("IES Attachments") for approximately $654 million. Since Stanley Black & Decker, Inc. has not yet fully incorporated the
internal controls and procedures of IES Attachments into Stanley Black & Decker, Inc.'s internal control over financial
reporting, management excluded this business from its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial
reporting as of December 28, 2019. IES Attachments accounted for 4% of Stanley Black & Decker, Inc.'s total assets as of
December 28, 2019 and 2% of Stanley Black & Decker, Inc.'s net sales for the year then ended.
Management has assessed the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 28,
2019. In making its assessment, management has utilized the criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations
(COSO) of the Treadway Commission in Internal Control — Integrated Framework (2013 Framework). Management
concluded that based on its assessment, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting was effective as of
December 28, 2019. Ernst & Young LLP, the auditor of the financial statements included in this annual report, has issued an
attestation report on the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting, a copy of which appears on page 62.
Under the supervision and with the participation of management, including the Company’s President and Chief Executive
Officer and its Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer, the Company has, pursuant to Rule 13a-15(b) of the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), evaluated the effectiveness of the design and operation of
its disclosure controls and procedures (as defined under Rule 13a-15(e) of the Exchange Act). Based upon that evaluation, the
Company’s President and Chief Executive Officer and its Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer have concluded
that, as of December 28, 2019, the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures are effective. There has been no change in
the Company’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the fiscal year ended December 28, 2019 that has
materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting aside
from the previously mentioned acquisition of IES Attachments. As part of the ongoing integration activities, the Company will
complete an assessment of existing controls and incorporate its controls and procedures into IES Attachments.
ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION
None.
48
PART III
ITEM 10. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE OF THE REGISTRANT
The information required by this Item, except for certain information with respect to the Company’s Code of Ethics, the
identification of the executive officers of the Company and any material changes to the procedures by which security holders
may recommend nominees to the Company’s Board of Directors, as set forth below, is incorporated herein by reference to the
information set forth in the section of the Company’s definitive proxy statement (which will be filed pursuant to
Regulation 14A under the Exchange Act within 120 days after the close of the Company’s fiscal year) under the headings
“Information Concerning Nominees for Election as Directors,” and “Board of Directors".
Available on the Company's website at http://www.stanleyblackanddecker.com on the “Corporate Governance” section which
appears under the “Investors” heading is the Code of Business Ethics applicable to all of its directors, officers and employees
worldwide and a Code of Ethics for the Chief Executive Officer and senior financial officers including the Chief Financial
Officer and principal accounting officer. The Company intends to post on its website required information regarding any
amendment to, or waiver from, the Code of Business Ethics that applies to our Chief Executive Officer and senior financial
officers within four business days after any such amendment or waiver.
49
The following is a list of the executive officers of the Company as of February 21, 2020:
Name and Age
James M. Loree (61)
Office
President & Chief Executive Officer since August 2016. President &
Chief Operating Officer (2013); Executive Vice President and Chief
Operating Officer (2009); Executive Vice President Finance and Chief
Financial Officer (1999).
Donald Allan, Jr. (55)
Executive Vice President & Chief Financial Officer since October 2016.
Senior Vice President & Chief Financial Officer (2010); Vice President
& Chief Financial Officer (2009); Vice President & Corporate Controller
(2002); Corporate Controller (2000); Assistant Controller (1999).
Jeffery D. Ansell (52)
Janet M. Link (50)
Jaime A. Ramirez (52)
Executive Vice President & President, Tools & Storage since October
2016. Senior Vice President and Group Executive, Global Tools &
Storage (2015); Senior Vice President and Group Executive,
Construction and DIY (2010); Vice President & President, Stanley
Consumer Tools Group (2006); President - Consumer Tools and Storage
(2004); President of Industrial Tools & Storage (2002); Vice President -
Global Consumer Tools Marketing (2001); Vice President Consumer
Sales America (1999).
Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary since July 2017.
Executive Vice President, General Counsel, JC Penney Company, Inc.
(2015); Vice President, Deputy General Counsel, JC Penney Company,
Inc. (2014); Vice President, Deputy General Counsel, Clear Channel
Companies (2013).
Senior Vice President & Chief Operating Officer, Tools & Storage since
October 2019. Senior Vice President & President, Global Emerging
Markets (2012); President, Construction & DIY, Latin America (2010);
Vice President and General Manager - Latin America, Power Tools &
Accessories, The Black & Decker Corporation (2008); Vice President
and General Manager - Andean Region The Black & Decker
Corporation (2007).
Joseph R. Voelker (64)
Senior Vice President, Chief Human Resources Officer since April 2013.
VP Human Resources (2009); VP Human Resources - ITG/Corporate
Staff (2006); VP Human Resources - Tools Group/Operations (2004);
HR Director, Tools Group (2003); HR Director, Operations (1999).
John H. Wyatt (61)
President, Stanley Engineered Fastening since January 2016. President,
Sales & Marketing - Global Tools & Storage (2015); President,
Construction & DIY, Europe and ANZ (2012); President, Construction &
DIY, EMEA (2010); President-Europe, Middle East, and Africa, Power
Tools and Accessories, The Black & Decker Corporation (2008); Vice
President-Consumer Products (Europe, Middle East and Africa), The
Black & Decker Corporation (2006).
Date Elected to
Office
7/19/1999
10/24/2006
2/22/2006
7/19/2017
3/12/2010
4/1/2013
3/12/2010
Robert H. Raff (53)
President, Stanley Security since November 2016. President, Stanley
Electronic Security North America (2015); President, North America
Sales, Construction & DIY (2010); President, Stanley National
Hardware (2007); Vice President of Latin America, Construction & DIY
(2005); General Manager, Construction & DIY (2002).
4/19/2018
Robert Blackburn (51)
Senior Vice President of Global Operations since May 2019; Hoffman
Group, CEO and Chairman of the Executive Board (2017-2018); BASF
S.E., President of Supply Chain Operations & Information Services
(2007-2016).
5/6/2019
50
ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
The information required by this Item is incorporated herein by reference to the information set forth under the sections entitled
"Compensation Discussion & Analysis" and “2019 Executive Compensation” of the Company’s definitive proxy statement,
which will be filed pursuant to Regulation 14A under the Exchange Act within 120 days after the end of the fiscal year covered
by this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED
STOCKHOLDER MATTERS
The information required by Item 403 of Regulation S-K is incorporated herein by reference to the information set forth under
the sections entitled "Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners," "Security Ownership of Directors and Officers,"
"Compensation Discussion & Analysis" and “2019 Executive Compensation” of the Company’s definitive proxy statement,
which will be filed pursuant to Regulation 14A under the Exchange Act within 120 days after the end of the fiscal year covered
by this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
EQUITY COMPENSATION PLAN INFORMATION
Compensation plans under which the Company’s equity securities are authorized for issuance at December 28, 2019 follow:
Plan Category
Equity compensation plans approved by security
holders ....................................................................
Equity compensation plans not approved by
security holders (4) ..................................................
Total........................................................................
(A)
(B)
(C)
Number
of securities to be
issued upon exercise of
outstanding options and
stock awards
Weighted-
average exercise
price of outstanding
options
Number of securities
remaining available for
future issuance under equity
compensation plans
(excluding securities
reflected in column (A))
8,768,923 (1) $
122.42 (2)
12,924,290 (3)
—
8,768,923
$
—
122.42
—
12,924,290
(1) Consists of 6,454,671 shares underlying outstanding stock options (whether vested or unvested) with a weighted-
average exercise price of $122.42 and a weighted-average term of 6.83 years; 2,219,768 shares underlying time-vesting
restricted stock units that have not yet vested and the maximum number of shares that will be issued pursuant to
outstanding performance awards if all established goals are met; and 94,484 of shares earned but related to which
participants elected deferral of delivery. All stock-based compensation plans are discussed in Note J, Capital Stock, of
the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8.
(2) There is no cost to the recipient for shares issued pursuant to time-vesting restricted stock units or performance awards.
Because there is no strike price applicable to these stock awards they are excluded from the weighted-average exercise
price which pertains solely to outstanding stock options.
(3) Consists of 1,593,759 of shares available for purchase under the employee stock purchase plan ("ESPP") at the election
of employees and 11,330,531 securities available for future grants by the Board of Directors under stock-based
compensation plans. On January 22, 2018, the Board of Directors adopted the 2018 Omnibus Award Plan (the "2018
Plan") and authorized the issuance of 16,750,000 shares of the Company's common stock in connection with the awards
pursuant to the 2018 Plan. No further awards will be issued under the Company's 2013 Long-Term Incentive Plan.
(4) U.S. employees are eligible to contribute from 1% to 25% of their salary to a qualified tax deferred savings plan as
described in the Employee Stock Ownership Plan ("ESOP") section of Note L, Employee Benefit Plans, of the Notes to
the Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8. The Company contributes an amount equal to one half of the
employee contribution up to the first 7% of salary. There is a non-qualified tax deferred savings plan for highly
compensated salaried employees which mirrors the qualified plan provisions, but was not specifically approved by
security holders. Eligible highly compensated salaried U.S. employees are eligible to contribute from 1% to 50% of
their salary to the non-qualified tax deferred savings plan. The same matching arrangement was provided for highly
compensated salaried employees in the non-qualified plan, to the extent the match was not fully met in the qualified
plan, except that the arrangement for these employees is outside of the ESOP, and is not funded in advance of
distributions. Effective January 1, 2019, the Company, at its discretion, will determine whether matching and core
contributions will be made for the non-qualified tax deferred savings plan for a particular year. If the Company decides
to make matching contributions for a year, it will make contributions, in an amount determined in its discretion, that
may constitute part or all of or more than the matching contributions that would have been made pursuant to the
51
provisions of the Stanley Black & Decker Supplemental Retirement Account Plan that were in effect prior to 2019. For
both qualified and non-qualified plans, the investment of the employee’s contribution and the Company’s contribution
is controlled by the employee and may include an election to invest in Company stock. Shares of the Company’s
common stock may be issued at the time of a distribution from the qualified plan. The number of securities remaining
available for issuance under the plans at December 28, 2019 is not determinable, since the plans do not authorize a
maximum number of securities.
52
ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE
The information required by Items 404 and 407(a) of Regulation S-K is incorporated by reference to the information set forth
under the sections entitled "Corporate Governance," "Director Independence" and "Related Party Transactions" of the
Company’s definitive proxy statement, which will be filed pursuant to Regulation 14A under the Exchange Act within 120 days
after the end of the fiscal year covered by this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES
The information required by Item 9(e) of Schedule 14A is incorporated herein by reference to the information set forth under
the section entitled “Fees of Independent Auditors” of the Company’s definitive proxy statement, which will be filed pursuant
to Regulation 14A under the Exchange Act within 120 days after the end of the fiscal year covered by this Annual Report
on Form 10-K.
PART IV
ITEM 15. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULE
(a) Index to documents filed as part of this report:
1. and 2. Financial Statements and Financial Statement Schedule.
The response to this portion of Item 15 is submitted as a separate section of this report beginning with an index thereto on
page 54.
3. Exhibits
See Exhibit Index in this Form 10-K on page 120.
(b) See Exhibit Index in this Form 10-K on page 120.
(c) The response in this portion of Item 15 is submitted as a separate section of this Form 10-K with an index thereto beginning
on page 54.
53
FORM 10-K
ITEM 15(a) (1) AND (2)
STANLEY BLACK & DECKER, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULE
Schedule II — Valuation and Qualifying Accounts is included in Item 15 (page 57).
Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting (page 58).
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm — Financial Statement Opinion (page 59).
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm — Internal Control Opinion (page 62).
Consolidated Statements of Operations — fiscal years ended December 28, 2019, December 29, 2018, and December 30,
2017 (page 63).
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income — fiscal years ended December 28, 2019, December 29, 2018, and
December 30, 2017 (page 64).
Consolidated Balance Sheets — December 28, 2019 and December 29, 2018 (page 65).
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows — fiscal years ended December 28, 2019, December 29, 2018, and December 30,
2017 (page 66).
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareowners’ Equity — fiscal years ended December 28, 2019, December 29, 2018,
and December 30, 2017 (page 68).
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (page 69).
Selected Quarterly Financial Data (Unaudited) (page 119).
Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm (Exhibit 23).
All other schedules are omitted because either they are not applicable or the required information is shown in the financial
statements or the notes thereto.
54
ITEM 16. FORM 10-K SUMMARY
Not applicable.
55
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Company has duly caused this report to be
signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.
SIGNATURES
STANLEY BLACK & DECKER, INC.
By:
/s/ James M. Loree
James M. Loree, President and Chief Executive Officer
Date:
February 21, 2020
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of
the Company and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
Signature
/s/ James M. Loree
James M. Loree
/s/ Donald Allan, Jr.
Donald Allan, Jr.
Title
President and Chief Executive Officer
Date
February 21, 2020
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
February 21, 2020
/s/ Jocelyn S. Belisle
Vice President and Chief Accounting Officer
February 21, 2020
February 21, 2020
February 21, 2020
February 21, 2020
February 21, 2020
February 21, 2020
February 21, 2020
February 21, 2020
February 21, 2020
Jocelyn S. Belisle
*
Director
Andrea J. Ayers
*
Director
George W. Buckley
*
Director
Patrick D. Campbell
*
Director
Carlos M. Cardoso
*
Director
Robert B. Coutts
*
Director
Debra A. Crew
*
Director
Michael D. Hankin
*
Director
Dmitri L. Stockton
*By: /s/ Janet M. Link
Janet M. Link
(As Attorney-in-Fact)
56
Schedule II — Valuation and Qualifying Accounts
Stanley Black & Decker, Inc. and Subsidiaries
Fiscal years ended December 28, 2019, December 29, 2018, and December 30, 2017
(Millions of Dollars)
Beginning
Balance
ADDITIONS
Charged To
Costs And
Expenses
Charged
To Other
Accounts (b)
(a)
Deductions
Ending
Balance
Allowance for Doubtful Accounts:
Year Ended 2019................................................ $
Year Ended 2018................................................ $
Year Ended 2017................................................ $
Tax Valuation Allowance:
Year Ended 2019 (c) .......................................... $
Year Ended 2018................................................ $
Year Ended 2017 ................................................ $
102.0
80.4
78.5
626.7
516.7
525.5
$
$
$
$
$
$
33.0
28.0
16.3
461.5
146.2
262.4
$
$
$
$
$
$
5.9
12.5
8.9
$
$
$
(0.5) $
(6.4) $
$
22.8
(28.5) $
(18.9) $
(23.3) $
112.4
102.0
80.4
(22.7) $
(29.8) $
(294.0) $
1,065.0
626.7
516.7
(a) With respect to the allowance for doubtful accounts, deductions represent amounts charged-off less recoveries of
accounts previously charged-off.
(b) Amounts represent the impact of foreign currency translation, acquisitions and net transfers to/from other accounts.
(c) Refer to Note Q, Income Taxes, of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8 for further discussion.
57
MANAGEMENT’S REPORT ON INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING
The management of Stanley Black & Decker, Inc. is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over
financial reporting. Internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the
reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external reporting purposes in accordance with
accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Because of its inherent limitations, internal control
over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements.
In March 2019, the Company acquired the International Equipment Solutions Attachments businesses, Paladin and Pengo,
("IES Attachments") for approximately $654 million. Since Stanley Black & Decker, Inc. has not yet fully incorporated the
internal controls and procedures of IES Attachments into Stanley Black & Decker, Inc.'s internal control over financial
reporting, management excluded this business from its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial
reporting as of December 28, 2019. IES Attachments accounted for 4% of Stanley Black & Decker, Inc.'s total assets as of
December 28, 2019 and 2% of Stanley Black & Decker, Inc.'s net sales for the year then ended.
Management has assessed the effectiveness of Stanley Black & Decker, Inc.’s internal control over financial reporting as of
December 28, 2019. In making its assessment, management has utilized the criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring
Organizations (COSO) of the Treadway Commission in Internal Control — Integrated Framework (2013 Framework).
Management concluded that based on its assessment, Stanley Black & Decker, Inc.’s internal control over financial reporting
was effective as of December 28, 2019. Ernst & Young LLP, Registered Public Accounting Firm included in this annual report,
has issued an attestation report on the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting, a copy of which appears on page 62.
/s/ James M. Loree
James M. Loree, President and Chief Executive Officer
/s/ Donald Allan, Jr.
Donald Allan, Jr., Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
58
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
To the Shareowners and Board of Directors of Stanley Black & Decker, Inc.
Opinion on the Financial Statements
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Stanley Black & Decker, Inc. (the Company) as of
December 28, 2019 and December 29, 2018, the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income,
shareowners’ equity and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 28, 2019, and the related notes
and the financial statement schedule listed in the Index at Item 15(a) (collectively referred to as the “consolidated financial
statements”). In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position
of the Company at December 28, 2019 and December 29, 2018, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of
the three years in the period ended December 28, 2019, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.
We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States)
(PCAOB), the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 28, 2019, based on criteria established in
Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission
(2013 framework) and our report dated February 21, 2020 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.
Adoption of ASU 2016-02
As discussed in Note A to the consolidated financial statements, the Company changed its method for accounting for leases in
fiscal year 2019 due to the adoption of ASU 2016-02, Leases and associated amendments (Topic 842), using the modified
retrospective method. As explained below, auditing the Company’s adoption of the new standard was a critical audit matter.
Basis for Opinion
These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on
the Company’s financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are
required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the US federal securities laws and the applicable
rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the
audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to
error or fraud. Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial
statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included
examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included
evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall
presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
Critical Audit Matters
The critical audit matters communicated below are matters arising from the current period audit of the financial statements that
were communicated or required to be communicated to the audit committee and that: (1) relate to accounts or disclosures that
are material to the financial statements and (2) involved our especially challenging, subjective or complex judgments. The
communication of critical audit matters does not alter in any way our opinion on the consolidated financial statements, taken as
a whole, and we are not, by communicating the critical audit matters below, providing separate opinions on the critical audit
matters or on the accounts or disclosures to which they relate.
59
Description of
the Matter
Adoption of ASU 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842)
As discussed above and in Note A of the consolidated financial statements, the Company adopted ASU
2016-02, Leases (Topic 842), in the first quarter of 2019. As discussed in Note R, as a result of the
adoption, the Company recorded a lease liability of $537 million and right-of-use asset of approximately
$535 million in its consolidated balance sheet as of December 28, 2019.
Auditing management’s initial recognition of the lease liability and right-of-use asset upon adoption of
ASU 2016-02 was challenging because of the volume and diversity of leases in the Company’s global lease
portfolio. Further, the Company’s estimated incremental borrowing rate had a significant effect on the
measurement of the lease liability and right-of use asset recognized upon adoption. Auditing management’s
estimated incremental borrowing rate was complex due to the judgment involved in developing foreign
currency spreads to the U.S. rate and applying them to the leases in the Company’s global lease portfolio.
How We
Addressed the
Matter in Our
Audit
We obtained an understanding, evaluated the design and tested the operating effectiveness of controls over
the adoption of ASU 2016-02. Our audit procedures included, among other procedures, testing controls
over management’s review of the completeness of the lease population and the calculation of the
incremental borrowing rate.
We tested the completeness and accuracy of the data used in the Company’s initial recognition of the lease
liability and right-of-use asset. Our procedures included, among others, comparing the information in a
sample of lease agreements to the Company’s analysis and selecting leases from independent sources and
assessing their inclusion in the Company’s analysis. We involved our valuation specialists to assist in
evaluating the key assumptions and methodologies management used to develop the incremental
borrowing rate. We independently calculated a range of incremental borrowing rates and evaluated the
sensitivity of the model.
Description of
the Matter
Accounting for Acquisition of IES Attachments
As discussed in Note E of the consolidated financial statements, the Company acquired the equipment
manufacturer, IES Attachments, on March 8, 2019 for a total purchase price of approximately $654
million, net of cash acquired. The Company allocated the purchase price, on a preliminary basis, to the
assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on their respective fair values, including identified intangible
assets of $328 million and resulting goodwill of approximately $309 million.
Auditing the Company's accounting for the acquired intangible assets involved subjective auditor
judgment due to the significant estimation required in management’s determination of the fair value of
intangible assets. The significant estimation was primarily due to the sensitivity of the significant
assumptions in determining fair value, including discount rates, projected revenue growth rates and profit
margins. These assumptions relate to the future performance of the acquired business, are forward-looking
and could be affected by future economic and market conditions.
How We
Addressed the
Matter in Our
Audit
We obtained an understanding, evaluated the design and tested the operating effectiveness of the controls
over the Company’s accounting for business combinations. Our audit procedures included, among other
procedures, testing controls over the valuation of intangible assets, including the valuation models and
underlying assumptions used to develop such estimates.
To test the estimated fair value of the intangible assets, we performed audit procedures that included,
among other procedures, evaluating the appropriateness of the valuation methodologies and testing the
significant assumptions used in the model, as described above, including the completeness and accuracy
of the underlying data. We compared the significant assumptions to current industry, market and economic
trends, to the historical results of the acquired business and to other guideline companies within the same
industry. We involved our valuation specialists to assist with our evaluation of the methodology used by
the Company and the significant assumptions included in the fair value estimates.
Description of
the Matter
Annual Test of Impairment of Goodwill in the Infrastructure Reporting Unit
At December 28, 2019, the Company’s goodwill balance was approximately $9,238 million. As discussed
in Note A of the consolidated financial statements, goodwill is not amortized but rather is tested for
impairment at least annually at the reporting unit level. The Company’s goodwill is initially assigned to its
reporting units as of the relevant acquisition date.
Auditing management’s annual goodwill impairment test for the Infrastructure reporting unit was
challenging and highly judgmental due to the significant estimation required, in particular, the fair value
estimate was sensitive to the significant assumption of revenue growth, which is affected by expected
future market or economic conditions. A substantial portion of the revenues of the Infrastructure reporting
unit are derived from customers’ investments in cyclical industries that typically are subject to severe
economic cycles, partially driven by the prices of oil and of scrap metal, which could have an impact on
the goodwill impairment analysis for the Infrastructure reporting unit.
60
How We
Addressed the
Matter in Our
Audit
We obtained an understanding, evaluated the design and tested the operating effectiveness of controls over
the determination of fair value, including the significant assumption of revenue growth discussed above,
used in the Infrastructure goodwill impairment analysis. Our audit procedures included, among other
procedures, testing controls over the Company’s budgetary process and management’s review of that
information.
Description of
the Matter
To test the estimated fair value of the Infrastructure reporting unit, we performed audit procedures that
included, among other procedures, assessing the Company’s methodologies and testing the significant
revenue growth assumption discussed above and the underlying data used by the Company in its analysis.
We compared the revenue growth rates used by management to current industry and economic trends,
including, among other factors, the price of oil and scrap metal, and considering the Company’s business
model, customer base, product mix and other relevant factors. We assessed the historical accuracy of
management’s estimates and performed sensitivity analyses to evaluate the change in the fair value of the
reporting unit that would result from changes in the revenue growth assumption. In addition, we
evaluated the reconciliation of the combined estimated fair value of the Company’s reporting units to the
market capitalization of the Company and assessed the resulting control premium. Further, we involved
our valuation specialists to assist in the evaluation of the methodology used to estimate the fair value of
the Infrastructure reporting unit.
Uncertain Tax Positions
At December 28, 2019, the Company had recorded a liability for uncertain tax positions of approximately
$406 million. As discussed in Notes A and Q of the consolidated financial statements, the Company
conducts business globally and, as a result, is subject to income tax in a number of locations, including
many state and foreign jurisdictions. Uncertainty in a tax position may arise as tax laws are subject to
interpretation. The Company uses significant judgment in (1) determining whether a tax position’s
technical merits are more likely than not to be sustained and (2) measuring the amount of tax benefit that
qualifies for recognition. The Company considers many factors when evaluating and estimating its tax
positions such as, but not limited to, the settlements of on-going audits.
Auditing the measurement and determination of whether a tax position is more likely than not to be
upheld under examination is challenging and subjective due to the Company’s global operations, the many
tax jurisdictions in which it operates, the distinctive nature and unique facts and circumstances of each tax
position and the interpretations of tax law and legal rulings. Many of these same factors also make it
challenging to audit the completeness of the uncertain tax reserves.
How We
Addressed the
Matter in Our
Audit
We identified and tested controls around the Company’s judgments and determinations on tax positions,
including the Company’s process to verify that all uncertain tax positions are identified and considered as
part of the analysis, controls addressing completeness of the uncertain tax positions and the determination
of the more-likely-than-not amount of the positions to be upheld.
With the support of our tax professionals, we performed an evaluation of the Company’s estimates with
respect to uncertain tax positions including the technical merits of the Company’s tax positions. This
included assessing the Company’s analysis of jurisdictions with potential tax liabilities and other
international tax considerations. We considered the Company’s judgments and the factors involved with
each significant tax position. To support our evaluation, we used our knowledge of, and experience with,
the application of international and local income tax laws by the relevant income tax authorities to
evaluate the Company’s accounting for those tax positions. We analyzed the Company’s assumptions and
data used to determine the amount of tax benefit to recognize and tested the completeness and accuracy of
the data used to determine the amount of tax benefits recognized and tested the accuracy of such
calculations. We also evaluated the Company’s income tax disclosures included in Note Q to the
consolidated financial statements in relation to these matters.
/s/ Ernst & Young LLP
We have served as the Company’s auditor since 1932.
Hartford, Connecticut
February 21, 2020
61
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
To the Shareowners and Board of Directors of Stanley Black & Decker, Inc.
Opinion on Internal Control over Financial Reporting
We have audited Stanley Black & Decker, Inc.’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 28, 2019, based on
criteria established in Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the
Treadway Commission (2013 framework) (the COSO criteria). In our opinion, Stanley Black & Decker, Inc. (the Company)
maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 28, 2019, based on the
COSO criteria.
As indicated in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting, management’s assessment
of and conclusion on the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting did not include the internal controls of
International Equipment Solutions Attachments Group (“IES Attachments”), which is included in the 2019 consolidated financial
statements of the Company and constituted 4% of total assets as of December 28, 2019 and 2% of net sales for the fiscal year then
ended. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting of the Company also did not include an evaluation of the internal
control over financial reporting of IES Attachments.
We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States)
(PCAOB), the consolidated balance sheets of the Company as of December 28, 2019 and December 29, 2018, and the related
consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income, shareowners' equity and cash flows for each of the three fiscal
years in the period ended December 28, 2019, and the related notes and schedule listed in the Index at Item 15(a) and our report
dated February 21, 2020 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.
Basis for Opinion
The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its
assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting included in the accompanying Management’s Report on
Internal Control over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company's internal control over
financial reporting based on our audit. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be
independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and
regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.
We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the
audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all
material respects.
Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material
weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and
performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a
reasonable basis for our opinion.
Definition and Limitations of Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
A company's internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the
reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally
accepted accounting principles. A company's internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that
(1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of
the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of
financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the
company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide
reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company's
assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also,
projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate
because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
/s/ Ernst & Young LLP
Hartford, Connecticut
February 21, 2020
62
Consolidated Statements of Operations
Fiscal years ended December 28, 2019, December 29, 2018, and December 30, 2017
(Millions of Dollars, Except Per Share Amounts)
Net Sales ................................................................................................. $
Costs and Expenses
Cost of sales............................................................................................. $
Selling, general and administrative .........................................................
Provision for doubtful accounts...............................................................
Other, net .................................................................................................
(Gain) loss on sales of businesses ...........................................................
Pension settlement ...................................................................................
Restructuring charges ..............................................................................
Loss on debt extinguishment ...................................................................
Interest income ........................................................................................
Interest expense .......................................................................................
2019
14,442.2
9,636.7
3,008.0
$
$
33.0
249.1
(17.0)
—
154.1
17.9
(53.9)
284.3
$
$
2018
13,982.4
9,131.3
3,143.7
28.0
287.0
0.8
—
160.3
—
(68.7)
277.9
$
13,312.2
$
12,960.3
$
Earnings before income taxes and equity interest ...................................
Income taxes............................................................................................
Net earnings before equity interest.......................................................... $
Share of net loss of equity method investment........................................ $
Net earnings............................................................................................. $
Less: Net earnings (loss) attributable to non-controlling interests..........
Net Earnings Attributable to Common Shareowners ........................ $
Earnings per share of common stock:
Basic.......................................................................................... $
Diluted....................................................................................... $
1,130.0
160.8
969.2
$
(11.2) $
958.0
$
2.2
955.8
$
6.44
6.35
$
$
1,022.1
416.3
605.8
$
— $
605.8
0.6
605.2
4.06
3.99
$
$
$
$
2017
12,966.6
8,188.3
2,982.9
16.3
269.2
(264.1)
12.2
51.5
—
(40.1)
222.6
11,438.8
1,527.8
300.9
1,226.9
—
1,226.9
(0.4)
1,227.3
8.20
8.05
See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
63
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income
Fiscal years ended December 28, 2019, December 29, 2018, and December 30, 2017
(Millions of Dollars)
Net Earnings Attributable to Common Shareowners................................ $
Other comprehensive (loss) income:
Currency translation adjustment and other...........................................
Unrealized (losses) gains on cash flow hedges, net of tax ...................
Unrealized gains (losses) on net investment hedges, net of tax ...........
Pension (losses) gains, net of tax .........................................................
Other comprehensive (loss) income.......................................................... $
Comprehensive income attributable to common shareowners.................. $
2019
2018
2017
955.8
$
605.2
$
1,227.3
(36.0)
(27.4)
34.0
(40.9)
(70.3) $
885.5
$
(373.0)
85.8
59.9
2.1
(225.2) $
$
380.0
478.5
(66.3)
(85.2)
5.5
332.5
1,559.8
See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
64
Consolidated Balance Sheets
December 28, 2019 and December 29, 2018
(Millions of Dollars)
2019
2018
ASSETS
Current Assets
Cash and cash equivalents ..................................................................................................................... $
Accounts and notes receivable, net ........................................................................................................
......................................................................................................................................
Inventories, net
Prepaid expenses ....................................................................................................................................
Other current assets ................................................................................................................................
Total Current Assets ............................................................................................................................
Property, Plant and Equipment, net ...................................................................................................
Goodwill ................................................................................................................................................
Customer Relationships, net ...............................................................................................................
Trade Names, net .................................................................................................................................
Other Intangible Assets, net ................................................................................................................
Other Assets ..........................................................................................................................................
Total Assets ........................................................................................................................................... $
LIABILITIES AND SHAREOWNERS' EQUITY
Current Liabilities
Short-term borrowings ........................................................................................................................... $
Current maturities of long-term debt ......................................................................................................
Accounts payable ...................................................................................................................................
Accrued expenses ..................................................................................................................................
Total Current Liabilities ......................................................................................................................
Long-Term Debt ...................................................................................................................................
Deferred Taxes ......................................................................................................................................
Post-Retirement Benefits .....................................................................................................................
Other Liabilities ...................................................................................................................................
Commitments and Contingencies (Notes R and S)
Shareowners’ Equity
Stanley Black & Decker, Inc. Shareowners’ Equity
Preferred stock, without par value:
Authorized 10,000,000 shares in 2019 and 2018
Issued and outstanding 1,500,000 shares in 2019 and 750,000 shares in 2018 ......................................
Common stock, par value $2.50 per share:
Authorized 300,000,000 shares in 2019 and 2018
Issued 176,902,738 shares in 2019 and 2018 .........................................................................................
Retained earnings ...................................................................................................................................
Additional paid in capital .......................................................................................................................
Accumulated other comprehensive loss .................................................................................................
ESOP ......................................................................................................................................................
Less: cost of common stock in treasury (23,396,329 shares in 2019 and 25,600,288 shares in 2018)...
Stanley Black & Decker, Inc. Shareowners’ Equity ..........................................................................
Non-controlling interests .......................................................................................................................
Total Shareowners’ Equity ..................................................................................................................
Total Liabilities and Shareowners’ Equity ......................................................................................... $
See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
65
297.7
$
1,454.6
2,255.0
395.4
53.9
4,456.6
1,959.5
9,237.5
1,317.3
2,253.6
51.1
1,321.0
288.7
1,607.8
2,373.5
240.5
58.9
4,569.4
1,915.2
8,956.7
1,165.2
2,254.8
64.4
482.3
20,596.6
$
19,408.0
337.3
$
3.1
2,087.8
1,977.5
4,405.7
3,176.4
731.2
609.4
2,531.7
376.1
2.5
2,233.2
1,389.8
4,001.6
3,819.8
705.3
595.4
2,446.0
1,500.0
750.0
442.3
6,772.8
4,492.9
(1,884.6)
(2.3)
11,321.1
(2,184.8)
9,136.3
5.9
9,142.2
20,596.6
$
442.3
6,219.0
4,621.0
(1,814.3)
(10.5)
10,207.5
(2,371.3)
7,836.2
3.7
7,839.9
19,408.0
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
Fiscal years ended December 28, 2019, December 29, 2018, and December 30, 2017
(Millions of Dollars)
Operating Activities:
Net earnings ................................................................................................................ $
Adjustments to reconcile net earnings to net cash provided by operating activities:
Depreciation and amortization of property, plant and equipment ......................
Amortization of intangibles ................................................................................
Inventory step-up amortization ..........................................................................
(Gain) loss on sales of businesses ......................................................................
Loss on debt extinguishment ..............................................................................
Stock-based compensation expense ...................................................................
Provision for doubtful accounts .........................................................................
Share of net loss of equity method investment ...................................................
Deferred tax (benefit) expense ...........................................................................
Other non-cash items .........................................................................................
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
Accounts receivable ...........................................................................................
Inventories .........................................................................................................
Accounts payable ...............................................................................................
Deferred revenue ................................................................................................
Other current assets ............................................................................................
Other long-term assets .......................................................................................
Accrued expenses ...............................................................................................
Defined benefit liabilities ...................................................................................
Other long-term liabilities ..................................................................................
Net cash provided by operating activities ...................................................................
Investing Activities:
Capital and software expenditures ..............................................................................
Sales of assets .............................................................................................................
Business acquisitions, net of cash acquired ................................................................
Sales of businesses, net of cash sold ...........................................................................
Purchases of investments ............................................................................................
Net investment hedge settlements ..............................................................................
Proceeds related to deferred purchase price receivable ..............................................
Other ...........................................................................................................................
Net cash used in investing activities ...........................................................................
Financing Activities:
Payments on long-term debt .......................................................................................
Proceeds from debt issuances, net of fees ..................................................................
Net short-term (repayments) borrowings ....................................................................
Stock purchase contract fees ......................................................................................
Purchases of common stock for treasury ....................................................................
Proceeds from issuances of preferred stock ................................................................
Premium paid on equity options .................................................................................
Proceeds from issuances of common stock ................................................................
Cash dividends on common stock ..............................................................................
Other ...........................................................................................................................
Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities ....................................................
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents ...................................
Change in cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash ...........................................
Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash, beginning of year .............................
Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash, end of year ........................................ $
66
2019
2018
2017
958.0
$
605.8
$
1,226.9
372.8
187.4
7.4
(17.0)
17.9
88.8
33.0
11.2
(17.9)
(13.8)
137.8
137.7
(169.1)
8.5
(183.6)
(37.3)
123.6
(47.6)
(92.1)
1,505.7
(424.7)
100.1
(685.4)
76.6
(260.6)
8.0
—
(22.6)
(1,208.6)
(1,150.0)
496.2
(18.1)
(40.3)
(27.5)
735.0
(19.2)
146.0
(402.0)
(12.6)
(292.5)
(1.4)
3.2
311.4
314.6
$
331.2
175.3
9.6
0.8
—
76.5
28.0
—
191.1
10.1
(48.8)
(401.6)
211.0
1.5
(4.4)
28.9
70.1
(44.7)
20.5
1,260.9
(492.1)
45.2
(524.6)
(3.0)
(21.7)
25.7
—
(18.6)
(989.1)
(977.5)
990.0
433.2
(40.3)
(527.1)
—
(57.3)
38.5
(384.9)
(36.2)
(561.6)
(53.9)
(343.7)
655.1
311.4
$
296.9
163.8
43.2
(264.1)
—
78.7
16.3
—
(103.0)
24.4
(905.6)
(303.0)
240.4
1.6
(5.9)
84.9
123.3
(66.5)
16.2
668.5
(442.4)
50.2
(2,583.5)
756.9
(17.9)
(23.3)
704.7
(11.5)
(1,566.8)
(2.8)
—
(76.7)
(20.0)
(28.7)
726.0
(25.1)
90.8
(362.9)
(5.4)
295.2
81.0
(522.1)
1,177.2
655.1
The following table provides a reconciliation of the cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash balances as of December 28,
2019 and December 29, 2018, as shown above:
Cash and cash equivalents ................................................................................................................ $
Restricted cash included in Other current assets ...............................................................................
Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash ................................................................................... $
297.7
16.9
314.6
$
$
December 28, 2019
December 29, 2018
288.7
22.7
311.4
See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
67
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareowners’ Equity
Fiscal years ended December 28, 2019, December 29, 2018, and December 30, 2017
(Millions of Dollars, Except Per Share Amounts)
Preferred
Stock
Common
Stock
Additional
Paid In
Capital
Retained
Earnings
Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Loss
ESOP
Treasury
Stock
Non-
Controlling
Interests
Shareowners’
Equity
— $
442.3
$ 4,774.4
$ 5,134.3
$
(1,921.6) $(25.9) $(2,029.9) $
6.6
$
Issuance of preferred stock (750,000 shares).............
750.0
Balance December 31, 2016..................................... $
Net earnings ...............................................................
Other comprehensive income ....................................
Cash dividends declared — $2.42 per share..............
Issuance of common stock (1,680,339) .....................
Repurchase of common stock (202,075 shares) ........
Equity units - stock contract fees ...............................
Non-controlling interest dissolution ..........................
Premium paid on equity option..................................
Stock-based compensation related.............................
ESOP..........................................................................
Balance December 30, 2017..................................... $
Net earnings ...............................................................
Other comprehensive loss ..........................................
Cash dividends declared — $2.58 per share..............
Issuance of common stock (941,854) ........................
Repurchase of common stock (3,677,435 shares) .....
Premium paid on equity option ............................
Non-controlling interest buyout.................................
Stock-based compensation related.............................
ESOP..........................................................................
Balance December 29, 2018..................................... $
Net earnings ...............................................................
Other comprehensive loss ..........................................
Cash dividends declared — $2.70 per share..............
Issuance of common stock (2,391,336) .....................
Repurchase of common stock (187,377 shares) ........
Issuance of preferred stock (750,000 shares).............
750.0
Equity units - stock contract fees ...............................
Premium paid on equity option..................................
Stock-based compensation related.............................
1,227.3
(362.9)
332.5
134.5
(28.7)
(43.7)
(24.0)
(117.1)
(25.1)
78.7
750.0
$
442.3
$ 4,643.2
$ 5,998.7
$
(1,589.1) $(18.8) $(1,924.1) $
7.1
605.2
(384.9)
(225.2)
(41.4)
(57.3)
76.5
79.9
(527.1)
8.3
750.0
$
442.3
$ 4,621.0
$ 6,219.0
$
(1,814.3) $(10.5) $(2,371.3) $
955.8
(402.0)
(70.3)
214.0
(27.5)
(68.0)
(15.5)
(114.2)
(19.2)
88.8
(0.4)
(3.4)
2.8
0.6
0.3
3.7
2.2
6,380.2
1,226.9
332.5
(362.9)
90.8
(28.7)
726.0
(117.1)
(3.4)
(25.1)
78.7
7.1
$
8,305.0
605.8
(225.2)
(384.9)
38.5
(527.1)
(57.3)
0.3
76.5
8.3
$
7,839.9
958.0
(70.3)
(402.0)
146.0
(27.5)
734.5
(114.2)
(19.2)
88.8
8.2
9,142.2
ESOP ..........................................................................
Balance December 28, 2019..................................... $ 1,500.0
$
442.3
$ 4,492.9
$ 6,772.8
$
8.2
(1,884.6) $ (2.3) $(2,184.8) $
5.9
$
See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
68
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
A. SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
BASIS OF PRESENTATION — The Consolidated Financial Statements include the accounts of Stanley Black & Decker, Inc.
and its majority-owned subsidiaries (collectively the “Company”) which require consolidation, after the elimination of
intercompany accounts and transactions. The Company’s fiscal year ends on the Saturday nearest to December 31. There were
52 weeks in each of the fiscal years 2019, 2018 and 2017.
In March 2019, the Company acquired International Equipment Solutions Attachments businesses, Paladin and Pengo, ("IES
Attachments"), a manufacturer of high quality, performance-driven heavy equipment attachment tools for off-highway
applications. The acquisition is being accounted for as a business combination using the acquisition method of accounting and
the results have been consolidated into the Company's Industrial segment. In April 2018, the Company acquired the industrial
business of Nelson Fastener Systems ("Nelson"), which excluded Nelson's automotive stud welding business. The results of
Nelson have been consolidated into the Company's Industrial segment. In March 2017, the Company acquired the Tools
business of Newell Brands ("Newell Tools") and the Craftsman® brand. The results of Newell Tools and the Craftsman®
brand have been consolidated into the Company's Tools & Storage segment. The 2018 and 2017 acquisitions were accounted
for as business combinations using the acquisition method of accounting.
In January 2019, the Company acquired a 20 percent interest in MTD Holdings Inc. ("MTD"), a privately held global
manufacturer of outdoor power equipment. MTD manufactures and distributes gas-powered lawn tractors, zero turn mowers,
walk behind mowers, snow throwers, trimmers, chain saws, utility vehicles and other outdoor power equipment. Under the
terms of the agreement, the Company has the option to acquire the remaining 80 percent of MTD beginning on July 1, 2021
and ending on January 2, 2029. In the event the option is exercised, the companies have agreed to a valuation multiple based on
MTD’s 2018 Earnings Before Interest, Taxes, Depreciation and Amortization ("EBITDA"), with an equitable sharing
arrangement for future EBITDA growth. The Company is applying the equity method of accounting to the MTD investment.
Refer to Note E, Acquisitions and Investments, for further discussion on these transactions.
In the second quarter of 2019, the Company sold its Sargent & Greenleaf mechanical locks business within the Security
segment. The operating results of this business have been reported in the Consolidated Financial Statements through the date of
sale in 2019 and for the years ended December 29, 2018 and December 30, 2017. In the first quarter of 2017, the Company sold
the majority of its mechanical security businesses within the Security segment, which included the commercial hardware
brands of Best Access, phi Precision and GMT, and sold a small business within the Tools & Storage segment. The Company
also sold a small business in the Industrial segment in the third quarter of 2017 and a small business in the Tools & Storage
segment in the fourth quarter of 2017. The operating results of these businesses have been reported in the Consolidated
Financial Statements through their respective dates of sale in 2017. Refer to Note T, Divestitures, for further discussion.
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of
America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the financial statements.
While management believes that the estimates and assumptions used in the preparation of the financial statements are
appropriate, actual results could differ from these estimates. Certain amounts reported in previous years have been reclassified
to conform to the 2019 presentation.
FOREIGN CURRENCY — For foreign operations with functional currencies other than the U.S. dollar, asset and liability
accounts are translated at current exchange rates, while income and expenses are translated using average exchange rates.
Translation adjustments are reported in a separate component of shareowners’ equity and exchange gains and losses on
transactions are included in earnings.
CASH EQUIVALENTS — Highly liquid investments with original maturities of three months or less are considered cash
equivalents.
ACCOUNTS AND FINANCING RECEIVABLE — Trade receivables are stated at gross invoice amounts less discounts,
other allowances and provisions for uncollectible accounts. Financing receivables are initially recorded at fair value, less
impairments or provisions for credit losses. Interest income earned from financing receivables that are not delinquent is
recorded on the effective interest method. The Company considers any financing receivable that has not been collected within
90 days of original billing date as past-due or delinquent. Additionally, the Company considers the credit quality of all past-due
or delinquent financing receivables as nonperforming.
69
ALLOWANCE FOR DOUBTFUL ACCOUNTS — The Company estimates its allowance for doubtful accounts using two
methods. First, a specific reserve is established for individual accounts where information indicates the customers may have an
inability to meet financial obligations. Second, a reserve is determined for all customers based on a range of percentages
applied to aging categories. These percentages are based on historical collection and write-off experience. Actual write-offs are
charged against the allowance when collection efforts have been unsuccessful.
INVENTORIES — U.S. inventories are primarily valued at the lower of Last-In First-Out (“LIFO”) cost or market because
the Company believes it results in better matching of costs and revenues. Other inventories are primarily valued at the lower of
First-In, First-Out (“FIFO”) cost and net realizable value because LIFO is not permitted for statutory reporting outside the U.S.
Refer to Note C, Inventories, for a quantification of the LIFO impact on inventory valuation.
PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT — The Company generally values property, plant and equipment (“PP&E”),
including capitalized software, at historical cost less accumulated depreciation and amortization. Costs related to maintenance
and repairs which do not prolong the asset's useful life are expensed as incurred. Depreciation and amortization are provided
using straight-line methods over the estimated useful lives of the assets as follows:
Land improvements....................................................................................................................................
Buildings ....................................................................................................................................................
Machinery and equipment ..........................................................................................................................
Computer software .....................................................................................................................................
Useful Life
(Years)
10 — 20
40
3 — 15
3 — 7
Leasehold improvements are depreciated over the shorter of the estimated useful life or the term of the lease.
The Company reports depreciation and amortization of property, plant and equipment in cost of sales and selling, general and
administrative expenses based on the nature of the underlying assets. Depreciation and amortization related to the production of
inventory and delivery of services are recorded in cost of sales. Depreciation and amortization related to distribution center
activities, selling and support functions are reported in selling, general and administrative expenses.
The Company assesses its long-lived assets for impairment when indicators that the carrying amounts may not be recoverable
are present. In assessing long-lived assets for impairment, the Company groups its long-lived assets with other assets and
liabilities at the lowest level for which identifiable cash flows are generated (“asset group”) and estimates the undiscounted
future cash flows that are directly associated with, and expected to be generated from, the use of and eventual disposition of the
asset group. If the carrying value is greater than the undiscounted cash flows, an impairment loss must be determined and the
asset group is written down to fair value. The impairment loss is quantified by comparing the carrying amount of the asset
group to the estimated fair value, which is generally determined using weighted-average discounted cash flows that consider
various possible outcomes for the disposition of the asset group.
GOODWILL AND INTANGIBLE ASSETS — Goodwill represents costs in excess of values assigned to the underlying net
assets of acquired businesses. Intangible assets acquired are recorded at estimated fair value. Goodwill and intangible assets
deemed to have indefinite lives are not amortized, but are tested for impairment annually during the third quarter, and at any
time when events suggest an impairment more likely than not has occurred.
To assess goodwill for impairment, the Company, depending on relevant facts and circumstances, performs either a qualitative
assessment or a quantitative analysis utilizing a discounted cash flow valuation model. In performing a qualitative assessment,
the Company first assesses relevant factors to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit
is less than its carrying amount as a basis for determining whether it is necessary to perform the two-step quantitative goodwill
impairment test. The Company identifies and considers the significance of relevant key factors, events, and circumstances that
could affect the fair value of each reporting unit. These factors include external factors such as macroeconomic, industry, and
market conditions, as well as entity-specific factors, such as actual and planned financial performance. The Company also
considers changes in each reporting unit's fair value and carrying amount since the most recent date a fair value measurement
was performed. In performing a quantitative analysis, the Company determines the fair value of a reporting unit using
management’s assumptions about future cash flows based on long-range strategic plans. This approach incorporates many
assumptions including discount rates, future growth rates and expected profitability. In the event the carrying amount of a
reporting unit exceeded its fair value, an impairment loss would be recognized to the extent the carrying amount of the
reporting unit’s goodwill exceeded the implied fair value of the goodwill.
Indefinite-lived intangible assets are tested for impairment utilizing either a qualitative assessment or a quantitative analysis.
For a qualitative assessment, the Company identifies and considers relevant key factors, events, and circumstances to determine
70
whether it is necessary to perform a quantitative impairment test. The key factors considered include macroeconomic, industry,
and market conditions, as well as the asset's actual and forecasted results. For the quantitative impairment tests, the Company
compares the carrying amounts to the current fair market values, usually determined by the estimated cost to lease the assets
from third parties. Intangible assets with definite lives are amortized over their estimated useful lives generally using an
accelerated method. Under this accelerated method, intangible assets are amortized reflecting the pattern over which the
economic benefits of the intangible assets are consumed. Definite-lived intangible assets are also evaluated for impairment
when impairment indicators are present. If the carrying amount exceeds the total undiscounted future cash flows, a discounted
cash flow analysis is performed to determine the fair value of the asset. If the carrying amount of the asset was to exceed the
fair value, it would be written down to fair value. No significant goodwill or other intangible asset impairments were recorded
during 2019, 2018 or 2017.
FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS — Derivative financial instruments are employed to manage risks, including foreign currency,
interest rate exposures and commodity prices and are not used for trading or speculative purposes. As part of the Company’s
risk management program, a variety of financial instruments such as interest rate swaps, currency swaps, purchased currency
options, foreign exchange contracts and commodity contracts, may be used to mitigate interest rate exposure, foreign currency
exposure and commodity price exposure. The Company recognizes all derivative instruments in the balance sheet at fair value.
Changes in the fair value of derivatives are recognized periodically either in earnings or in shareowners’ equity as a component
of other comprehensive income (loss) ("OCI"), depending on whether the derivative financial instrument is undesignated or
qualifies for hedge accounting, and if so, whether it represents a fair value, cash flow, or net investment hedge. Changes in the
fair value of derivatives accounted for as fair value hedges are recorded in earnings in the same caption as the changes in the
fair value of the hedged items. Gains and losses on derivatives designated as cash flow hedges, to the extent they are included
in the assessment of effectiveness, are recorded in OCI and subsequently reclassified to earnings to offset the impact of the
hedged items when they occur. In the event it becomes probable the forecasted transaction to which a cash flow hedge relates
will not occur, the derivative would be terminated and the amount in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) would be
recognized in earnings. Changes in the fair value of derivatives that are designated and qualify as a hedge of the net investment
in foreign operations, to the extent they are included in the assessment of effectiveness, are reported in OCI and are deferred
until disposal of the underlying assets. Gains and losses representing components excluded from the assessment of
effectiveness for cash flow and fair value hedges are recognized in earnings on a straight-line basis in the same caption as the
hedged item over the term of the hedge. Gains and losses representing components excluded from the assessment of
effectiveness for net investment hedges are recognized in earnings on a straight-line basis in Other, net over the term of the
hedge.
The net interest paid or received on interest rate swaps is recognized as interest expense. Gains and losses resulting from the
early termination of interest rate swap agreements are deferred and amortized as adjustments to interest expense over the
remaining period of the debt originally covered by the terminated swap.
Changes in the fair value of derivatives not designated as hedges are reported in Other, net in the Consolidated Statements of
Operations. Refer to Note I, Financial Instruments, for further discussion.
REVENUE RECOGNITION — The Company’s revenues result from the sale of goods or services and reflect the
consideration to which the Company expects to be entitled. The Company records revenue based on a five-step model in
accordance with Accounting Standards Codification ("ASC") 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers ("ASC 606"). For
its contracts with customers, the Company identifies the performance obligations (goods or services), determines the
transaction price, allocates the contract transaction price to the performance obligations, and recognizes the revenue when (or
as) the performance obligation is transferred to the customer. A good or service is transferred when (or as) the customer obtains
control of that good or service. The majority of the Company’s revenues are recorded at a point in time from the sale of tangible
products.
A portion of the Company’s revenues within the Security and Infrastructure businesses is generated from equipment leased to
customers. Customer arrangements are identified as leases if they include transfer of a tangible asset which is provided to the
customer in exchange for payments typically at fixed rates payable monthly, quarterly or annually. Customer leases may
include terms to allow for extension of leases for a short period of time, but typically do not provide for customer termination
prior to the initial term. Some customer leases include terms to allow the customer to purchase the underlying asset, which
occurs occasionally, and virtually no customer leases include residual value guarantee clauses. Within the Security business, the
underlying asset typically has no value at termination of the customer lease, so no residual value asset is recorded in the
financial statements. For Infrastructure business leases, underlying assets are assessed for functionality at termination of the
lease and, if necessary, an impairment to the leased asset value is recorded.
71
Provisions for customer volume rebates, product returns, discounts and allowances are variable consideration and are recorded
as a reduction of revenue in the same period the related sales are recorded. Such provisions are calculated using historical
averages adjusted for any expected changes due to current business conditions. Consideration given to customers for
cooperative advertising is recognized as a reduction of revenue except to the extent that there is a distinct good or service and
evidence of the fair value of the advertising, in which case the expense is classified as selling, general, and administrative
expense.
The Company’s revenues can be generated from contracts with multiple performance obligations. When a contract involves
multiple performance obligations, each obligation is separately identified and the transaction price is allocated based on the
amount of consideration the Company expects to be entitled to in exchange for transferring the promised good or service to the
customer.
Sales of security monitoring systems may have multiple performance obligations, including equipment, installation and
monitoring or maintenance services. In most instances, the Company allocates the appropriate amount of consideration to each
performance obligation based on the standalone selling price ("SSP") of the distinct goods or services performance obligation.
In circumstances where SSP is not observable, the Company allocates the consideration for the performance obligations by
utilizing one of the following methods: expected cost plus margin, the residual approach, or a mix of these estimation methods.
For performance obligations that the Company satisfies over time, revenue is recognized by consistently applying a method of
measuring progress toward complete satisfaction of that performance obligation. The Company utilizes the method that most
accurately depicts the progress toward completion of the performance obligation.
The Company’s contract sales for the installation of security intruder systems and other construction-related projects are
generally recorded under the input method. The input method recognizes revenue on the basis of the Company’s efforts or
inputs to the satisfaction of a performance obligation relative to the total inputs expected to satisfy that performance obligation.
Revenue recognized on security contracts in process are based upon the allocated contract price and related total inputs of the
project at completion. The extent of progress toward completion is generally measured using input methods based on labor
metrics. Revisions to these estimates as contracts progress have the effect of increasing or decreasing profits each period.
Provisions for anticipated losses are made in the period in which they become determinable. The revenues for monitoring and
monitoring-related services are recognized as services are rendered over the contractual period.
The Company utilizes the output method for contract sales in the Oil & Gas product line. The output method recognizes
revenue based on direct measurements of the customer value of the goods or services transferred to date relative to the
remaining goods or services promised under the contract. The output method includes methods such as surveys of performance
completed to date, appraisals of results achieved, milestones reached, time elapsed, and units produced or units delivered.
Contract assets or liabilities result from transactions with revenue recorded over time. If the measure of remaining rights
exceeds the measure of the remaining performance obligations, the Company records a contract asset. Conversely, if the
measure of the remaining performance obligations exceeds the measure of the remaining rights, the Company records a
contract liability.
Incremental costs of obtaining or fulfilling a contract with a customer that are expected to be recovered are recognized and
classified in Other current assets or Other assets in the Consolidated Balance Sheets and are typically amortized over the
contract period. The Company recognizes the incremental costs of obtaining or fulfilling a contract as expense when incurred if
the amortization period of the asset is one year or less.
Customer billings for services not yet rendered are deferred and recognized as revenue as the services are rendered. The
associated deferred revenue is included in Accrued expenses or Other liabilities, as appropriate, in the Consolidated Balance
Sheets.
Refer to Note B, Accounts and Notes Receivable, for further discussion.
COST OF SALES AND SELLING, GENERAL & ADMINISTRATIVE — Cost of sales includes the cost of products and
services provided, reflecting costs of manufacturing and preparing the product for sale. These costs include expenses to acquire
and manufacture products to the point that they are allocable to be sold to customers and costs to perform services pertaining to
service revenues (e.g. installation of security systems, automatic doors, and security monitoring costs). Cost of sales is
primarily comprised of freight, direct materials, direct labor as well as overhead which includes indirect labor and facility and
equipment costs. Cost of sales also includes quality control, procurement and material receiving costs as well as internal
transfer costs. Selling, general & administrative costs ("SG&A") include the cost of selling products as well as administrative
72
function costs. These expenses generally represent the cost of selling and distributing the products once they are available for
sale and primarily include salaries and commissions of the Company’s sales force, distribution costs, notably salaries and
facility costs, as well as administrative expenses for certain support functions and related overhead.
ADVERTISING COSTS — Television advertising is expensed the first time the advertisement airs, whereas other advertising
is expensed as incurred. Advertising costs are classified in SG&A and amounted to $90.4 million in 2019, $101.3 million in
2018 and $123.3 million in 2017. Expense pertaining to cooperative advertising with customers reported as a reduction of Net
Sales was $323.2 million in 2019, $315.8 million in 2018 and $297.4 million in 2017. Cooperative advertising with customers
classified as SG&A expense amounted to $6.9 million in 2019, $5.4 million in 2018 and $6.1 million in 2017.
SALES TAXES — Sales and value added taxes collected from customers and remitted to governmental authorities are
excluded from Net Sales reported in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.
SHIPPING AND HANDLING COSTS — The Company generally does not bill customers for freight. Shipping and handling
costs associated with inbound and outbound freight are reported in Cost of sales. Distribution costs are classified in SG&A and
amounted to $326.7 million, $316.0 million and $279.8 million in 2019, 2018 and 2017, respectively.
STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION — Compensation cost relating to stock-based compensation grants is recognized on a
straight-line basis over the vesting period, which is generally four years. The expense for stock options and restricted stock
units awarded to retirement-eligible employees (those aged 55 and over, and with 10 or more years of service) is recognized on
the grant date, or (if later) by the date they become retirement-eligible.
POSTRETIREMENT DEFINED BENEFIT PLAN — The Company uses the corridor approach to determine expense
recognition for each defined benefit pension and other postretirement plan. The corridor approach defers actuarial gains and
losses resulting from variances between actual and expected results (based on economic estimates or actuarial assumptions) and
amortizes them over future periods. For pension plans, these unrecognized gains and losses are amortized when the net gains
and losses exceed 10% of the greater of the market-related value of plan assets or the projected benefit obligation at the
beginning of the year. For other postretirement benefits, amortization occurs when the net gains and losses exceed 10% of the
accumulated postretirement benefit obligation at the beginning of the year. For ongoing, active plans, the amount in excess of
the corridor is amortized on a straight-line basis over the average remaining service period for active plan participants. For
plans with primarily inactive participants, the amount in excess of the corridor is amortized on a straight-line basis over the
average remaining life expectancy of inactive plan participants.
INCOME TAXES — The Company accounts for income taxes under the asset and liability method in accordance with ASC
740, Income Taxes, which requires the recognition of deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected future tax consequences
of events that have been included in the financial statements. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on the
differences between the financial statements and tax basis of assets and liabilities using the enacted tax rates in effect for the
year in which the differences are expected to reverse. Any changes in tax rates on deferred tax assets and liabilities are
recognized in earnings in the period that includes the enactment date.
The Company records net deferred tax assets to the extent that it is more likely than not that these assets will be realized. In
making this determination, management considers all available positive and negative evidence, including future reversals of
existing temporary differences, estimates of future taxable income, tax-planning strategies, and the realizability of net operating
loss carryforwards. In the event that it is determined that an asset is not more likely that not to be realized, a valuation
allowance is recorded against the asset. Valuation allowances related to deferred tax assets can be impacted by changes to tax
laws, changes to statutory tax rates and future taxable income levels. In the event the Company were to determine that it would
not be able to realize all or a portion of its deferred tax assets in the future, the unrealizable amount would be charged to
earnings in the period in which that determination is made. Conversely, if the Company were to determine that it would be able
to realize deferred tax assets in the future in excess of the net carrying amounts, it would decrease the recorded valuation
allowance through a favorable adjustment to earnings in the period that the determination was made. The Company records
uncertain tax positions in accordance with ASC 740, which requires a two-step process. First, management determines whether
it is more likely than not that a tax position will be sustained based on the technical merits of the position and second, for those
tax positions that meet the more likely than not threshold, management recognizes the largest amount of the tax benefit that is
greater than 50 percent likely to be realized upon ultimate settlement with the related taxing authority. The Company maintains
an accounting policy of recording interest and penalties on uncertain tax positions as a component of Income taxes in the
Consolidated Statements of Operations.
The Company is subject to income tax in a number of locations, including many state and foreign jurisdictions. Significant
judgment is required when calculating the worldwide provision for income taxes. Many factors are considered when evaluating
and estimating the Company's tax positions and tax benefits, which may require periodic adjustments, and which may not
73
accurately anticipate actual outcomes. It is reasonably possible that the amount of the unrecognized benefit with respect to
certain of the Company's unrecognized tax positions will significantly increase or decrease within the next twelve months.
These changes may be the result of settlements of ongoing audits or final decisions in transfer pricing matters. The Company
periodically assesses its liabilities and contingencies for all tax years still subject to audit based on the most current available
information, which involves inherent uncertainty.
On December 22, 2017, the U.S. government enacted comprehensive tax legislation commonly referred to as the Tax Cuts and
Jobs Act (“the Act”). Changes included, but were not limited to, a corporate tax rate decrease from 35% to 21% effective for
tax years beginning after December 31, 2017, changes to U.S. international taxation, and a one-time transition tax on the
mandatory deemed repatriation of cumulative foreign earnings as of December 31, 2017. Pursuant to Staff Accounting Bulletin
No. 118 (“SAB 118”) issued by the SEC in December 2017, issuers were permitted up to one year from the enactment of the
Act to complete the accounting for the income tax effects of the Act (“the measurement period”). The Company completed its
accounting for the tax effects of the Act within the measurement period and those effects are included within Income taxes in
the Consolidated Statements of Operations.
The Act subjects a U.S. shareholder to current tax on global intangible low-taxed income (“GILTI”) earned by certain foreign
subsidiaries. The Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") Staff Q&A, Topic 740, No. 5, Accounting for Global
Intangible Low-Taxed Income, states that an entity can make an accounting policy election to either recognize deferred taxes for
temporary differences expected to reverse as GILTI in future years or provide for the tax expense related to GILTI in the year
the tax is incurred. The Company has elected to recognize the tax on GILTI as a period expense in the period the tax is
incurred.
Refer to Note Q, Income Taxes, for further discussion.
EARNINGS PER SHARE — Basic earnings per share equals net earnings attributable to common shareowners divided by
weighted-average shares outstanding during the year. Diluted earnings per share include the impact of common stock
equivalents using the treasury stock method when the effect is dilutive.
NEW ACCOUNTING STANDARDS ADOPTED — In February 2018, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update
("ASU") 2018-02, Income Statement - Reporting Comprehensive Income (Topic 220). The new guidance permits, but does not
require, companies to reclassify the stranded tax effects of the Act on items within accumulated other comprehensive income to
retained earnings. The Company adopted this standard in the first quarter of 2019 and did not elect to reclassify the stranded tax
effects of the Act on items within accumulated other comprehensive income to retained earnings. The Company uses the
portfolio method for releasing the stranded tax effects from accumulated other comprehensive income.
In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842) ("new lease standard"). The objective of the new lease
standard is to increase transparency and comparability among organizations by requiring recognition of all lease assets and
lease liabilities on the balance sheet and disclosing key information about leasing arrangements. In March 2019, the FASB
issued ASU 2019-01, Codification Improvements, Leases (Topic 842), and in July 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018-10,
Codification Improvements to Topic 842, Leases, and ASU 2018-11, Targeted Improvements, Leases (Topic 842). In December
2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018-20, Leases (Topic 842): Narrow-Scope Improvements for Lessors. These ASUs provided
clarification on how to apply certain aspects of the new lease standard and allowed entities to initially apply the standards from
the adoption date. The Company adopted these standards effective December 30, 2018 utilizing the transition method, which
allowed these standards to be applied as of the adoption date with no adjustment for periods prior to fiscal year 2019. The
Company recorded lease liabilities and a right-of-use asset in its consolidated balance sheet upon adoption. The adoption of
these standards did not impact the Company's consolidated statements of operations, net assets or retained earnings. Refer to
Note B, Accounts and Notes Receivable, and Note R, Commitments and Guarantees, for further discussion.
RECENTLY ISSUED ACCOUNTING STANDARDS NOT YET ADOPTED — In January 2020, the FASB issued ASU
2020-01, Investments-Equity Securities (Topic 321), Investments-Equity Method and Joint Ventures (Topic 323), and
Derivatives and Hedging (Topic 815). The new standard clarifies the interaction of accounting for the transition into and out of
the equity method. The new standard also clarifies the accounting for measuring certain purchased options and forward
contracts to acquire investments. The ASU is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2020, including interim
periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption is permitted, including adoption in an interim period. The Company is
currently evaluating this guidance to determine the impact it may have on its consolidated financial statements.
In December 2019, the FASB issued ASU 2019-12, Income Taxes (Topic 740). The new standard simplifies the accounting for
income taxes by removing certain exceptions for recognizing deferred taxes for investments, performing intra-period allocation
and calculating income taxes in interim periods. The new standard also adds guidance to reduce complexity in certain areas,
including recognizing deferred taxes for tax goodwill and allocating taxes to members of a consolidated group. The ASU is
74
effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2020, including interim periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption
is permitted, including adoption in an interim period. The Company is currently evaluating this guidance to determine the
impact it may have on its consolidated financial statements.
In August 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018-15, Intangibles-Goodwill and Other-Internal-Use Software (Subtopic 350-40):
Customer's Accounting for Implementation Costs Incurred in a Cloud Computing Arrangement that is a Service Contract. The
standard aligns the requirements for capitalizing implementation costs incurred in a hosting arrangement that is a service
contract with the requirements for capitalizing implementation costs incurred to develop or obtain internal-use software. This
ASU is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019, including interim periods within those fiscal years. The
Company will adopt this standard in the first quarter of 2020 and does not expect it to have a material impact on its
consolidated financial statements.
In August 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018-14, Compensation-Retirement Benefits-Defined Benefit Plans-General (Subtopic
715-20). The standard modifies disclosure requirements for employers that sponsor defined benefit pension or other
postretirement plans. The ASU is effective for fiscal years ending after December 15, 2020. Early adoption is permitted. The
Company is currently evaluating this guidance to determine the impact it may have on its consolidated financial statements.
In August 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018-13, Fair Value Measurement (Topic 820). The standard modifies disclosure
requirements of fair value measurements. The ASU is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019, including
interim periods within those fiscal years. The Company will adopt this standard in the first quarter of 2020 and does not expect
it to have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements.
In January 2017, the FASB issued ASU 2017-04, Intangibles-Goodwill and Other (Topic 350). The standard simplifies the
subsequent measurement of goodwill by eliminating the second step of the goodwill impairment test. This ASU will be applied
prospectively and is effective for annual or interim goodwill impairment tests in fiscal years beginning after December 15,
2019. The Company will adopt this standard in the first quarter of 2020.
In June 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-13, Financial Instruments-Credit Losses (Topic 326). The new standard amends the
impairment model by requiring entities to use a forward-looking approach based on expected losses rather than incurred losses
to estimate credit losses on certain types of financial instruments, including trade receivables. This standard is effective for
financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019, including interim periods within those fiscal
years. The Company will adopt this guidance in the first quarter of 2020 and believes the main impact will relate to the
Company's assessment of its allowance for doubtful accounts on trade account receivables and long-term receivables. The
Company does not expect this standard to have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements.
B. ACCOUNTS AND NOTES RECEIVABLE
(Millions of Dollars)
Trade accounts receivable............................................................................................ $
Trade notes receivable .................................................................................................
Other accounts receivable ............................................................................................
Gross accounts and notes receivable............................................................................
Allowance for doubtful accounts .................................................................................
Accounts and notes receivable, net.............................................................................. $
Long-term receivable, net ............................................................................................ $
2019
2018
1,284.0
156.7
126.3
1,567.0
(112.4)
1,454.6
146.1
$
$
$
1,437.1
150.0
122.7
1,709.8
(102.0)
1,607.8
153.7
Trade receivables are dispersed among a large number of retailers, distributors and industrial accounts in many countries.
Adequate reserves have been established to cover anticipated credit losses. Long-term receivables, net of $146.1 million and
$153.7 million at December 28, 2019 and December 29, 2018, respectively, are reported within Other Assets in the
Consolidated Balance Sheets. The Company's financing receivables are predominantly related to certain security equipment
sales-type leases with commercial businesses. As of December 28, 2019, the current portion of finance receivables within Trade
notes receivable approximated $78.2 million. Generally, the Company retains legal title to any equipment under lease and holds
the right to repossess such equipment in an event of default. All financing receivables are interest-bearing and the Company has
not classified any financing receivables as held-for-sale. Interest income earned from financing receivables that are not
delinquent are recorded on the effective interest method.
75
The Company considers any financing receivable that has not been collected within 90 days of original billing date as past-due
or delinquent. The Company's payment terms are generally consistent with the industries in which their businesses operate and
typically range from 30-90 days globally. Additionally, the Company considers the credit quality of all past-due or delinquent
financing receivables as nonperforming. The Company does not adjust the promised amount of consideration for the effects of
a significant financing component when the period between transfer of the product and receipt of payment is less than one year.
Any significant financing components for contracts greater than one year are included in revenue over time.
The following is a summary of the expected timing of receipt of payments from customers on an undiscounted basis as of
December 28, 2019 relating to the Company's lease receivables:
(Millions of Dollars)
Finance receivables..........................
Operating leases ...............................
Total
Within 1
Year
2 Years
3 Years
4 Years
5 Years
$
$
210.5
47.7
$
$
78.2
45.5
$
$
59.7
1.3
$
$
39.8
0.7
$
$
20.6
0.2
$
$
Thereafter
—
$
12.2
— $
—
The following is a summary of lease revenue and sales-type lease profit for the year ended December 28, 2019:
(Millions of Dollars)
Sales-type lease revenue .........................................................................................................................
Lease interest revenue.............................................................................................................................
Operating lease revenue..........................................................................................................................
Total lease revenue .................................................................................................................................
Sales-type lease profit.............................................................................................................................
$
$
$
2019
88.9
12.7
148.9
250.5
35.3
In October 2018, the Company entered into an accounts receivable sale program. According to the terms, the Company sells
certain of its trade accounts receivables at fair value to a wholly owned, consolidated, bankruptcy-remote special purpose
subsidiary (“BRS"). The BRS, in turn, can sell such receivables to a third-party financial institution (“Purchaser”) for cash. The
Purchaser’s maximum cash investment in the receivables at any time is $110.0 million. The purpose of the program is to
provide liquidity to the Company. These transfers qualify as sales under ASC 860, Transfers and Servicing, and receivables are
derecognized from the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets when the BRS sells those receivables to the Purchaser. The
Company has no retained interests in the transferred receivables, other than collection and administrative responsibilities. At
December 28, 2019, the Company did not record a servicing asset or liability related to its retained responsibility based on its
assessment of the servicing fee, market values for similar transactions and its cost of servicing the receivables sold.
At December 28, 2019 and December 29, 2018, net receivables of approximately $100.0 million and $100.1 million,
respectively, were derecognized. Proceeds from transfers of receivables to the Purchaser totaled $495.4 million and $194.3
million for the years ended December 28, 2019 and December 29, 2018, respectively, and payments to the Purchaser totaled
$495.5 million and $94.3 million, respectively. The program resulted in a pre-tax loss of $3.6 million and $0.7 million for the
years ended December 28, 2019 and December 29, 2018, respectively, which included service fees of $0.9 million and $0.2
million, respectively. All cash flows under the program are reported as a component of changes in accounts receivable within
operating activities in the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows since all the cash from the Purchaser is received upon the
initial sale of the receivable.
As of December 28, 2019 and December 29, 2018, the Company's deferred revenue totaled $209.8 million and $202.0 million,
respectively, of which $108.9 million and $98.6 million, respectively, was classified as current. Revenue recognized for the
years ended December 28, 2019 and December 29, 2018 that was previously deferred as of December 29, 2018 and
December 30, 2017 totaled $96.4 million and $89.3 million, respectively.
As of December 28, 2019, approximately $1.118 billion of revenue from long-term contracts primarily in the Security segment
was unearned related to customer contracts which were not completely fulfilled and will be recognized on a decelerating basis
over the next 5 years. This amount excludes any of the Company's contracts with an original expected duration of one year or
less.
76
C. INVENTORIES
(Millions of Dollars)
Finished products ......................................................................................................... $
Work in process............................................................................................................
Raw materials...............................................................................................................
Total ............................................................................................................................. $
2019
2018
1,526.0
162.0
567.0
2,255.0
$
$
1,707.4
150.8
515.3
2,373.5
Net inventories in the amount of $1.1 billion at December 28, 2019 and $1.2 billion at December 29, 2018 were valued at the
lower of LIFO cost or market. If the LIFO method had not been used, inventories would have been higher than reported by
$78.1 million at December 28, 2019 and $44.6 million at December 29, 2018.
D. PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT
(Millions of Dollars)
Land........................................................................................................................... $
Land improvements ...................................................................................................
Buildings....................................................................................................................
Leasehold improvements...........................................................................................
Machinery and equipment .........................................................................................
Computer software ....................................................................................................
Property, plant & equipment, gross ........................................................................... $
Less: accumulated depreciation and amortization.....................................................
Property, plant & equipment, net............................................................................... $
2019
2018
112.2
52.6
630.3
172.1
2,812.8
510.8
4,290.8
(2,331.3)
1,959.5
$
$
$
115.9
52.2
625.6
157.8
2,566.1
452.5
3,970.1
(2,054.9)
1,915.2
Depreciation and amortization expense associated with property, plant and equipment was as follows:
(Millions of Dollars)
Depreciation .......................................................................................... $
Amortization..........................................................................................
Depreciation and amortization expense................................................. $
2019
2018
2017
325.2
47.6
372.8
$
$
288.4
42.8
331.2
$
$
253.6
43.3
296.9
E. ACQUISITIONS AND INVESTMENTS
PENDING ACQUISITION
On January 3, 2020, the Company reached an agreement to acquire Consolidated Aerospace Manufacturing, LLC ("CAM") for
up to $1.5 billion in cash, with $200 million of the purchase price held back and contingent on the Boeing 737 MAX Airplanes
receiving Federal Aviation Administration authorization to return to service and The Boeing Company achieving certain
production levels. CAM is an industry-leading manufacturer of specialty fasteners and components for the aerospace and
defense markets. The Company expects the acquisition to further diversify the Company's presence in the industrial markets
and expand its portfolio of specialty fasteners in the high-growth, high-margin aerospace and defense market. The acquisition
will be accounted for as a business combination using the acquisition method of accounting and consolidated into the
Company's Industrial segment. The transaction is subject to customary closing conditions, including regulatory approval, and is
expected to close in late February 2020.
2019 INVESTMENTS
On January 2, 2019, the Company acquired a 20 percent interest in MTD, a privately held global manufacturer of outdoor
power equipment, for $234 million in cash. With annual revenues of approximately $2.4 billion, MTD manufactures and
distributes gas-powered lawn tractors, zero turn mowers, walk behind mowers, snow throwers, trimmers, chain saws, utility
vehicles and other outdoor power equipment. Under the terms of the agreement, the Company has the option to acquire the
remaining 80 percent of MTD beginning on July 1, 2021 and ending on January 2, 2029. In the event the option is exercised,
the companies have agreed to a valuation multiple based on MTD’s 2018 EBITDA, with an equitable sharing arrangement for
future EBITDA growth. The Company is applying the equity method of accounting to the MTD investment.
77
During 2019, the Company made additional immaterial investments that are not accounted for under the equity method. The
Company acquired less than 20 percent interest in each investment and does not have the ability to significantly influence any
of the investees.
2019 ACQUISITIONS
IES Attachments
On March 8, 2019, the Company acquired IES Attachments for $653.5 million, net of cash acquired. IES Attachments is a
manufacturer of high quality, performance-driven heavy equipment attachment tools for off-highway applications. The
acquisition further diversifies the Company's presence in the industrial markets, expands its portfolio of attachment solutions
and provides a meaningful platform for continued growth. The results of IES Attachments subsequent to the date of acquisition
are included in the Company's Industrial segment.
The IES Attachments acquisition is being accounted for as a business combination using the acquisition method of accounting,
which requires, among other things, certain assets acquired and liabilities assumed to be recognized at their fair values as of the
acquisition date. The estimated acquisition date value of identifiable net assets acquired, which includes $77.9 million of
working capital (primarily inventory), $78.3 million of deferred tax liabilities, and $328.0 million of intangible assets, is $344.7
million. The related goodwill is $308.8 million. The amount allocated to intangible assets includes $304.0 million for customer
relationships. The weighted-average useful life assigned to the intangible assets is 14 years.
Goodwill is calculated as the excess of the consideration transferred over the net assets recognized and represents the expected
cost synergies of the combined business, assembled workforce, and the going concern nature of IES Attachments. It is
estimated that $2.4 million of goodwill, relating to the pre-acquisition historical tax basis of goodwill, will be deductible for tax
purposes.
The purchase price allocation for IES Attachments is substantially complete with the exception of certain opening balance sheet
liabilities and tax matters. The Company will complete its purchase price allocation in the first quarter of 2020. Any
measurement period adjustments resulting from the finalization of the Company’s purchase accounting assessment are not
expected to be material.
A single estimate of fair value results from a complex series of judgments about future events and uncertainties and relies
heavily on estimates and assumptions. The Company’s judgments used to determine the estimated fair value assigned to each
class of assets acquired and liabilities assumed, as well as asset lives, can materially impact the Company’s results from
operations.
Other 2019 Acquisitions
During 2019, the Company completed five smaller acquisitions for $40.8 million, net of cash acquired. The estimated
acquisition date value of the identifiable net assets acquired, which includes $6.0 million of working capital and $8.8 million of
customer relationships, is $19.1 million. The related goodwill is $21.7 million. The useful lives assigned to the customer
relationships range from 8 to 10 years. The results of these acquisitions subsequent to the dates of acquisition are included in
the Company's Industrial and Security segments. The acquisition accounting for these acquisitions is substantially complete
with the exception of certain minor items and will be completed within the measurement period.
2018 ACQUISITIONS
Nelson Fastener Systems
On April 2, 2018, the Company acquired Nelson for $424.2 million, net of cash acquired. Nelson is complementary to the
Company's product offerings, enhances its presence in the general industrial end markets, and expands its portfolio of highly-
engineered fastening solutions. The results of Nelson are included in the Company's Industrial segment.
The Nelson acquisition was accounted for as a business combination using the acquisition method of accounting. The
acquisition date value of identifiable net assets acquired, which included $64.2 million of working capital and $167.0 million of
intangible assets, was $211.8 million. The related goodwill was $216.9 million. The amount allocated to intangible assets
included $149.0 million for customer relationships. The useful lives assigned to the intangible assets ranged from 12 to 15
years.
78
Goodwill was calculated as the excess of the consideration transferred over the net assets recognized and represents the
expected cost synergies of the combined business, assembled workforce, and the going concern nature of Nelson. Goodwill is
not expected to be deductible for tax purposes.
The acquisition accounting for Nelson is complete. The measurement period adjustments recorded in 2019 did not have a
material impact to the Company's Consolidated Financial Statements.
Other 2018 Acquisitions
During 2018, the Company completed six smaller acquisitions for a total purchase price of $104.5 million, net of cash acquired.
The acquisition date value of the identifiable net assets acquired, which included $13.4 million of working capital and $35.5
million of intangible assets, was $38.1 million. The related goodwill was $66.4 million. The amount allocated to intangible
assets included $32.0 million for customer relationships. The useful lives assigned to intangible assets ranged from 10 to 14
years.
The acquisition accounting for these acquisitions is complete. The measurement period adjustments recorded in 2019 did not
have a material impact to the Company's Consolidated Financial Statements.
2017 ACQUISITIONS
Newell Tools
On March 9, 2017, the Company acquired Newell Tools for approximately $1.86 billion, net of cash acquired. The Newell
Tools results are included in the Company's Tools & Storage segment.
The Newell Tools acquisition was accounted for as a business combination using the acquisition method of accounting. The
purchase price allocation for Newell Tools was completed in 2018. The measurement period adjustments recorded in 2018 did
not have a material impact on the Company's Consolidated Financial Statements. The following table summarizes the
acquisition date value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed:
(Millions of Dollars)
Cash and cash equivalents........................................................................................................................ $
Accounts and notes receivable, net ..........................................................................................................
Inventories, net .........................................................................................................................................
Prepaid expenses and other current assets................................................................................................
Property, plant and equipment, net...........................................................................................................
Trade names .............................................................................................................................................
Customer relationships.............................................................................................................................
Other assets ..............................................................................................................................................
Accounts payable .....................................................................................................................................
Accrued expenses .....................................................................................................................................
Deferred taxes ..........................................................................................................................................
Other liabilities.........................................................................................................................................
Total identifiable net assets ...................................................................................................................... $
Goodwill...................................................................................................................................................
Total consideration paid ........................................................................................................................... $
20.0
19.7
195.5
27.1
112.4
283.0
548.0
8.8
(70.3)
(40.7)
(269.4)
(7.9)
826.2
1,031.8
1,858.0
The trade names were determined to have indefinite lives. The weighted-average useful life assigned to the customer
relationships was 15 years.
Goodwill was calculated as the excess of the consideration transferred over the net assets recognized and represents the
expected revenue and cost synergies of the combined business, assembled workforce, and the going concern nature of Newell
Tools. It is estimated that $15.7 million of goodwill, relating to the pre-acquisition historical tax basis of goodwill, will be
deductible for tax purposes.
Craftsman Brand
79
On March 8, 2017, the Company purchased the Craftsman® brand from Sears Holdings Corporation ("Sears Holdings") for a
total estimated cash purchase price of $936.7 million on a discounted basis, which consisted of an initial cash payment of
$568.2 million, a cash payment due in March 2020 with an estimated present value at acquisition date of $234.0 million, and
future payments to Sears Holdings of between 2.5% and 3.5% on sales of Craftsman products in new Stanley Black & Decker
channels through March 2032, which was valued at $134.5 million at the acquisition date based on estimated future sales
projections. Refer to Note M, Fair Value Measurements, for additional details. In addition, as part of the acquisition the
Company also granted a perpetual license to Sears Holdings to continue selling Craftsman®-branded products in Sears
Holdings-related channels. The perpetual license will be royalty-free until March 2032, which represented an estimated value at
acquisition date of approximately $293.0 million, and 3% thereafter. The Craftsman results are included in the Company's
Tools & Storage segment.
The Craftsman® brand acquisition was accounted for as a business combination using the acquisition method of accounting.
The purchase price allocation for Craftsman was completed during 2018. The measurement period adjustments recorded in
2018 did not have a material impact on the Company's Consolidated Financial Statements. The acquisition date value of
identifiable net assets acquired, which included $40.2 million of working capital and $418.0 million of intangible assets, was
$482.6 million. The related goodwill was $747.1 million. The amount allocated to intangible assets included $396.0 million of
an indefinite-lived trade name. The useful life assigned to the customer relationships was 17 years.
Goodwill was calculated as the excess of the consideration transferred over the net assets recognized and represents the
expected revenue and cost synergies of the combined business and the going concern nature of the Craftsman® brand. It is
estimated that $442.7 million of goodwill will be deductible for tax purposes.
Other 2017 Acquisitions
During 2017, the Company completed four smaller acquisitions for a total purchase price of $182.9 million, net of cash
acquired. The results of these acquisitions subsequent to the dates of acquisition are included in the Company's Tools & Storage
and Security segments. The purchase price allocation for these acquisitions was completed in 2018. The acquisition date value
of the identifiable net assets acquired, which included $35.3 million of working capital and $54.4 million of intangible assets,
was $88.1 million. The related goodwill was $94.8 million. The amount allocated to intangible assets included $51.4 million
for customer relationships. The useful lives assigned to the customer relationships ranged between 10 and 15 years.
ACTUAL AND PRO-FORMA IMPACT FROM ACQUISITIONS
Actual Impact from Acquisitions
The net sales and net loss from the 2019 acquisitions included in the Company's Consolidated Statements of Operations for the
year ended December 28, 2019 are shown in the table below. The net loss includes amortization relating to intangible assets
recorded upon acquisition, inventory step-up charges, transaction costs, and other integration-related costs.
(Millions of Dollars)
Net sales............................................................................................................................................................... $
Net loss attributable to common shareowners..................................................................................................... $
2019
291.1
(1.7)
Pro-forma Impact from Acquisitions
The following table presents supplemental pro-forma information as if the 2019 acquisitions had occurred on December 31,
2017 and the 2018 acquisitions had occurred on January 1, 2017. The pro-forma consolidated results are not necessarily
indicative of what the Company’s consolidated net sales and net earnings would have been had the Company completed the
acquisitions on the aforementioned dates. In addition, the pro-forma consolidated results do not purport to project the future
results of the Company.
80
(Millions of Dollars, except per share amounts)
Net sales ........................................................................................................................................ $
Net earnings attributable to common shareowners .......................................................................
Diluted earnings per share............................................................................................................. $
2019
14,524.6
977.8
6.49
$
$
2018
14,448.6
620.3
4.09
2019 Pro-forma Results
The 2019 pro-forma results were calculated by combining the results of Stanley Black & Decker with the stand-alone results of
the 2019 acquisitions for their respective pre-acquisition periods. Accordingly the following adjustments were made:
• Elimination of the historical pre-acquisition intangible asset amortization expense and the addition of intangible asset
amortization expense related to intangibles valued as part of the purchase price allocation that would have been
incurred from December 30, 2018 to the acquisition dates.
• Additional depreciation expense for the property, plant, and equipment fair value adjustments that would have been
incurred from December 30, 2018 to the acquisition date of IES Attachments.
• Because the 2019 acquisitions were assumed to occur on December 31, 2017, there were no acquisition-related costs
or inventory step-up charges factored into the 2019 pro-forma year, as such expenses would have occurred in the first
year following the assumed acquisition date.
2018 Pro-forma Results
The 2018 pro-forma results were calculated by combining the results of Stanley Black & Decker with the stand-alone results of
the 2018 and 2019 acquisitions for their respective pre-acquisition periods. Accordingly the following adjustments were made:
• Elimination of the historical pre-acquisition intangible asset amortization expense and the addition of intangible asset
amortization expense related to intangibles valued as part of the purchase price allocation that would have been
incurred from December 31, 2017 to the acquisition dates of the 2018 acquisitions and for the year ended
December 29, 2018 for the 2019 acquisitions.
• Additional depreciation expense for the property, plant, and equipment fair value adjustments that would have been
incurred from December 31, 2017 to the acquisition date of Nelson and for the year ended December 29, 2018 for the
IES acquisition.
• Additional expense for acquisition-related costs and inventory step-up charges relating to the 2019 acquisitions, as
such expenses would have been incurred during the year ended December 29, 2018.
• Because the 2018 acquisitions were assumed to occur on January 1, 2017, there were no acquisition-related costs or
inventory step-up charges factored into the 2018 pro-forma period, as such expenses relating to the 2018 acquisitions
would have occurred in the first year following the assumed acquisition date.
F. GOODWILL AND INTANGIBLE ASSETS
GOODWILL — The changes in the carrying amount of goodwill by segment are as follows:
(Millions of Dollars)
Balance December 30, 2017................................................................ $
Acquisitions ..........................................................................................
Foreign currency translation and other .................................................
Balance December 29, 2018................................................................ $
Acquisitions ..........................................................................................
Foreign currency translation and other .................................................
Balance December 28, 2019................................................................ $
Tools &
Storage
Industrial
Security
5,189.7
59.8
(95.2)
5,154.3
(1.3)
8.8
5,161.8
$
$
$
1,454.4
225.5
(0.2)
1,679.7
320.5
(4.7)
1,995.5
$
$
$
2,132.0
55.0
(64.3)
2,122.7
8.2
(50.7)
2,080.2
$
$
$
Total
8,776.1
340.3
(159.7)
8,956.7
327.4
(46.6)
9,237.5
81
In accordance with ASC 350, Intangibles - Goodwill and Other, a portion of the goodwill associated with the Security segment
was allocated to the aforementioned Sargent & Greenleaf divestiture based on the relative fair value of the business disposed of
and the portion of the reporting unit that was retained. Accordingly, goodwill for the Security segment was reduced by $33.8
million and included in the gain on sale of Sargent & Greenleaf in 2019. Refer to Note T, Divestitures, for further discussion.
As required by the Company's policy, goodwill and indefinite-lived trade names were tested for impairment in the third quarter
of 2019. The Company assessed the fair values of two of its reporting units utilizing a discounted cash flow valuation model
and determined that the fair values exceeded the respective carrying amounts. The key assumptions used were discount rates
and perpetual growth rates applied to cash flow projections. Also inherent in the discounted cash flow valuations were near-
term revenue growth rates over the next five years. These assumptions contemplated business, market and overall
economic conditions. For the remaining three reporting units, the Company determined qualitatively that it was not more likely
than not that goodwill was impaired, and thus, the quantitative goodwill impairment test was not required. In making this
determination, the Company considered the significant excess of fair value over carrying amount as calculated in the most
recent quantitative analysis, each reporting unit's 2019 performance compared to prior year and their respective industries,
analyst multiples and other positive qualitative information. Based on the results of the annual impairment testing performed in
the third quarter of 2019, the Company determined that the fair values of each of its reporting units exceeded their respective
carrying amounts.
The fair values of the Company's indefinite-lived trade names were assessed using quantitative analyses, which utilized
discounted cash flow valuation models taking into consideration appropriate discount rates, royalty rates and perpetual growth
rates applied to projected sales. Based on the results of this testing, the Company determined that the fair values of each of its
indefinite-lived trade names exceeded their respective carrying amounts.
INTANGIBLE ASSETS — Intangible assets at December 28, 2019 and December 29, 2018 were as follows:
(Millions of Dollars)
Amortized Intangible Assets — Definite lives
2019
2018
Gross
Carrying
Amount
Accumulated
Amortization
Gross
Carrying
Amount
Accumulated
Amortization
Patents and copyrights............................................ $
Trade names ...........................................................
Customer relationships...........................................
Other intangible assets ...........................................
Total ............................................................................... $
42.4
194.5
2,739.0
233.1
3,209.0
$
$
(41.5) $
(127.2)
(1,421.7)
(182.9)
(1,773.3) $
42.5
170.8
2,435.0
236.1
2,884.4
$
$
(40.6)
(114.9)
(1,269.8)
(173.6)
(1,598.9)
Indefinite-lived trade names totaled $2.186 billion at December 28, 2019 and $2.199 billion at December 29, 2018. The year-
over-year change is due to currency fluctuations.
Intangible assets amortization expense by segment was as follows:
(Millions of Dollars)
Tools & Storage...................................................................................... $
Industrial.................................................................................................
Security...................................................................................................
Consolidated........................................................................................... $
2019
2018
2017
73.1
69.6
44.7
187.4
$
$
75.5
50.7
49.1
175.3
$
$
68.0
45.4
50.4
163.8
Future amortization expense in each of the next five years amounts to $175.1 million for 2020, $166.5 million for 2021, $157.3
million for 2022, $148.3 million for 2023, $139.5 million for 2024 and $649.0 million thereafter.
82
G. ACCRUED EXPENSES
Accrued expenses at December 28, 2019 and December 29, 2018 were as follows:
(Millions of Dollars)
Payroll and related taxes .............................................................................................. $
Income and other taxes ................................................................................................
Customer rebates and sales returns ..............................................................................
Insurance and benefits..................................................................................................
Restructuring costs.......................................................................................................
Derivative financial instruments ..................................................................................
Warranty costs ..............................................................................................................
Deferred revenue..........................................................................................................
Freight costs .................................................................................................................
Environmental costs.....................................................................................................
Deferred purchase price ...............................................................................................
Current lease liability...................................................................................................
2019
2018
$
262.4
243.9
112.0
69.8
147.8
22.4
69.6
108.9
72.9
57.8
249.2
141.3
297.0
67.5
116.6
69.4
108.8
7.5
65.5
98.6
87.3
58.1
—
—
Other ............................................................................................................................
Total ............................................................................................................................. $
419.5
1,977.5
$
413.5
1,389.8
H. LONG-TERM DEBT AND FINANCING ARRANGEMENTS
Long-term debt and financing arrangements at December 28, 2019 and December 29, 2018 were as follows:
(Millions of Dollars)
Interest
Rate
Original
Notional
Unamortized
Discount
December 28, 2019
December 29,
2018
Unamortized
Gain (Loss)
Terminated
Swaps1
Purchase
Accounting
FV
Adjustment
Deferred
Financing
Fees
Carrying
Value
Carrying
Value
Notes payable due 2021 ............
3.40% $
400.0 $
(0.1) $
6.7 $
— $
(0.6) $
406.0
$
2.90%
3.40%
7.05%
4.25%
5.20%
4.85%
5.75%
7.08%
0.00% -
4.50%
Notes payable due 2022 ............
Notes payable due 2026 ............
Notes payable due 2028 ............
Notes payable due 2028 ............
Notes payable due 2040 ............
Notes payable due 2048 ............
Notes payable due 2052 (junior
subordinated) .............................
Notes payable due 2053 (junior
subordinated) .............................
Other, payable in varying
amounts through 20222..............
Total long-term debt, including
current maturities.......................
Less: Current maturities of
long-term debt ...........................
754.3
500.0
150.0
500.0
400.0
500.0
—
—
—
(0.2)
(0.6)
—
(0.3)
(0.2)
(0.5)
—
—
—
—
—
9.3
—
(30.5)
—
—
—
—
—
—
9.0
—
—
—
—
—
—
(1.8)
(2.9)
—
(3.9)
(2.8)
(5.4)
—
—
—
752.3
496.5
168.3
495.8
366.5
494.1
—
—
—
409.1
751.6
—
170.4
495.7
364.9
494.4
731.6
396.7
7.9
$
3,204.3 $
(1.9) $
(14.5) $
9.0 $
(17.4) $
3,179.5
$
3,822.3
(3.1)
(2.5)
Long-term debt ..........................
1 Unamortized gain (loss) associated with interest rate swaps are more fully discussed in Note I, Financial Instruments.
2 Finance lease balances as of December 29, 2018 have been reclassified to lease liabilities in accordance with the adoption of the new lease standard in the first
quarter of 2019. Refer to Note A, Significant Accounting Policies.
3,176.4
3,819.8
$
$
As of December 28, 2019, the aggregate annual principal maturities of long-term debt for the next five years and thereafter are
as follows: no principal maturities in 2020, $400.0 million in 2021, $754.3 million in 2022, no principal maturities in 2023 or
2024, and $2.050 billion thereafter. These maturities represent the principal amounts to be paid and accordingly exclude the
remaining $9.0 million of unamortized fair value adjustments made in purchase accounting, which increased the Black &
Decker note payable due 2028, as well as a net loss of $16.4 million pertaining to unamortized termination gains and losses on
interest rate swaps and unamortized discounts on the notes as described in Note I, Financial Instruments, and $17.4 million of
83
unamortized deferred financing fees. Interest paid during 2019, 2018 and 2017 amounted to $252.9 million, $249.6 million and
$198.3 million, respectively.
In February 2020, the Company issued $750.0 million of senior unsecured term notes maturing March 15, 2030 ("2030 Term
Notes") and $750.0 million of fixed-to-fixed reset rate junior subordinated debentures maturing March 15, 2060 (“2060 Junior
Subordinated Debentures”). The 2030 Term Notes will accrue interest at a fixed rate of 2.3% per annum, with interest payable
semi-annually in arrears, and rank equally in right of payment with all of the Company's existing and future unsecured and
unsubordinated debt. The 2060 Junior Subordinated Debentures will bear interest at a fixed rate of 4.0% per annum, payable
semi-annually in arrears, up to but excluding March 15, 2025. From and including March 15, 2025, the interest rate will be
reset for each subsequent five-year reset period equal to the Five-Year Treasury Rate plus 2.657%. The Five-Year Treasury
Rate is based on the average yields on actively traded U.S. treasury securities adjusted to constant maturity, for five-year
maturities. On each five-year reset date, the 2060 Junior Subordinated Debentures can be called at par value. The 2060 Junior
Subordinated Debentures are unsecured and rank subordinate and junior in right of payment to all of the Company’s existing
and future senior debt. The Company received total net proceeds from these offerings of approximately $1.487 billion, which
reflected approximately $13.4 million of underwriting expenses and other fees associated with the transactions. The net
proceeds from the offering will be used for general corporate purposes, including acquisition funding and repayment of short-
term borrowings.
In March 2019, the Company issued $500.0 million of senior unsecured notes maturing on March 1, 2026 ("2026 Term
Notes"). The 2026 Term Notes accrue interest at a fixed rate of 3.40% per annum with interest payable semi-annually in arrears.
The 2026 Term Notes rank equally in right of payment with all of the Company's existing and future unsecured and
unsubordinated debt. The Company received net cash proceeds of $496.2 million which reflected the notional amount offset by
a discount, underwriting expenses, and other fees associated with the transaction. The Company used the net proceeds from the
offering for general corporate purposes, including repayment of other borrowings.
In November 2018, the Company issued $500.0 million of senior unsecured notes maturing on November 15, 2028 ("2028
Term Notes") and $500.0 million of senior unsecured notes maturing on November 15, 2048 ("2048 Term Notes"). The 2028
Term Notes and 2048 Term Notes accrue interest at fixed rates of 4.25% per annum and 4.85% per annum, respectively, with
interest payable semi-annually in arrears on both notes. The notes are unsecured and rank equally with all of the Company's
existing and future unsecured and unsubordinated debt. The Company received net proceeds of $990.0 million which reflected
a discount of $0.9 million and $9.1 million of underwriting expenses and other fees associated with the transaction. The
Company used the net proceeds from the offering for general corporate purposes, including repayment of other borrowings.
Contemporaneously with the issuance of the 2028 Term Notes and 2048 Term Notes, the Company paid $977.5 million to settle
its remaining obligations of two unsecured notes which matured in November 2018.
In December 2013, the Company issued $400.0 million aggregate principal amount of 5.75% fixed-to-floating rate junior
subordinated debentures maturing December 15, 2053 (“2053 Junior Subordinated Debentures”). The 2053 Junior
Subordinated Debentures bore interest at a fixed rate of 5.75% per annum, payable semi-annually in arrears to, but excluding
December 15, 2018. From and including December 15, 2018, the 2053 Junior Subordinated Debentures bore interest at an
annual rate equal to three-month LIBOR plus 4.304%, payable quarterly in arrears. In February 2019, the Company redeemed
all of the outstanding 2053 Junior Subordinated Debentures for $405.7 million, which represented 100% of the principal
amount plus accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption date. The Company recognized a net pre-tax loss of $3.2 million
from the redemption, which was comprised of a $7.8 million loss related to the write-off of deferred financing fees partially
offset by a $4.6 million gain relating to an unamortized terminated interest rate swap as described in more detailed in Note I,
Financial Instruments.
In November 2012, the Company issued $800.0 million of senior unsecured term notes, maturing on November 1, 2022 (“2022
Term Notes”) with fixed interest payable semi-annually, in arrears, at a rate of 2.90% per annum. The 2022 Term Notes are
unsecured and rank equally with all of the Company's existing and future unsecured and unsubordinated debt. The Company
received net proceeds of $793.9 million, which reflected a discount of $0.7 million and $5.4 million of underwriting expenses
and other fees associated with the transaction. The Company used the net proceeds from the offering for general corporate
purposes, including repayment of short-term borrowings. The 2022 Term Notes include a Change of Control provision that
would apply should a Change of Control event (as defined in the Indenture governing the 2022 Term Notes) occur. The Change
of Control provision states that the holders of the 2022 Term Notes may require the Company to repurchase, in cash, all of the
outstanding 2022 Term Notes for a purchase price at 101.0% of the original principal amount, plus any accrued and unpaid
interest outstanding up to the repurchase date. In December 2014, the Company repurchased $45.7 million of the 2022 Term
Notes and paid $45.3 million in cash and recognized a net pre-tax gain of less than $0.1 million after expensing $0.3 million of
related loan discount costs and deferred financing fees. At December 28, 2019, the carrying value of the 2022 Term Notes
includes $0.2 million of unamortized discount.
84
In July 2012, the Company issued $750.0 million of junior subordinated debentures, maturing on July 25, 2052 (“2052 Junior
Subordinated Debentures”) with fixed interest payable quarterly, in arrears, at a rate of 5.75% per annum. In December 2019,
the Company redeemed all of the outstanding 2052 Junior Subordinated Debentures for $760.5 million, which represented
100% of the principal amount plus accrued and unpaid interest. The Company recognized a pre-tax loss of $17.9 million from
the redemption related to the write-off of unamortized deferred financing fees.
Commercial Paper and Credit Facilities
The Company has a $3.0 billion commercial paper program which includes Euro denominated borrowings in addition to U.S.
Dollars. As of December 28, 2019, the Company had $335.5 million of borrowings outstanding representing Euro denominated
commercial paper, which was designated as a net investment hedge. As of December 29, 2018, the Company had $373.0
million of borrowings outstanding, of which approximately $228.9 million in Euro denominated commercial paper was
designated as a net investment hedge. Refer to Note I, Financial Instruments, for further discussion.
The Company has a five-year $2.0 billion committed credit facility (the "5-Year Credit Agreement"). Borrowings under the 5-
Year Credit Agreement may be made in U.S. Dollars, Euros or Pounds Sterling. A sub-limit amount of $653.3 million is
designated for swing line advances which may be drawn in Euros pursuant to the terms of the 5-Year Credit Agreement.
Borrowings bear interest at a floating rate plus an applicable margin dependent upon the denomination of the borrowing and
specific terms of the 5-Year Credit Agreement. The Company must repay all advances under the 5-Year Credit Agreement by
the earlier of September 12, 2023 or upon termination. The 5-Year Credit Agreement is designated to be a liquidity back-stop
for the Company's $3.0 billion U.S. Dollar and Euro commercial paper program. As of December 28, 2019 and December 29,
2018, the Company had not drawn on its five-year committed credit facility.
In September 2019, the Company terminated its 364-day $1.0 billion committed credit facility and concurrently executed a new
364-Day $1.0 billion committed credit facility (the "September 364-Day Credit Agreement"). Borrowings under the September
364-Day Credit Agreement may be made in U.S. Dollars or Euros and bear interest at a floating rate plus an applicable margin
dependent upon the denomination of the borrowing and pursuant to the terms of the September 364-Day Credit Agreement. The
Company must repay all advances under the September 364-Day Credit Agreement by the earlier of September 9, 2020 or upon
termination. The Company may, however, convert all advances outstanding upon termination into a term loan that shall be
repaid in full no later than the first anniversary of the termination date provided that the Company, among other things, pays a
fee to the administrative agent for the account of each lender. The September 364-Day Credit Agreement serves as part of the
liquidity back-stop for the Company’s $3.0 billion U.S. Dollar and Euro commercial paper program. As of December 28, 2019
and December 29, 2018, the Company had not drawn on its September 364-Day committed credit facility.
In addition, the Company has other short-term lines of credit that are primarily uncommitted, with numerous banks,
aggregating to $521.2 million, of which $432.5 million was available at December 28, 2019. Short-term arrangements are
reviewed annually for renewal.
At December 28, 2019, the aggregate amount of committed and uncommitted lines of credit, long-term and short-term, was
$3.5 billion. At December 28, 2019, $337.3 million was recorded as short-term borrowings relating to commercial paper and
amounts outstanding against uncommitted lines. In addition, $88.8 million of the short-term credit lines was utilized primarily
pertaining to outstanding letters of credit for which there are no required or reported debt balances. The weighted-average
interest rates on U.S. dollar denominated short-term borrowings for the years ended December 28, 2019 and December 29,
2018 was 2.3%. The weighted-average interest rate on Euro denominated short-term borrowings for the years ended
December 28, 2019 and December 29, 2018 was negative 0.3%.
I. FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
In the first quarter of 2018, the Company elected to early adopt ASU 2017-12, Derivatives and Hedging (Topic 815): Targeted
Improvements to Accounting for Hedge Activities, which amended the hedge accounting recognition and presentation requirements
of ASC 815. ASU 2017-12 required the presentation and disclosure requirements to be applied prospectively and as a result, certain
disclosures for fiscal year 2017 conform to the presentation and disclosure requirements prior to the adoption.
The Company is exposed to market risk from changes in foreign currency exchange rates, interest rates, stock prices and
commodity prices. As part of the Company’s risk management program, a variety of financial instruments such as interest rate
swaps, currency swaps, purchased currency options, foreign exchange contracts and commodity contracts, may be used to
mitigate interest rate exposure, foreign currency exposure and commodity price exposure.
85
If the Company elects to do so and if the instrument meets the criteria specified in ASC 815, management designates its
derivative instruments as cash flow hedges, fair value hedges or net investment hedges. Generally, commodity price exposures
are not hedged with derivative financial instruments and instead are actively managed through customer pricing initiatives,
procurement-driven cost reduction initiatives and other productivity improvement projects. Financial instruments are not
utilized for speculative purposes.
A summary of the fair values of the Company’s derivatives recorded in the Consolidated Balance Sheets at December 28, 2019
and December 29, 2018 follows:
(Millions of Dollars)
Derivatives designated as hedging
instruments:
Balance Sheet
Classification
2019
2018
Balance Sheet
Classification
2019
2018
Interest Rate Contracts Cash Flow ... LT other assets..................
Foreign Exchange Contracts Cash
Flow .................................................. Other current assets ..........
Net Investment Hedge ...................... Other current assets ..........
LT other assets..................
$ — $ — LT other liabilities ............
$
40.5
$ —
7.0
18.6
—
18.1 Accrued expenses.............
5.7 Accrued expenses.............
— LT other liabilities ............
7.8
8.5
2.6
0.6
1.5
13.8
Non-derivative designated as
hedging instrument:
Net Investment Hedge ......................
Total Designated as hedging
instruments
Derivatives not designated as
hedging instruments:
—
— Short-term borrowings .....
335.5
228.9
$
25.6
$
23.8
$ 394.9
$ 244.8
Foreign Exchange Contracts............. Other current assets ..........
Total .................................................
$
$
3.7
29.3
$
$
9.1 Accrued expenses.............
$
6.1
$
5.4
32.9
$ 401.0
$ 250.2
The counterparties to all of the above mentioned financial instruments are major international financial institutions. The
Company is exposed to credit risk for net exchanges under these agreements, but not for the notional amounts. The credit risk is
limited to the asset amounts noted above. The Company limits its exposure and concentration of risk by contracting with
diverse financial institutions and does not anticipate non-performance by any of its counterparties. Further, as more fully
discussed in Note M, Fair Value Measurements, the Company considers non-performance risk of its counterparties at each
reporting period and adjusts the carrying value of these assets accordingly. The risk of default is considered remote. As of
December 28, 2019 and December 29, 2018, there were no assets that had been posted as collateral related to the above
mentioned financial instruments.
In 2019, 2018 and 2017, cash flows related to derivatives, including those that are separately discussed below, resulted in net
cash received of $69.9 million, $2.4 million and $2.6 million, respectively.
CASH FLOW HEDGES — There were after-tax mark-to-market losses of $54.2 million and $26.8 million as of
December 28, 2019 and December 29, 2018, respectively, reported for cash flow hedge effectiveness in Accumulated other
comprehensive loss. An after-tax loss of $7.4 million is expected to be reclassified to earnings as the hedged transactions occur
or as amounts are amortized within the next twelve months. The ultimate amount recognized will vary based on fluctuations of
the hedged currencies and interest rates through the maturity dates.
The tables below detail pre-tax amounts of derivatives designated as cash flow hedges in Accumulated other comprehensive
loss for active derivatives during the periods in which the underlying hedged transactions affected earnings for 2019, 2018 and
2017:
2019 (Millions of Dollars)
Gain (Loss)
Recorded in OCI
Classification of
Gain (Loss)
Reclassified from
OCI to Income
Gain (Loss)
Reclassified from
OCI to Income
Gain (Loss)
Recognized in
Income on Amounts
Excluded from
Effectiveness Testing
Interest Rate Contracts...............................
Foreign Exchange Contracts ......................
$
$
(40.5)
Interest expense
(16.7) Cost of sales
$
$
(16.2) $
(6.5) $
—
—
86
2018 (Millions of Dollars)
Interest Rate Contracts...............................
Foreign Exchange Contracts ......................
2017 (Millions of Dollars)
Interest Rate Contracts...............................
Foreign Exchange Contracts ......................
Gain (Loss)
Recorded in OCI
Classification of
Gain (Loss)
Reclassified from
OCI to Income
Gain (Loss)
Reclassified from
OCI to Income
Gain (Loss)
Recognized in
Income on Amounts
Excluded from
Effectiveness Testing
$
$
$
$
33.1
Interest expense
35.9 Cost of sales
Gain (Loss)
Recorded in OCI
Classification of
Gain (Loss)
Reclassified from
OCI to Income
(8.4)
Interest expense
(66.6) Cost of sales
$
$
$
$
(15.3) $
(17.9) $
—
—
Gain (Loss)
Reclassified from
OCI to Income
(Effective Portion)
Gain (Loss)
Recognized in
Income
(Ineffective Portion*)
— $
8.4
$
—
—
* Includes ineffective portion and amount excluded from effectiveness testing on derivatives.
A summary of the pre-tax effect of cash flow hedge accounting on the Consolidated Statements of Operations for 2019 and
2018 is as follows:
(Millions of dollars)
Total amount in the Consolidated Statements of Operations in which the
effects of the cash flow hedges are recorded....................................................... $ 9,636.7
Gain (loss) on cash flow hedging relationships:
Cost of
Sales
Interest
Expense
Cost of
Sales
Interest
Expense
$
284.3
$ 9,131.3
$
277.9
2019
2018
Foreign Exchange Contracts:
Hedged Items .................................................................................................... $
Gain (loss) reclassified from OCI into Income ................................................. $
6.5
$
(6.5) $
— $
— $
17.9
$
(17.9) $
—
—
Interest Rate Swap Agreements:
Gain (loss) reclassified from OCI into Income 1............................................... $
— $
(16.2) $
— $
(15.3)
1 Inclusive of the gain/loss amortization on terminated derivative financial instruments.
For 2017, the hedged items’ impact to the Consolidated Statement of Operations was a loss of $8.4 million in Cost of Sales
offsetting the amount shown above. There was no impact related to the interest rate contracts’ hedged items for any period
presented.
For 2019, 2018 and 2017 after-tax losses of $13.1 million, $15.4 million, and $4.7 million, respectively, were reclassified from
Accumulated other comprehensive loss into earnings (inclusive of the gain/loss amortization on terminated derivative financial
instruments) during the periods in which the underlying hedged transactions affected earnings.
Interest Rate Contracts: The Company enters into interest rate swap agreements in order to obtain the lowest cost source of
funds within a targeted range of variable to fixed-rate debt proportions. During 2019, the Company entered into forward
starting interest rate swaps totaling $650.0 million to offset expected variability on future interest rate payments associated with
debt instruments expected to be issued in the future. During 2019, swaps with a notional amount of $250.0 million matured
resulting in a loss of $1.0 million, which was recorded in Accumulated other comprehensive loss and is being amortized to
earnings as interest expense over future periods. The cash flows stemming from the maturity of such interest rate swaps
designated as cash flow hedges are presented within other financing activities in the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows.
As of December 28, 2019, the Company had $400 million of forward starting swaps outstanding. As of December 30, 2018 all
interest rate swaps designated as cash flow hedges matured as discussed below.
In 2018, forward starting interest rate swaps with an aggregate notional amount of $400 million fixing 10 years of interest
payments ranging from 4.25%-4.85% matured. The objective of the hedges was to offset the expected variability on future
payments associated with the interest rate on debt instruments. This resulted in a loss of $22.7 million, which was recorded in
Accumulated other comprehensive loss and is being amortized to earnings as interest expense over future periods. The cash
flows stemming from the maturity of such interest rate swaps designated as cash flow hedges are presented within other
financing activities in the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows.
87
In January 2020, the Company entered into forward starting interest rate swaps totaling $1.0 billion to offset expected
variability on future interest rate payments associated with debt instruments expected to be issued in the future. In February
2020, the Company terminated these swaps resulting in a loss of $20.5 million, which was recorded in Accumulated other
comprehensive loss and will be amortized to interest expense over future periods.
Foreign Currency Contracts
Forward Contracts: Through its global businesses, the Company enters into transactions and makes investments denominated
in multiple currencies that give rise to foreign currency risk. The Company and its subsidiaries regularly purchase inventory
from subsidiaries with functional currencies different than their own, which creates currency-related volatility in the
Company’s results of operations. The Company utilizes forward contracts to hedge these forecasted purchases and sales of
inventory. Gains and losses reclassified from Accumulated other comprehensive loss are recorded in Cost of sales as the hedged
item affects earnings. There are no components excluded from the assessment of effectiveness for these contracts. At
December 28, 2019, and December 29, 2018, the notional values of the forward currency contracts outstanding was $518.2
million and $240.0 million, respectively, maturing on various dates through 2020.
Purchased Option Contracts: The Company and its subsidiaries have entered into various intercompany transactions whereby
the notional values are denominated in currencies other than the functional currencies of the party executing the trade. In order
to better match the cash flows of its intercompany obligations with cash flows from operations, the Company enters into
purchased option contracts. Gains and losses reclassified from Accumulated other comprehensive loss are recorded in Cost of
sales as the hedged item affects earnings. There are no components excluded from the assessment of effectiveness for these
contracts. At December 28, 2019, there were no outstanding option contracts. At December 29, 2018, the notional value of
option contracts outstanding was $370.0 million maturing on various dates through 2019.
FAIR VALUE HEDGES
Interest Rate Risk: In an effort to optimize the mix of fixed versus floating rate debt in the Company’s capital structure, the Company
enters into interest rate swaps. In prior years, the Company entered into interest rate swaps related to certain of its notes payable
which were subsequently terminated. Amortization of the gain/loss on previously terminated swaps is reported as a reduction of
interest expense. Prior to termination, the changes in fair value of the swaps and the offsetting changes in fair value related to the
underlying notes were recognized in earnings. The Company did not have any active fair value interest rate swaps at December 28,
2019 or December 29, 2018.
A summary of the pre-tax effect of fair value hedge accounting on the Consolidated Statements of Operations for 2019 and
2018 is as follows:
(Millions of dollars)
Total amount in the Consolidated Statements of Operations in which the effects of the fair
value hedges are recorded .............................................................................................................
Amortization of gain on terminated swaps ...................................................................................
2019
Interest
Expense
2018
Interest
Expense
$
$
284.3 $
(7.7) $
277.9
(3.2)
Amortization of the gain/loss on terminated swaps of $3.2 million was reported as a reduction of interest expense in 2017.
In February 2019, the Company redeemed all of the outstanding 2053 Junior Subordinated Debentures as discussed in Note H,
Long-Term Debt and Financing Arrangements. As a result, the Company recorded a pre-tax gain of $4.6 million relating to the
remaining unamortized gain on swap termination related to this debt.
A summary of the amounts recorded in the Consolidated Balance Sheets related to cumulative basis adjustments for fair value
hedges as of 2019 and 2018 is as follows:
(Millions of dollars)
2019 Carrying
Amount of Hedged
Liability1
2019 Cumulative Amount of Fair Value Hedging
Adjustment Included in the Carrying Amount of
the Hedged Liability
Current maturities of long-term debt ....................................
$
3.1
Terminated Swaps
Long-Term Debt....................................................................
1Represents hedged items no longer designated in qualifying fair value hedging relationships.
3,176.4
$
Terminated Swaps
$
$
3.1
(17.5)
88
(Millions of dollars)
2018 Carrying
Amount of Hedged
Liability1
2018 Cumulative Amount of Fair Value Hedging
Adjustment Included in the Carrying Amount of
the Hedged Liability
Current maturities of long-term debt ....................................
$
2.5
Terminated Swaps
Long-Term Debt....................................................................
1Represents hedged items no longer designated in qualifying fair value hedging relationships.
3,819.8
$
Terminated Swaps
$
$
2.1
(10.0)
NET INVESTMENT HEDGES
Foreign Exchange Contracts: The Company utilizes net investment hedges to offset the translation adjustment arising from re-
measurement of its investment in the assets and liabilities of its foreign subsidiaries. The total after-tax amounts in
Accumulated other comprehensive loss were gains of $97.3 million and $63.3 million at December 28, 2019 and December 29,
2018, respectively.
As of December 28, 2019, the Company had cross currency swaps with a notional value totaling $1.1 billion maturing on
various dates through 2023 hedging a portion of its Japanese yen, Euro and Swiss franc denominated net investments and Euro
denominated commercial paper with a value of $335.5 million maturing in 2020 hedging a portion of its Euro denominated net
investments.
As of December 29, 2018, the Company had foreign exchange contracts maturing on various dates through 2019 with notional
values totaling $262.4 million outstanding hedging a portion of its British pound sterling, Swedish krona, and Euro
denominated net investments; a cross currency swap with a notional value totaling $250.0 million maturing in 2023 hedging a
portion of its Japanese yen denominated net investment; an option contract with a notional value totaling $35.1 million
maturing in 2019 hedging a portion of its Mexican peso denominated net investment; and Euro denominated commercial paper
with a value of $228.9 million maturing in 2019 hedging a portion of its Euro denominated net investments.
In January 2020, the Company entered into cross currency swaps with notional values totaling $1.4 billion maturing in 2021
hedging a portion of its Euro, British pound sterling, Swedish krona and Swiss franc denominated net investments.
Maturing foreign exchange contracts resulted in net cash received of $8.0 million and $25.7 million during 2019 and 2018,
respectively, and cash paid of $23.3 million during 2017.
Gains and losses on net investment hedges remain in Accumulated other comprehensive loss until disposal of the underlying
assets. Upon adoption of ASU 2017-12, gains and losses representing components excluded from the assessment of
effectiveness are recognized in earnings in Other, net on a straight-line basis over the term of the hedge. Prior to the adoption of
ASU 2017-12, no components were excluded from the assessment of effectiveness. Gains and losses after a hedge has been de-
designated are recorded directly to the Consolidated Statements of Operations in Other, net.
The pre-tax gains and losses from fair value changes during 2019 and 2018 were as follows:
(Millions of Dollars)
2019
Total Gain
(Loss) Recorded
in OCI
Excluded
Component
Recorded in
OCI
Income
Statement
Classification
Total Gain
(Loss)
Reclassified
from OCI to
Income
Excluded
Component
Amortized from
OCI to Income
Forward Contracts.........................................
Cross Currency Swap....................................
Option Contracts ...........................................
Non-derivative designated as Net
Investment Hedge .........................................
$
$
$
$
$
6.4
54.8
$
(3.7) $
21.7
$
4.6
48.8
Other, net
Other, net
— Other, net
— Other, net
$
$
$
$
4.3
29.9
$
$
— $
— $
4.3
29.9
—
—
89
(Millions of Dollars)
Forward Contracts ........................................
Cross Currency Swap ...................................
Option Contracts...........................................
Non-derivative designated as Net
Investment Hedge .........................................
$
$
$
$
2018
Total Gain
(Loss)
Recorded in
OCI
37.1
$
(2.3) $
(2.0) $
Excluded
Component
Recorded in
OCI
Income
Statement
Classification
Other, net
8.6
Other, net
5.8
— Other, net
61.8
$
— Other, net
The pre-tax loss from fair value changes during 2017 was as follows:
Total Gain
(Loss)
Reclassified
from OCI to
Income
Excluded
Component
Amortized from
OCI to Income
8.2
$
8.2
6.8
$
6.8
—
— $
— $
—
$
$
$
$
2017
Income Statement Classification (Millions of Dollars)
Other-net..........................................................................................
$
*Includes ineffective portion.
Amount
Recorded in OCI
Gain (Loss)
Effective
Portion
Recorded in Income
Statement
Ineffective
Portion*
Recorded in
Income
Statement
(131.3) $
— $
—
As discussed in Note H, Long-Term Debt and Financing Arrangements, the Company has a commercial paper program which
authorizes Euro denominated borrowings in addition to U.S. Dollars. Euro denominated borrowings against this commercial
paper program are designated as a net investment hedge against a portion of its Euro denominated net investment. As of
December 28, 2019 and December 29, 2018, the Company had $335.5 million and $228.9 million, respectively, in Euro
denominated borrowings outstanding against this commercial paper program.
UNDESIGNATED HEDGES
Foreign Exchange Contracts: Currency swaps and foreign exchange forward contracts are used to reduce risks arising from the
change in fair value of certain foreign currency denominated assets and liabilities (such as affiliate loans, payables and
receivables). The objective of these practices is to minimize the impact of foreign currency fluctuations on operating results.
The total notional amount of the forward contracts outstanding at December 28, 2019 was $946.8 million maturing on various
dates through 2020. The total notional amount of the forward contracts outstanding at December 29, 2018 was $1.0 billion
maturing on various dates through 2019. The gain (loss) recorded in the income statement from changes in the fair value related
to derivatives not designated as hedging instruments under ASC 815 for 2019, 2018 and 2017 are as follows:
(Millions of Dollars)
Foreign Exchange Contracts ..............................
Income Statement
Classification
2019
2018
2017
Other-net
$
(4.1) $
17.0
$
51.5
J. CAPITAL STOCK
EARNINGS PER SHARE — The following table reconciles net earnings attributable to common shareowners and the
weighted-average shares outstanding used to calculate basic and diluted earnings per share for the fiscal years ended
December 28, 2019, December 29, 2018, and December 30, 2017.
90
Numerator (in millions):
Net Earnings Attributable to Common Shareowners.............................. $
955.8
$
605.2
$
1,227.3
2019
2018
2017
Denominator (in thousands):
Basic weighted-average shares outstanding ....................................
Dilutive effect of stock contracts and awards..................................
Diluted weighted-average shares outstanding .................................
148,365
2,193
150,558
148,919
2,724
151,643
149,629
2,820
152,449
Earnings per share of common stock:
Basic ......................................................................................... $
Diluted...................................................................................... $
6.44
6.35
$
$
4.06
3.99
$
$
8.20
8.05
The following weighted-average stock options were not included in the computation of diluted shares outstanding because the
effect would be anti-dilutive (in thousands):
Number of stock options ..........................................................................
2,151
1,339
389
2019
2018
2017
In November 2019, the Company issued 7,500,000 Equity Units with a total notional value of $750.0 million (“2019 Equity
Units”). Each unit initially consists of 750,000 shares of convertible preferred stock and forward stock purchase contracts. On
and after November 15, 2022, the convertible preferred stock may be converted into common stock at the option of the holder.
At the election of the Company, upon conversion, the Company may deliver cash, common stock, or a combination thereof.
The conversion rate is initially 5.2263 shares of common stock per one share of convertible preferred stock, which is equivalent
to an initial conversion price of approximately $191.34 per share of common stock. The convertible preferred stock is
excluded from the denominator of the diluted earnings per share calculation on the basis that the convertible preferred stock
will be settled in cash except to the extent that the conversion value of the convertible preferred stock exceeds its liquidation
preference. Therefore, before any redemption or conversion, the common shares that would be required to settle the applicable
conversion value in excess of the liquidation preference, if the Company elects to settle such excess in common shares, are
included in the denominator of diluted earnings per share in periods in which they are dilutive. The shares related to the
convertible preferred stock were anti-dilutive during November and December of 2019.
In May 2017, the Company issued 7,500,000 Equity Units with a total notional value of $750.0 million (“2017 Equity Units”).
Each unit initially consists of 750,000 shares of convertible preferred stock and forward stock purchase contracts. On and after
May 15, 2020, the convertible preferred stock may be converted into common stock at the option of the holder. At the election
of the Company, upon conversion, the Company may deliver cash, common stock, or a combination thereof. The conversion
rate was initially 6.1627 shares of common stock per one share of convertible preferred stock, which was equivalent to an
initial conversion price of approximately $162.27 per share of common stock. As of December 28, 2019, due to the customary
anti-dilution provisions, the conversion rate was 6.1954, equivalent to a conversion price of approximately $161.41 per share of
common stock. The convertible preferred stock is excluded from the denominator of the diluted earnings per share calculation
on the basis that the convertible preferred stock will be settled in cash except to the extent that the conversion value of the
convertible preferred stock exceeds its liquidation preference. Therefore, before any redemption or conversion, the common
shares that would be required to settle the applicable conversion value in excess of the liquidation preference, if the Company
elects to settle such excess in common shares, are included in the denominator of diluted earnings per share in periods in which
they are dilutive. The shares related to the convertible preferred stock were anti-dilutive during most of 2019.
See "Other Equity Arrangements" below for further details of the above transactions.
91
COMMON STOCK ACTIVITY — Common stock activity for 2019, 2018 and 2017 was as follows:
Outstanding, beginning of year.....................................................
Issued from treasury .....................................................................
Returned to treasury......................................................................
Outstanding, end of year...............................................................
Shares subject to the forward share purchase contract .................
Outstanding, less shares subject to the forward share purchase
contract .........................................................................................
2019
2018
151,302,450
2,391,336
(187,377)
153,506,409
(3,645,510)
154,038,031
941,854
(3,677,435)
151,302,450
(3,645,510)
2017
152,559,767
1,680,339
(202,075)
154,038,031
(3,645,510)
149,860,899
147,656,940
150,392,521
In April 2018, the Company repurchased 1,399,732 shares of common stock for approximately $200.0 million. In July 2018,
the Company repurchased 2,086,792 shares of common stock for approximately $300.0 million.
In March 2015, the Company entered into a forward share purchase contract with a financial institution counterparty for
3,645,510 shares of common stock. The contract obligates the Company to pay $350.0 million, plus an additional amount
related to the forward component of the contract. In February 2020, the Company amended the settlement date to April 2022, or
earlier at the Company's option. The reduction of common shares outstanding was recorded at the inception of the forward
share purchase contract in March 2015 and factored into the calculation of weighted-average shares outstanding at that time.
COMMON STOCK RESERVED — Common stock shares reserved for issuance under various employee and director stock
plans at December 28, 2019 and December 29, 2018 are as follows:
Employee stock purchase plan........................................................................................................
Other stock-based compensation plans...........................................................................................
Total shares reserved.......................................................................................................................
2019
2018
1,593,759
11,330,531
12,924,290
1,606,224
14,277,893
15,884,117
On January 22, 2018, the Board of Directors adopted the 2018 Omnibus Award Plan (the "2018 Plan") and authorized the
issuance of 16,750,000 shares of the Company's common stock in connection with the awards pursuant to the 2018 Plan. No
further awards will be issued under the Company's 2013 Long-Term Incentive Plan.
STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION PLANS — The Company has stock-based compensation plans for salaried employees
and non-employee members of the Board of Directors. The plans provide for discretionary grants of stock options, restricted
stock units and other stock-based awards.
The plans are generally administered by the Compensation and Talent Development Committee of the Board of Directors,
consisting of non-employee directors.
Stock Option Valuation Assumptions:
Stock options are granted at the fair market value of the Company’s stock on the date of grant and have a 10-year term.
Generally, stock option grants vest ratably over 4 years from the date of grant.
The following describes how certain assumptions affecting the estimated fair value of stock options are determined: the
dividend yield is computed as the annualized dividend rate at the date of grant divided by the strike price of the stock option;
expected volatility is based on an average of the market implied volatility and historical volatility for the 5.25 year expected
life; the risk-free interest rate is based on U.S. Treasury securities with maturities equal to the expected life of the option; and a
seven percent forfeiture rate is assumed. The Company uses historical data in order to estimate forfeitures and holding period
behavior for valuation purposes.
The fair value of stock option grants is estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. The
following weighted-average assumptions were used to value grants made in 2019, 2018 and 2017:
92
Average expected volatility ..................................................................
Dividend yield ......................................................................................
Risk-free interest rate............................................................................
Expected term .......................................................................................
Fair value per option............................................................................. $
Weighted-average vesting period..........................................................
25.0%
1.8%
1.5%
5.3 years
30.09
2.8 years
$
23.0%
2.0%
2.9%
5.3 years
26.54
2.9 years
$
20.0%
1.5%
2.2%
5.2 years
30.71
2.9 years
2019
2018
2017
Stock Options:
The number of stock options and weighted-average exercise prices as of December 28, 2019 are as follows:
Outstanding, beginning of year .....................................................................................
Granted..........................................................................................................................
Exercised .......................................................................................................................
Forfeited ........................................................................................................................
Outstanding, end of year ...............................................................................................
Exercisable, end of year ................................................................................................
7,352,263
1,225,750
(1,851,761)
(271,581)
6,454,671
3,720,639
$
$
$
107.36
150.69
78.17
144.05
122.42
105.71
Options
Price
At December 28, 2019, the range of exercise prices on outstanding stock options was $57.50 to $168.78. Stock option expense
was $27.7 million, $23.9 million and $21.3 million for the years ended December 28, 2019, December 29, 2018 and
December 30, 2017, respectively. At December 28, 2019, the Company had $55.9 million of unrecognized pre-tax
compensation expense for stock options. This expense will be recognized over the remaining vesting periods which are 1.8
years on a weighted-average basis.
During 2019, the Company received $144.7 million in cash from the exercise of stock options. The related tax benefit from the
exercise of these options was $34.7 million. During 2019, 2018 and 2017, the total intrinsic value of options exercised was
$143.7 million, $18.3 million and $72.7 million, respectively. When options are exercised, the related shares are issued from
treasury stock.
An excess tax benefit is generated on the extent to which the actual gain, or spread, an optionee receives upon exercise of an
option exceeds the fair value determined at the grant date; that excess spread over the fair value of the option times the
applicable tax rate represents the excess tax benefit. During 2019, 2018 and 2017, the excess tax benefit arising from tax
deductions in excess of recognized compensation cost totaled $25.8 million, $2.3 million and 18.3 million, respectively, and
was recorded in income tax expense.
Outstanding and exercisable stock option information at December 28, 2019 follows:
Exercise Price Ranges
$75.00 and below .....................
$75.01 — $125.00....................
$125.01 and higher ...................
Outstanding Stock Options
Exercisable Stock Options
Weighted-
Average
Remaining
Contractual Life
1.64
5.91
8.97
6.83
Weighted-
Average
Exercise Price
64.69
$
107.44
149.48
122.42
$
Options
991,566
2,154,836
3,308,269
6,454,671
Weighted-
Average
Remaining
Contractual Life
1.64
5.80
8.13
5.19
Weighted-
Average
Exercise Price
64.69
$
106.10
155.84
105.71
$
Options
991,566
1,932,443
796,630
3,720,639
Compensation cost for new grants is recognized on a straight-line basis over the vesting period. The expense for retirement
eligible employees (those aged 55 and over and with 10 or more years of service) is recognized by the date they become
retirement eligible, as such employees may retain their options for the 10 year contractual term in the event they retire prior to
the end of the vesting period stipulated in the grant.
As of December 28, 2019, the aggregate intrinsic value of stock options outstanding and stock options exercisable was $283.5
million and $225.5 million, respectively.
93
Employee Stock Purchase Plan:
The Employee Stock Purchase Plan (“ESPP”) enables eligible employees in the United States, Canada and Israel to purchase
shares of the Company's common stock at the lower of 85.0% of the fair market value of the shares on the grant date ($110.80
per share for fiscal year 2019 purchases) or 85.0% of the fair market value of the shares on the last business day of each month.
A maximum of 6,000,000 shares are authorized for subscription. In conjunction with the Company’s cost savings initiatives, the
ESPP was temporarily suspended in 2019 and has been reinstated in 2020. During 2019, 2018 and 2017, 12,465 shares,
139,715 shares and 190,154 shares, respectively, were issued under the plan at average prices of $103.02, $121.00, and $103.35
per share, respectively, and the intrinsic value of the ESPP purchases was $0.3 million, $3.1 million and $8.7 million,
respectively. For 2019, the Company received $1.3 million in cash from ESPP purchases, and there was no related tax benefit.
The fair value of ESPP shares was estimated using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. ESPP compensation cost is
recognized ratably over the one year term based on actual employee stock purchases under the plan. The fair value of the
employees’ purchase rights under the ESPP was estimated using the following assumptions for 2019, 2018 and 2017,
respectively: dividend yield of 2.2%, 1.6% and 1.8%; expected volatility of 28.0%, 16.0% and 21.0%; risk-free interest rates of
2.5%, 1.6%, and 0.9%; and expected lives of one year. The weighted-average fair value of those purchase rights granted in
2019, 2018 and 2017 was $27.75, $43.69 and $35.70, respectively. Total compensation expense recognized for ESPP was de
minimus in 2019, $6.6 million in 2018 and $6.7 million in 2017.
Restricted Share Units and Awards:
Compensation cost for restricted share units and awards, including restricted shares granted to French employees in lieu of
RSUs, (collectively “RSUs”) granted to employees is recognized ratably over the vesting term, which varies but is generally
4 years. RSU grants totaled 282,598 shares, 413,838 shares and 304,976 shares in 2019, 2018 and 2017, respectively. The
weighted-average grant date fair value of RSUs granted in 2019, 2018 and 2017 was $149.14, $133.90 and $160.04 per share,
respectively.
Total compensation expense recognized for RSUs amounted to $41.2 million, $40.1 million and $31.7 million in 2019, 2018
and 2017, respectively. The actual tax benefit received related to the shares that were delivered in 2019 was $12.7 million. The
excess tax benefit recognized was $3.4 million, $1.8 million, and $4.9 million in 2019, 2018 and 2017, respectively. As of
December 28, 2019, unrecognized compensation expense for RSUs amounted to $80.9 million and will be recognized over a
weighted-average period of 2 years.
A summary of non-vested restricted stock unit and award activity as of December 28, 2019, and changes during the twelve
month period then ended is as follows:
Restricted Share
Units & Awards
Weighted-Average
Grant
Date Fair Value
Non-vested at December 29, 2018........................................................................
Granted .................................................................................................................
Vested....................................................................................................................
Forfeited................................................................................................................
Non-vested at December 28, 2019........................................................................
1,074,735
282,598
(372,571)
(118,242)
866,520
$
$
129.65
149.14
119.92
136.62
139.23
The total fair value of shares vested (market value on the date vested) during 2019, 2018 and 2017 was $56.7 million, $46.8
million and $46.6 million, respectively.
Non-employee members of the Board of Directors received restricted share-based grants which must be cash settled and
accordingly mark-to-market accounting is applied. The Company recognized $6.8 million of expense for these awards in 2019,
$3.4 million of income in 2018, and expense of $7.0 million in 2017. Additionally, the Board of Directors were granted
restricted share units for which compensation expense of $1.2 million, $1.2 million, and $1.0 million was recognized for 2019,
2018 and 2017, respectively.
Management Incentive Compensation Plan Performance Stock Units:
In 2019, the Company granted Performance Stock Units (collectively "MICP-PSUs") under the Management Incentive
Compensation Plan ("MICP") to participating employees. Awards are payable in shares of common stock and generally no
award is made if the employee terminates employment prior to the settlement dates. The ultimate delivery of the shares related
to the 2019 MICP-PSU grant will occur ratably in March 2020, 2021, and 2022. The total shares to be delivered are based on
actual 2019 performance in relation to the established goals.
94
Compensation cost for these performance awards is recognized ratably over the vesting term of 3 years. Total expense
recognized in 2019 related to these MICP-PSUs approximated $9.5 million. The maximum number of shares that may be
issued under the 2019 grant is 346,011 share units which remain non-vested as of December 28, 2019. The grant date fair value
associated with the MICP-PSUs granted in 2019 is $127.27 per share.
Long-Term Performance Awards:
The Company has granted Long-Term Performance Awards (“LTIP”) under its 2018 Omnibus Award Plan and 2013 Long Term
Incentive Plan to senior management employees for achieving Company performance measures. Awards are payable in shares
of common stock, which may be restricted if the employee has not achieved certain stock ownership levels, and generally no
award is made if the employee terminates employment prior to the settlement date. LTIP grants were made in 2017, 2018 and
2019. Each grant has separate annual performance goals for each year within the respective three year performance period.
Earnings per share and cash flow return on investment represent 75% of the grant value. There is a third market-based metric,
representing 25% of the total grant, which measures the Company’s common stock return relative to peers over the
performance period. The ultimate delivery of shares will occur in 2020, 2021 and 2022 for the 2017, 2018 and 2019 grants,
respectively. Share settlements are based on actual performance in relation to these goals.
Expense recognized for these performance awards amounted to $9.0 million in 2019, $4.7 million in 2018, and $18.0 million in
2017. With the exception of the market-based metric comprising 25% of the award, in the event performance goals are not met,
compensation cost is not recognized and any previously recognized compensation cost is reversed.
A summary of the activity pertaining to the maximum number of shares that may be issued is as follows:
Non-vested at December 29, 2018 ..........................................................................
Granted ....................................................................................................................
Vested ......................................................................................................................
Forfeited ..................................................................................................................
Non-vested at December 28, 2019 ..........................................................................
627,407
639,957
(154,217)
(105,910)
1,007,237
$
$
116.85
123.01
86.56
91.12
128.10
Share Units
Weighted-Average
Grant
Date Fair Value
OTHER EQUITY ARRANGEMENTS
2019 Equity Units and Capped Call Transactions
In November 2019, the Company issued 7,500,000 Equity Units with a total notional value of $750.0 million (“2019 Equity
Units”). Each unit has a stated amount of $100 and initially consists of a three-year forward stock purchase contract (“2022
Purchase Contracts”) for the purchase of a variable number of shares of common stock, on November 15, 2022, for a price of
$100, and a 10% beneficial ownership interest in one share of 0% Series D Cumulative Perpetual Convertible Preferred Stock,
without par, with a liquidation preference of $1,000 per share (“Series D Preferred Stock”). The Company received
approximately $735.0 million in net cash proceeds from the 2019 Equity Units net of offering expenses and underwriting costs
and commissions, and issued 750,000 shares of Series D Preferred Stock, recording $750.0 million in preferred stock. The
proceeds were used for general corporate purposes, including repayment of short-term borrowings. The Company also used
$19.2 million of the proceeds to enter into capped call transactions utilized to hedge potential economic dilution as described in
more detail below.
Convertible Preferred Stock
In November 2019, the Company issued 750,000 shares of Series D Preferred Stock, without par, with a liquidation preference
of $1,000 per share. The convertible preferred stock will initially not bear any dividends and the liquidation preference of the
convertible preferred stock will not accrete. The convertible preferred stock has no maturity date and will remain outstanding
unless converted by holders or redeemed by the Company. Holders of shares of the convertible preferred stock will generally
have no voting rights.
The Series D Preferred Stock is pledged as collateral to support holders’ purchase obligations under the 2022 Purchase
Contracts and can be remarketed. In connection with any successful remarketing, the Company may (but is not required to)
modify certain terms of the convertible preferred stock, including the dividend rate, the conversion rate, and the earliest
95
redemption date. After any successful remarketing in connection with which the dividend rate on the convertible preferred
stock is increased, the Company will pay cumulative dividends on the convertible preferred stock, if declared by the Board of
Directors, quarterly in arrears from the applicable remarketing settlement date.
On and after November 15, 2022, the Series D Preferred Stock may be converted into common stock at the option of the holder.
The conversion rate is initially 5.2263 shares of common stock per one share of Series D Preferred Stock, which is equivalent
to an initial conversion price of approximately $191.34 per share of common stock. At the election of the Company, upon
conversion, the Company may deliver cash, common stock, or a combination thereof.
The Company may not redeem the Series D Preferred Stock prior to December 22, 2022. At the election of the Company, on or
after December 22, 2022, the Company may redeem for cash, all or any portion of the outstanding shares of the Series D
Preferred Stock at a redemption price equal to 100% of the liquidation preference, plus any accumulated and unpaid dividends.
If the Company calls the Series D Preferred Stock for redemption, holders may convert their shares immediately preceding the
redemption date.
2022 Purchase Contracts
The 2022 Purchase Contracts obligate the holders to purchase, on November 15, 2022, for a price of $100 in cash, a maximum
number of 4.7 million shares of the Company’s common stock (subject to customary anti-dilution adjustments). The 2022
Purchase Contract holders may elect to settle their obligation early, in cash. The Series D Preferred Stock is pledged as
collateral to guarantee the holders’ obligations to purchase common stock under the terms of the 2022 Purchase Contracts. The
initial settlement rate determining the number of shares that each holder must purchase will not exceed the maximum
settlement rate, and is determined over a market value averaging period immediately preceding November 15, 2022.
The initial maximum settlement rate of 0.6272 was calculated using an initial reference price of $159.45, equal to the last
reported sale price of the Company's common stock on November 7, 2019. If the applicable market value of the Company's
common stock is less than or equal to the reference price, the settlement rate will be the maximum settlement rate; and if the
applicable market value of common stock is greater than the reference price, the settlement rate will be a number of shares of
the Company's common stock equal to $100 divided by the applicable market value. Upon settlement of the 2022 Purchase
Contracts, the Company will receive additional cash proceeds of $750 million.
The Company will pay the holders of the 2022 Purchase Contracts quarterly payments (“Contract Adjustment Payments”) at a
rate of 5.25% per annum, payable quarterly in arrears on February 15, May 15, August 15 and November 15, which will
commence on February 15, 2020. The $114.2 million present value of the Contract Adjustment Payments reduced
Shareowners’ Equity at inception. As each quarterly Contract Adjustment Payment is made, the related liability is reduced and
the difference between the cash payment and the present value will accrete to interest expense, approximately $1.3 million per
year over the three-year term. As of December 28, 2019, the present value of the Contract Adjustment Payments was $114.4
million.
The holders can settle the purchase contracts early, for cash, subject to certain exceptions and conditions in the prospectus
supplement. Upon early settlement of any purchase contracts, the Company will deliver the number of shares of its common
stock equal to 85% of the number of shares of common stock that would have otherwise been deliverable.
Capped Call Transactions
In order to offset the potential economic dilution associated with the common shares issuable upon conversion of the Series D
Preferred Stock, to the extent that the conversion value of the convertible preferred stock exceeds its liquidation preference, the
Company entered into capped call transactions with three major financial institutions.
The capped call transactions have a term of approximately three years and are intended to cover the number of shares issuable
upon conversion of the Series D Preferred Stock. Subject to customary anti-dilution adjustments, the capped call has an initial
lower strike price of $191.34, which corresponds to the minimum 5.2263 settlement rate of the Series D Preferred Stock, and
an upper strike price of $207.29, which is approximately 30% higher than the closing price of the Company's common stock on
November 7, 2019.
The capped call transactions may be settled by net share settlement (the default settlement method) or, at the Company’s option
and subject to certain conditions, cash settlement, physical settlement or modified physical settlement. The number of shares
the Company will receive will be determined by the terms of the contracts using a volume-weighted average price calculation
for the market value of the Company's common stock, over an averaging period. The market value determined will then be
96
measured against the applicable strike price of the capped call transactions. The Company expects the capped call transactions
to offset the potential dilution upon conversion of the Series D Preferred Stock if the calculated market value is greater than the
lower strike price but less than or equal to the upper strike price of the capped call transactions. Should the calculated market
value exceed the upper strike price of the capped call transactions, the dilution mitigation will be limited based on such capped
value as determined under the terms of the contracts.
With respect to the impact on the Company, the capped call transactions and 2019 Equity Units, when taken together, result in
the economic equivalent of having the conversion price on the 2019 Equity Units at $207.29, the upper strike price of the
capped call as of December 28, 2019.
The Company paid $19.2 million, or an average of $4.90 per option, to enter into capped call transactions on 3.9 million shares
of common stock. The $19.2 million premium paid was a reduction of Shareowners’ Equity. The aggregate fair value of the
options at December 28, 2019 was $19.2 million.
2018 Capped Call Transactions
In March 2018, the Company purchased from a financial institution "at-the money" capped call options with an approximate
term of three years, on 3.2 million shares of its common stock (subject to customary anti-dilution adjustments) for an aggregate
premium of $57.3 million, or an average of $17.96 per share. The premium paid was recorded as reduction of Shareowners'
equity. The purpose of the capped call options was to hedge the risk of stock price appreciation between the lower and upper
strike prices of the capped call options for a future share repurchase.
The capped call had an initial lower strike price of $156.86 and an upper strike price of $203.92, which was approximately
30% higher than the closing price of the Company's common stock on March 13, 2018. As of December 28, 2019, due to the
customary anti-dilution provisions, the capped call transactions had an adjusted lower strike price of $156.59 and an adjusted
upper strike price of $203.57. The aggregate fair value of the options at December 28, 2019 was $56.4 million.
The capped call transactions may be settled by net-share settlement (the default settlement method) or, at the Company's option
and subject to certain conditions, cash settlement, physical settlement or modified physical settlement. The number of shares
the Company will receive will be determined by the terms of the contracts using a volume-weighted average price calculation
for the market value of the Company's common stock, over an average period. The market value determined will then be
measured against the applicable strike price of the capped call transactions.
2017 Equity Units and Capped Call Transactions
In May 2017, the Company issued 7,500,000 Equity Units with a total notional value of $750.0 million (“2017 Equity Units”).
Each unit has a stated amount of $100 and initially consists of a three-year forward stock purchase contract (“2020 Purchase
Contracts”) for the purchase of a variable number of shares of common stock, on May 15, 2020, for a price of $100, and a 10%
beneficial ownership interest in one share of 0% Series C Cumulative Perpetual Convertible Preferred Stock, without par, with
a liquidation preference of $1,000 per share (“Series C Preferred Stock”). The Company received approximately $726.0 million
in net cash proceeds from the 2017 Equity Units net of offering expenses and underwriting costs and commissions, and issued
750,000 shares of Series C Preferred Stock, recording $750.0 million in preferred stock. The proceeds were used for general
corporate purposes, including repayment of short-term borrowings. The Company also used $25.1 million of the proceeds to
enter into capped call transactions utilized to hedge potential economic dilution as described in more detail below.
Convertible Preferred Stock
In May 2017, the Company issued 750,000 shares of Series C Preferred Stock, without par, with a liquidation preference of
$1,000 per share. The convertible preferred stock will initially not bear any dividends and the liquidation preference of the
convertible preferred stock will not accrete. The convertible preferred stock has no maturity date, and will remain outstanding
unless converted by holders or redeemed by the Company. Holders of shares of the convertible preferred stock will generally
have no voting rights.
The Series C Preferred Stock is pledged as collateral to support holders’ purchase obligations under the 2020 Purchase
Contracts and can be remarketed. In connection with any successful remarketing, the Company may (but is not required to)
modify certain terms of the convertible preferred stock, including the dividend rate, the conversion rate, and the earliest
redemption date. After any successful remarketing in connection with which the dividend rate on the convertible preferred
97
stock is increased, the Company will pay cumulative dividends on the convertible preferred stock, if declared by the Board of
Directors, quarterly in arrears from the applicable remarketing settlement date.
On and after May 15, 2020, the Series C Preferred Stock may be converted into common stock at the option of the holder. The
initial conversion rate was 6.1627 shares of common stock per one share of Series C Preferred Stock, which was equivalent to
an initial conversion price of approximately $162.27 per share of common stock. As of December 28, 2019, due to the
customary anti-dilution provisions, the conversion rate was 6.1954, equivalent to a conversion price of approximately $161.41
per share of common stock. At the election of the Company, upon conversion, the Company may deliver cash, common stock,
or a combination thereof.
The Company may not redeem the Series C Preferred Stock prior to June 22, 2020. At the election of the Company, on or after
June 22, 2020, the Company may redeem for cash, all or any portion of the outstanding shares of the Series C Preferred Stock
at a redemption price equal to 100% of the liquidation preference, plus any accumulated and unpaid dividends. If the Company
calls the Series C Preferred Stock for redemption, holders may convert their shares immediately preceding the redemption date.
2020 Purchase Contracts
The 2020 Purchase Contracts obligate the holders to purchase, on May 15, 2020, for a price of $100 in cash, a maximum
number of 5.4 million shares of the Company’s common stock (subject to customary anti-dilution adjustments). The 2020
Purchase Contract holders may elect to settle their obligation early, in cash. The Series C Preferred Stock is pledged as
collateral to guarantee the holders’ obligations to purchase common stock under the terms of the 2020 Purchase Contracts. The
initial settlement rate determining the number of shares that each holder must purchase will not exceed the maximum
settlement rate, and is determined over a market value averaging period immediately preceding May 15, 2020.
The initial maximum settlement rate of 0.7241 was calculated using an initial reference price of $138.10, equal to the last
reported sale price of the Company's common stock on May 11, 2017. As of December 28, 2019, due to the customary anti-
dilution provisions, the maximum settlement rate was 0.7279, equivalent to a reference price of $137.38. If the applicable
market value of the Company's common stock is less than or equal to the reference price, the settlement rate will be the
maximum settlement rate; and if the applicable market value of common stock is greater than the reference price, the settlement
rate will be a number of shares of the Company's common stock equal to $100 divided by the applicable market value. Upon
settlement of the 2020 Purchase Contracts, the Company will receive additional cash proceeds of $750 million.
The Company pays the holders of the 2020 Purchase Contracts quarterly payments (“Contract Adjustment Payments”) at a rate
of 5.375% per annum, payable quarterly in arrears on February 15, May 15, August 15 and November 15, which commenced
August 15, 2017. The $117.1 million present value of the Contract Adjustment Payments reduced Shareowners’ Equity at
inception. As each quarterly Contract Adjustment Payment is made, the related liability is reduced and the difference between
the cash payment and the present value accretes to interest expense, approximately $1.3 million per year over the three-year
term. As of December 28, 2019, the present value of the Contract Adjustment Payments was $19.7 million.
The holders can settle the purchase contracts early, for cash, subject to certain exceptions and conditions in the prospectus
supplement. Upon early settlement of any purchase contracts, the Company will deliver the number of shares of its common
stock equal to 85% of the number of shares of common stock that would have otherwise been deliverable.
Capped Call Transactions
In order to offset the potential economic dilution associated with the common shares issuable upon conversion of the Series C
Preferred Stock, to the extent that the conversion value of the convertible preferred stock exceeds its liquidation preference, the
Company entered into capped call transactions with three major financial institutions.
The capped call transactions have a term of approximately three years and are intended to cover the number of shares issuable
upon conversion of the Series C Preferred Stock. Subject to customary anti-dilution adjustments, the capped call has an initial
lower strike price of $162.27, which corresponds to the minimum 6.1627 settlement rate of the Series C Preferred Stock, and an
upper strike price of $179.53, which is approximately 30% higher than the closing price of the Company's common stock on
May 11, 2017. As of December 28, 2019, due to the customary anti-dilution provisions, the capped call transactions had an
adjusted lower strike price of $161.41 and an adjusted upper strike price of $178.58.
The capped call transactions may be settled by net-share settlement (the default settlement method) or, at the Company’s option
and subject to certain conditions, cash settlement, physical settlement or modified physical settlement. The number of shares
the Company will receive will be determined by the terms of the contracts using a volume-weighted average price calculation
98
for the market value of the Company's common stock, over an averaging period. The market value determined will then be
measured against the applicable strike price of the capped call transactions. The Company expects the capped call transactions
to offset the potential dilution upon conversion of the Series C Preferred Stock if the calculated market value is greater than the
lower strike price but less than or equal to the upper strike price of the capped call transactions. Should the calculated market
value exceed the upper strike price of the capped call transactions, the dilution mitigation will be limited based on such capped
value as determined under the terms of the contracts.
With respect to the impact on the Company, the capped call transactions and 2017 Equity Units, when taken together, result in
the economic equivalent of having the conversion price on the 2017 Equity Units at $178.58, the upper strike price of the
capped call as of December 28, 2019.
The Company paid $25.1 million, or an average of $5.43 per option, to enter into capped call transactions on 4.6 million shares
of common stock. The $25.1 million premium paid was a reduction of Shareowners’ Equity. The aggregate fair value of the
options at December 28, 2019 was $36.0 million.
K. ACCUMULATED OTHER COMPREHENSIVE LOSS
The following table summarizes the changes in the accumulated balances for each component of accumulated other
comprehensive loss:
Total
(1,589.1)
(241.1)
15.9
(225.2)
(1,814.3)
(69.8)
(0.5)
(70.3)
(1,884.6)
$
$
$
(Millions of Dollars)
Balance - December 30, 2017 .................... $
Other comprehensive (loss) income before
reclassifications ...........................................
Reclassification adjustments to earnings.....
Net other comprehensive (loss) income ......
Balance - December 29, 2018 .................... $
Other comprehensive (loss) income before
reclassifications ...........................................
Reclassification adjustments to earnings.....
Net other comprehensive (loss) income ......
Balance - December 28, 2019 .................... $
Currency
translation
adjustment and
other
(1,108.2)
Unrealized
(losses) gains
on cash flow
hedges, net of
tax
Unrealized
gains (losses)
on net
investment
hedges, net of
tax
$
(112.6)
$
3.4
Pension (losses)
gains, net of tax
(371.7)
$
(373.0)
—
(373.0)
(1,481.2)
(36.0)
—
(36.0)
(1,517.2)
$
$
70.4
15.4
85.8
(26.8)
(40.5)
13.1
(27.4)
(54.2)
$
$
71.2
(11.3)
59.9
63.3
60.0
(26.0)
34.0
97.3
$
$
(9.7)
11.8
2.1
(369.6)
(53.3)
12.4
(40.9)
(410.5)
99
(Millions of Dollars)
Components of accumulated other comprehensive loss
Realized losses on cash flow hedges ............................
Realized losses on cash flow hedges ............................
Total before taxes..........................................................
Tax effect ......................................................................
Realized losses on cash flow hedges, net of tax ...........
Realized gains on net investment hedges .....................
Tax effect ......................................................................
Realized gains on net investment hedges, net of tax ....
Actuarial losses and prior service costs / credits ..........
Settlement losses ...........................................................
Total before taxes..........................................................
Tax effect ......................................................................
Amortization of defined benefit pension items, net of
tax .................................................................................
$
$
$
$
$
$
L. EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS
2019
2018
Reclassification
adjustments
Reclassification
adjustments
(6.5) $
(16.2)
(22.7) $
9.6
(13.1) $
34.2
(8.2)
26.0
$
$
(15.3)
(1.0)
(16.3)
3.9
(12.4) $
(17.9)
(15.3)
(33.2)
17.8
(15.4)
15.0
(3.7)
11.3
(14.8)
(0.7)
(15.5)
3.7
(11.8)
Affected line item in Consolidated
Statements of Operations
Cost of sales
Interest expense
Income taxes
Other, net
Income taxes
Other, net
Other, net
Income taxes
EMPLOYEE STOCK OWNERSHIP PLAN (“ESOP”) — Most U.S. employees may make contributions that do not exceed
25% of their eligible compensation to a tax-deferred 401(k) savings plan, subject to restrictions under tax laws. Employees
generally direct the investment of their own contributions into various investment funds. An employer match benefit is
provided under the plan equal to one-half of each employee’s tax-deferred contribution up to the first 7% of their
compensation. Participants direct the entire employer match benefit such that no participant is required to hold the Company’s
common stock in their 401(k) account. The employer match benefit totaled $28.8 million, $28.0 million and $24.8 million in
2019, 2018 and 2017, respectively. In addition to the regular employer match, $0.7 million was allocated to the employee's
accounts for forfeitures and a surplus resulting from appreciation of the Company's share value in 2018. There was no
additional employer match allocated to employee's accounts in 2019 and 2017.
In addition, approximately 9,400 U.S. salaried and non-union hourly employees are eligible to receive a non-contributory
benefit under the Core benefit plan. Core benefit allocations range from 2% to 6% of eligible employee compensation based on
age. Allocations for benefits earned under the Core plan were $28.8 million, $29.0 million, and $25.4 million in 2019, 2018 and
2017, respectively. Assets held in participant Core accounts are invested in target date retirement funds which have an age-
based allocation of investments.
Shares of the Company's common stock held by the ESOP were purchased with the proceeds of borrowings from the Company
in 1991 ("1991 internal loan"). Shareowners' equity reflects a reduction equal to the cost basis of unearned (unallocated) shares
purchased with the internal borrowings. In 2019, 2018 and 2017, the Company made additional contributions to the ESOP for
$7.2 million, $7.0 million, and $4.8 million, respectively, which were used by the ESOP to make additional payments on the
1991 internal loan. These payments triggered the release of 226,212, 207,049 and 133,694 shares of unallocated stock in 2019,
2018 and 2017, respectively.
Net ESOP activity recognized is comprised of the cost basis of shares released, the cost of the aforementioned Core and 401(k)
match defined contribution benefits, less the fair value of shares released and dividends on unallocated ESOP shares. The
Company’s net ESOP activity resulted in income of $0.5 million in 2019 and expense of $0.4 million in 2018 and $1.3 million
in 2017. ESOP expense is affected by the market value of the Company’s common stock on the monthly dates when shares are
released. The weighted-average market value of shares released was $138.67 per share in 2019, $139.45 per share in 2018 and
$138.60 per share in 2017.
Unallocated shares are released from the trust based on current period debt principal and interest payments as a percentage of
total future debt principal and interest payments. Dividends on both allocated and unallocated shares may be used for debt
service and to credit participant accounts for dividends earned on allocated shares. Dividends paid on the shares acquired with
100
the 1991 internal loan were used solely to pay internal loan debt service in all periods. Dividends on ESOP shares, which are
charged to shareowners’ equity as declared, were $6.3 million in 2019, $7.7 million in 2018 and $8.4 million in 2017, net of the
tax benefit which is recorded in earnings. Dividends on ESOP shares were utilized entirely for debt service in all years. Interest
costs incurred by the ESOP on the 1991 internal loan, which have no earnings impact, were $0.5 million, $1.6 million and $2.2
million for 2019, 2018 and 2017, respectively. Both allocated and unallocated ESOP shares are treated as outstanding for
purposes of computing earnings per share. As of December 28, 2019, the cumulative number of ESOP shares allocated was
15,418,053, of which participants held 1,889,408 shares, and the number of unallocated shares was 122,681. At December 28,
2019, there were no released shares in the ESOP trust holding account pending allocation. The Company made cash
contributions totaling $2.2 million in 2019, $2.3 million in 2018 and $1.8 million in 2017, excluding additional contributions of
$7.2 million, $7.0 million and $4.8 million in 2019, 2018 and 2017, respectively, as discussed previously.
PENSION AND OTHER BENEFIT PLANS — The Company sponsors pension plans covering most domestic hourly and
certain executive employees, and approximately 15,800 foreign employees. Benefits are generally based on salary and years of
service, except for U.S. collective bargaining employees whose benefits are based on a stated amount for each year of service.
The Company contributes to a number of multi-employer plans for certain collective bargaining U.S. employees. The risks of
participating in these multi-employer plans are different from single-employer plans in the following aspects:
a. Assets contributed to the multi-employer plan by one employer may be used to provide benefit to employees of other
participating employers.
b.
c.
If a participating employer stops contributing to the plan, the unfunded obligations of the plan may be inherited by the
remaining participating employers.
If the Company chooses to stop participating in some of its multi-employer plans, the Company may be required to
pay those plans an amount based on the underfunded status of the plan, referred to as a withdrawal liability.
In addition, the Company also contributes to a number of multi-employer plans outside of the U.S. The foreign plans are
insured, therefore, the Company’s obligation is limited to the payment of insurance premiums.
The Company has assessed and determined that none of the multi-employer plans to which it contributes are individually
significant to the Company’s financial statements. The Company does not expect to incur a withdrawal liability or expect to
significantly increase its contributions over the remainder of the contract period.
In addition to the multi-employer plans, various other defined contribution plans are sponsored worldwide.
The expense for defined contribution plans, aside from the earlier discussed ESOP plans, is as follows:
(Millions of Dollars)
Multi-employer plan expense
Other defined contribution plan expense
2019
2018
2017
$
$
7.2
36.2
$
$
7.3
12.9
$
$
7.2
27.5
The components of net periodic pension expense (benefit) are as follows:
(Millions of Dollars)
Service cost .................................................... $
Interest cost ....................................................
Expected return on plan assets .......................
Amortization of prior service cost (credit) .....
Actuarial loss amortization.............................
Settlement / curtailment loss ..........................
Net periodic pension expense (benefit) .......... $
2019
12.3
47.1
(61.7)
1.0
8.0
—
6.7
U.S. Plans
2018
2017
2019
2018
2017
Non-U.S. Plans
$
$
$
7.5
42.8
(68.7)
1.1
7.8
—
(9.5) $
$
8.7
43.2
(64.4)
1.1
8.3
2.9
(0.2) $
14.6
30.3
(45.6)
(0.6)
8.6
1.0
8.3
$
$
15.2
28.6
(46.5)
(1.3)
8.5
0.7
5.2
$
$
13.7
29.1
(45.5)
(1.2)
9.4
12.7
18.2
The Company provides medical and dental benefits for certain retired employees in the United States, Brazil, and Canada.
Approximately 16,600 participants are covered under these plans. Net periodic post-retirement benefit expense was comprised
of the following elements:
101
(Millions of Dollars)
Service cost................................................................................................ $
Interest cost................................................................................................
Amortization of prior service credit ..........................................................
Actuarial loss amortization........................................................................
Net periodic post-retirement expense........................................................ $
Other Benefit Plans
2019
2018
2017
0.3
1.6
(1.4)
(0.3)
0.2
$
$
0.5
1.6
(1.3)
—
0.8
$
$
0.6
1.7
(1.4)
—
0.9
For the year ended December 30, 2017, the Company recorded pre-tax charges of approximately $12.2 million, reflecting
losses previously reported in accumulated other comprehensive loss, related to a non-U.S. pension plan for which the Company
settled its obligation by purchasing an annuity and making lump sum payments to participants. Also, in accordance with policy,
$2.9 million and $0.5 million in pre-tax settlement and curtailment losses were recorded for other U.S. and non-U.S. plans,
respectively, in December 2017 due to standard lump sum benefit payments elected exceeding the sum of service cost and
interest cost.
Changes in plan assets and benefit obligations recognized in accumulated other comprehensive loss in 2019 are as follows:
(Millions of Dollars)
Current year actuarial loss.......................................................................................................................... $
Amortization of actuarial loss ....................................................................................................................
Prior service cost from plan amendments ..................................................................................................
Settlement / curtailment loss ......................................................................................................................
Currency / other..........................................................................................................................................
Total loss recognized in accumulated other comprehensive loss (pre-tax) ................................................ $
2019
63.3
(15.3)
2.1
(1.0)
4.2
53.3
The amounts in Accumulated other comprehensive loss expected to be recognized as components of net periodic benefit costs
during 2020 total $19.7 million, representing amortization of actuarial losses.
102
The changes in the pension and other post-retirement benefit obligations, fair value of plan assets, as well as amounts
recognized in the Consolidated Balance Sheets, are shown below.
U.S. Plans
Non-U.S. Plans
Other Benefits
(Millions of Dollars)
Change in benefit obligation
Benefit obligation at end of prior year .................. $ 1,260.9
Service cost ...........................................................
12.3
2019
Interest cost ...........................................................
Settlements/curtailments .......................................
Actuarial loss (gain) ..............................................
Plan amendments ..................................................
Foreign currency exchange rates...........................
Participant contributions .......................................
47.1
—
130.4
1.4
—
—
Acquisitions, divestitures, and other .....................
(10.0)
Benefits paid .........................................................
(116.7)
Benefit obligation at end of year........................... $ 1,325.4
Change in plan assets
Fair value of plan assets at end of prior year ........ $ 1,020.7
Actual return on plan assets ..................................
190.0
Participant contributions .......................................
Employer contributions.........................................
Settlements ............................................................
Foreign currency exchange rate changes ..............
Acquisitions, divestitures, and other .....................
—
19.5
—
—
(10.0)
Benefits paid .........................................................
(116.7)
Fair value of plan assets at end of plan year ......... $ 1,103.5
Funded status — assets less than benefit
obligation .............................................................. $
Unrecognized prior service cost (credit) ...............
(221.9) $
4.7
Unrecognized net actuarial loss (gain)..................
Net amount recognized ......................................... $
266.2
272.0
49.0
$
36.1
$
2018
2019
2018
2019
2018
$ 1,365.3
$ 1,305.3
$ 1,446.1
$
44.8
$
52.3
7.5
42.8
—
(106.2)
0.2
—
—
34.0
(82.7)
$ 1,260.9
14.6
30.3
(6.0)
140.6
0.7
25.8
0.3
(2.2)
(59.5)
$ 1,449.9
15.2
28.6
(4.3)
(64.1)
16.0
(77.0)
0.3
3.4
(58.9)
$ 1,305.3
$
$ 1,114.1
(52.9)
—
974.3
133.2
0.3
$ 1,099.2
(18.6)
0.3
19.4
—
—
22.8
(82.7)
$ 1,020.7
22.6
(5.6)
30.4
(2.2)
(59.5)
$ 1,093.5
$
20.9
(4.2)
(61.5)
(2.9)
(58.9)
974.3
0.3
1.6
—
8.6
—
—
—
2.4
(5.5)
52.2
$
— $
—
—
5.5
—
—
—
(5.5)
$
$
$
— $
(240.2) $
4.3
(356.4) $
(17.5)
318.7
(55.2) $
(331.0) $
(18.2)
270.8
(78.4) $
(52.2) $
(2.0)
1.1
(53.1) $
0.5
1.6
—
(6.2)
0.1
(1.0)
—
1.9
(4.4)
44.8
—
—
—
4.4
—
—
—
(4.4)
—
(44.8)
(3.4)
(7.6)
(55.8)
(Millions of Dollars)
Amounts recognized in the Consolidated
Balance Sheets
Prepaid benefit cost (non-current)......................... $
Current benefit liability .........................................
Non-current benefit liability..................................
Net liability recognized ......................................... $
Accumulated other comprehensive loss (pre-tax):
Prior service cost (credit) ...................................... $
Actuarial loss (gain) ..............................................
$
Net amount recognized ......................................... $
U.S. Plans
Non-U.S. Plans
Other Benefits
2019
2018
2019
2018
2019
2018
— $
— $
(7.6)
(214.3)
(221.9) $
(7.7)
(232.5)
(240.2) $
$
0.1
(9.1)
(347.4)
(356.4) $
$
1.0
(9.1)
(322.9)
(331.0) $
— $
(4.5)
(47.7)
(52.2) $
4.7
266.2
270.9
49.0
$
$
$
4.3
272.0
276.3
36.1
$
$
$
(17.5) $
318.7
301.2
$
(55.2) $
(18.2) $
270.8
$
252.6
(78.4) $
(2.0) $
1.1
(0.9) $
(53.1) $
—
(4.8)
(40.0)
(44.8)
(3.4)
(7.6)
(11.0)
(55.8)
103
The accumulated benefit obligation for all defined benefit pension plans was $2.768 billion at December 28, 2019 and $2.513
billion at December 29, 2018. Information regarding pension plans in which accumulated benefit obligations exceed plan assets
follows:
(Millions of Dollars)
Projected benefit obligation ............................................... $
Accumulated benefit obligation......................................... $
Fair value of plan assets..................................................... $
U.S. Plans
Non-U.S. Plans
2019
2018
2019
2018
1,325.4
1,323.7
1,103.5
$
$
$
1,260.9
1,257.6
1,020.7
$
$
$
1,447.2
1,390.1
1,090.8
$
$
$
1,275.7
1,228.6
945.0
Information regarding pension plans in which projected benefit obligations (inclusive of anticipated future compensation
increases) exceed plan assets follows:
(Millions of Dollars)
Projected benefit obligation ............................................... $
Accumulated benefit obligation......................................... $
Fair value of plan assets..................................................... $
U.S. Plans
Non-U.S. Plans
2019
2018
2019
2018
1,325.4
1,323.7
1,103.5
$
$
$
1,260.9
1,257.6
1,020.7
$
$
$
1,448.6
1,391.2
1,092.0
$
$
$
1,301.7
1,252.7
969.7
The major assumptions used in valuing pension and post-retirement plan obligations and net costs were as follows:
Pension Benefits
U.S. Plans
Non-U.S. Plans
Other Benefits
2019
2018
2017
2019
2018
2017
2019
2018
2017
Weighted-average
assumptions used to
determine benefit obligations
at year end:
Discount rate.............................
Rate of compensation increase .
Weighted-average
assumptions used to
determine net periodic
benefit cost:
Discount rate - service cost.......
Discount rate - interest cost ......
Rate of compensation increase .
Expected return on plan assets..
3.20% 4.20% 3.53% 1.80% 2.62%
3.50% 3.00% 3.00% 3.30% 3.44%
2.24% 3.64% 4.03%
3.45% 3.50% 3.50%
3.53%
3.50%
4.43% 3.72% 4.10% 2.37% 2.15%
3.86% 3.16% 3.30% 2.37% 2.20%
3.00% 3.00% 3.00% 3.44% 3.45%
6.25% 6.25% 6.25% 4.73% 4.37%
2.27% 5.22% 5.11%
2.31% 4.04% 3.77%
3.63% 3.50% 3.50%
—
4.41%
—
4.53%
2.93%
3.50%
—
The expected rate of return on plan assets is determined considering the returns projected for the various asset classes and the
relative weighting for each asset class. The Company will use a 4.70% weighted-average expected rate of return assumption to
determine the 2020 net periodic benefit cost.
PENSION PLAN ASSETS — Plan assets are invested in equity securities, government and corporate bonds and other fixed
income securities, money market instruments and insurance contracts. The Company’s worldwide asset allocations at
December 28, 2019 and December 29, 2018 by asset category and the level of the valuation inputs within the fair value
hierarchy established by ASC 820, Fair Value Measurement, are as follows:
104
Asset Category (Millions of Dollars)
Cash and cash equivalents ................................................................... $
Equity securities
U.S. equity securities ...........................................................................
Foreign equity securities ......................................................................
Fixed income securities
Government securities .........................................................................
Corporate securities .............................................................................
Insurance contracts...............................................................................
Other ....................................................................................................
Total ..................................................................................................... $
2019
Level 1
Level 2
35.8
$
16.1
$
321.4
259.4
741.6
751.5
39.0
48.3
2,197.0
$
111.1
95.8
271.5
—
—
—
494.5
$
19.7
210.3
163.6
470.1
751.5
39.0
48.3
1,702.5
Asset Category (Millions of Dollars)
Cash and cash equivalents .................................................................... $
Equity securities
U.S. equity securities ............................................................................
Foreign equity securities.......................................................................
Fixed income securities
Government securities ..........................................................................
Corporate securities ..............................................................................
Insurance contracts ...............................................................................
Other .....................................................................................................
Total ...................................................................................................... $
2018
Level 1
Level 2
139.5
$
113.6
$
248.7
220.0
642.3
656.6
37.1
50.8
1,995.0
$
83.4
85.2
205.5
—
—
—
487.7
$
25.9
165.3
134.8
436.8
656.6
37.1
50.8
1,507.3
U.S. and foreign equity securities primarily consist of companies with large market capitalizations and to a lesser extent mid
and small capitalization securities. Government securities primarily consist of U.S. Treasury securities and foreign government
securities with de minimus default risk. Corporate fixed income securities include publicly traded U.S. and foreign investment
grade and to a small extent high yield securities. Assets held in insurance contracts are invested in the general asset pools of the
various insurers, mainly debt and equity securities with guaranteed returns. Other investments include diversified private equity
holdings. The level 2 investments are primarily comprised of institutional mutual funds that are not publicly traded; the
investments held in these mutual funds are generally level 1 publicly traded securities.
The Company's investment strategy for pension assets focuses on a liability-matching approach with gradual de-risking taking
place over a period of many years. The Company utilizes the current funded status to transition the portfolio toward
investments that better match the duration and cash flow attributes of the underlying liabilities. Assets approximating 50% of
the Company's current pension liabilities have been invested in fixed income securities, using a liability / asset matching
duration strategy, with the primary goal of mitigating exposure to interest rate movements and preserving the overall funded
status of the underlying plans. Plan assets are broadly diversified and are invested to ensure adequate liquidity for immediate
and medium term benefit payments. The Company’s target asset allocations include approximately 20%-40% in equity
securities, approximately 50%-70% in fixed income securities and approximately 10% in other securities. In 2019, the funded
status percentage (total plan assets divided by total projected benefit obligation) of all global pension plans was 79%, which is
consistent with 78% in 2018 and 79% in 2017.
CONTRIBUTIONS — The Company’s funding policy for its defined benefit plans is to contribute amounts determined
annually on an actuarial basis to provide for current and future benefits in accordance with federal law and other regulations.
The Company expects to contribute approximately $38 million to its pension and other post-retirement benefit plans in 2020.
EXPECTED FUTURE BENEFIT PAYMENTS — Benefit payments, inclusive of amounts attributable to estimated future
employee service, are expected to be paid as follows over the next 10 years:
(Millions of Dollars)
Future payments ...........................
Total
$ 1,393.7
Year 1
Year 2
Year 3
Year 4
Year 5
$
138.5
$
138.6
$
139.1
$
140.9
$
139.8
Years 6-10
696.8
$
These benefit payments will be funded through a combination of existing plan assets, the returns on those assets, and amounts
to be contributed in the future by the Company.
105
HEALTH CARE COST TRENDS — The weighted-average annual assumed rate of increase in the per-capita cost of covered
benefits (i.e., health care cost trend rate) is assumed to be 6.6% for 2020, reducing gradually to 5.0% by 2028 and remaining at
that level thereafter. A one percentage point change in the assumed health care cost trend rate would affect the post-retirement
benefit obligation as of December 28, 2019 by approximately $0.7 million to $0.9 million, and would have an immaterial effect
on the net periodic post-retirement benefit cost.
M. FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS
ASC 820, Fair Value Measurement, defines, establishes a consistent framework for measuring, and expands disclosure
requirements about fair value. ASC 820 requires the Company to maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use
of unobservable inputs when measuring fair value. Observable inputs reflect market data obtained from independent sources,
while unobservable inputs reflect the Company’s market assumptions. These two types of inputs create the following fair value
hierarchy:
Level 1 — Quoted prices for identical instruments in active markets.
Level 2 — Quoted prices for similar instruments in active markets; quoted prices for identical or similar instruments in
markets that are not active; and model-derived valuations whose inputs and significant value drivers are observable.
Level 3 — Instruments that are valued using unobservable inputs.
The Company is exposed to market risk from changes in foreign currency exchange rates, interest rates, stock prices and
commodity prices. The Company holds various financial instruments to manage these risks. These financial instruments are
carried at fair value and are included within the scope of ASC 820. The Company determines the fair value of these financial
instruments through the use of matrix or model pricing, which utilizes observable inputs such as market interest and currency
rates. When determining fair value for which Level 1 evidence does not exist, the Company considers various factors including
the following: exchange or market price quotations of similar instruments, time value and volatility factors, the Company’s own
credit rating and the credit rating of the counterparty.
The following table presents the Company’s financial assets and liabilities that are measured at fair value on a recurring basis
for each of the hierarchy levels:
(Millions of Dollars)
December 28, 2019
Money market fund ..................................................................... $
Derivative assets ......................................................................... $
Derivative liabilities .................................................................... $
Non-derivative hedging instrument ............................................ $
Contingent consideration liability ............................................... $
December 29, 2018
Money market fund ..................................................................... $
Derivative assets ......................................................................... $
Derivative liabilities .................................................................... $
Non-derivative hedging instrument ............................................ $
Contingent consideration liability ............................................... $
Total
Carrying
Value
Level 1
Level 2
Level 3
1.2
29.3
65.5
335.5
196.1
4.8
32.9
21.3
228.9
169.2
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
1.2
$
— $
— $
— $
— $
4.8
$
— $
— $
— $
— $
29.3
65.5
335.5
— $
$
$
$
— $
32.9
21.3
228.9
— $
$
$
$
— $
—
—
—
—
196.1
—
—
—
—
169.2
The following table provides information about the Company's financial assets and liabilities not carried at fair value:
(Millions of Dollars)
Other investments ........................................................... $
Long-term debt, including current portion...................... $
December 28, 2019
December 29, 2018
Carrying
Value
Fair
Value
Carrying
Value
Fair
Value
14.4
3,179.5
$
$
14.8
3,601.0
$
$
7.6
3,822.3
$
$
7.7
3,905.4
The money market fund and other investments related to the West Coast Loading Corporation ("WCLC") trust are considered
Level 1 instruments within the fair value hierarchy. The long-term debt instruments are considered Level 2 instruments and are
measured using a discounted cash flow analysis based on the Company’s marginal borrowing rates. The differences between
the carrying values and fair values of long-term debt are attributable to the stated interest rates differing from the Company's
106
marginal borrowing rates. The fair values of the Company's variable rate short-term borrowings approximate their carrying
values at December 28, 2019 and December 29, 2018. The fair values of derivative financial instruments in the table above are
based on current settlement values.
As part of the Craftsman® brand acquisition in March 2017, the Company recorded a contingent consideration liability
representing the Company's obligation to make future payments to Transform Holdco, LLC, which operates Sears and Kmart
retail locations, of between 2.5% and 3.5% on sales of Craftsman products in new Stanley Black & Decker channels through
March 2032, which was valued at $134.5 million as of the acquisition date. The first payment is due the second quarter of 2020
relating to royalties owed for the previous twelve quarters, and future payments will be due quarterly through the first quarter
of 2032. The estimated fair value of the contingent consideration liability is determined using a discounted cash flow analysis
taking into consideration future sales projections, forecasted payments to Transform Holdco, LLC, based on contractual royalty
rates, and the related tax impacts. The estimated fair value of the contingent consideration liability was $196.1 million and
$169.2 million as of December 28, 2019 and December 29, 2018, respectively. The change in fair value during 2019 was
recorded in SG&A in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. A 100 basis point reduction in the discount rate would result
in an increase to the liability of approximately $7.5 million as of December 28, 2019.
The Company had no significant non-recurring fair value measurements, nor any other financial assets or liabilities measured
using Level 3 inputs, during 2019 or 2018.
Refer to Note I, Financial Instruments, for more details regarding derivative financial instruments, Note S, Contingencies, for
more details regarding the other investments related to the WCLC trust, and Note H, Long-Term Debt and Financing
Arrangements, for more information regarding the carrying values of the Company's long-term debt.
N. OTHER COSTS AND EXPENSES
Other, net is primarily comprised of intangible asset amortization expense (see Note F, Goodwill and Intangible Assets),
currency-related gains or losses, environmental remediation expense, acquisition-related transaction and consulting costs, and
certain pension gains or losses. Acquisition-related transaction and consulting costs of $30.2 million and $30.4 million were
included in Other, net for the years ended December 28, 2019 and December 29, 2018, respectively. In addition, Other, net
included a $77.7 million environmental remediation charge recorded in 2018 related to a settlement with the Environmental
Protection Agency ("EPA"). Refer to Note S, Contingencies, for further discussion of the EPA settlement.
Research and development costs, which are classified in SG&A, were $255.2 million, $275.8 million and $252.3 million for
fiscal years 2019, 2018 and 2017, respectively.
O. RESTRUCTURING CHARGES
A summary of the restructuring reserve activity from December 29, 2018 to December 28, 2019 is as follows:
(Millions of Dollars)
Severance and related costs....................................... $
Facility closures and asset impairments....................
Total .......................................................................... $
December 29,
2018
Net
Additions
Usage
Currency
December 28,
2019
105.7
3.1
108.8
$
$
131.9
22.2
154.1
$
$
(97.4) $
(17.9)
(115.3) $
0.1
0.1
0.2
$
$
140.3
7.5
147.8
During 2019, the Company recognized net restructuring charges of $154.1 million, primarily related to severance costs
associated with a cost reduction program announced in the third quarter of 2019. Current and expected actions of the program
include headcount reductions across the Company as well as footprint rationalization opportunities.
The majority of the $147.8 million of reserves remaining as of December 28, 2019 is expected to be utilized within the next 12
months.
Segments: The $154 million of net restructuring charges for the year ended December 28, 2019 includes: $63 million pertaining
to the Tools & Storage segment; $27 million pertaining to the Industrial segment; $18 million pertaining to the Security
segment; and $46 million pertaining to Corporate.
P. BUSINESS SEGMENTS AND GEOGRAPHIC AREAS
The Company's operations are classified into three reportable segments, which also represent its operating segments: Tools &
Storage, Industrial and Security.
107
The Tools & Storage segment is comprised of the Power Tools & Equipment ("PTE") and Hand Tools, Accessories & Storage
("HTAS") businesses. The PTE business includes both professional and consumer products. Professional products include
professional grade corded and cordless electric power tools and equipment including drills, impact wrenches and drivers,
grinders, saws, routers and sanders, as well as pneumatic tools and fasteners including nail guns, nails, staplers and staples,
concrete and masonry anchors. Consumer products include corded and cordless electric power tools sold primarily under the
BLACK+DECKER® brand, lawn and garden products, including hedge trimmers, string trimmers, lawn mowers, edgers and
related accessories, and home products such as hand-held vacuums, paint tools and cleaning appliances. The HTAS business
sells hand tools, power tool accessories and storage products. Hand tools include measuring, leveling and layout tools, planes,
hammers, demolition tools, clamps, vises, knives, saws, chisels and industrial and automotive tools. Power tool accessories
include drill bits, screwdriver bits, router bits, abrasives, saw blades and threading products. Storage products include tool
boxes, sawhorses, medical cabinets and engineered storage solution products.
The Industrial segment is comprised of the Engineered Fastening and Infrastructure businesses. The Engineered Fastening
business primarily sells engineered fastening products and systems designed for specific applications. The product lines include
blind rivets and tools, blind inserts and tools, drawn arc weld studs and systems, engineered plastic and mechanical fasteners,
self-piercing riveting systems, precision nut running systems, micro fasteners, and high-strength structural fasteners. The
Infrastructure business consists of the Oil & Gas and Attachment Tools product lines. Oil & Gas sells and rents custom pipe
handling, joint welding and coating equipment used in the construction of large and small diameter pipelines, and provides
pipeline inspection services. Attachment Tools sells hydraulic tools, attachments and accessories.
The Security segment is comprised of the Convergent Security Solutions ("CSS") and Mechanical Access Solutions ("MAS")
businesses. The CSS business designs, supplies and installs commercial electronic security systems and provides electronic
security services, including alarm monitoring, video surveillance, fire alarm monitoring, systems integration and system
maintenance. Purchasers of these systems typically contract for ongoing security systems monitoring and maintenance at the
time of initial equipment installation. The business also sells healthcare solutions, which include asset tracking, infant
protection, pediatric protection, patient protection, wander management, fall management, and emergency call products. The
MAS business primarily sells automatic doors.
The Company utilizes segment profit, which is defined as net sales minus cost of sales and SG&A inclusive of the provision for
doubtful accounts (aside from corporate overhead expense), and segment profit as a percentage of net sales to assess the
profitability of each segment. Segment profit excludes the corporate overhead expense element of SG&A, other, net (inclusive
of intangible asset amortization expense), gain or loss on sales of businesses, pension settlement, restructuring charges, loss on
debt extinguishment, interest income, interest expense, income taxes and share of net loss of equity method investment.
Corporate overhead is comprised of world headquarters facility expense, cost for the executive management team and expenses
pertaining to certain centralized functions that benefit the entire Company but are not directly attributable to the businesses,
such as legal and corporate finance functions. Refer to Note F, Goodwill and Intangible Assets, and Note O, Restructuring
Charges, for the amount of intangible asset amortization expense and net restructuring charges, respectively, attributable to
each segment. Transactions between segments are not material. Segment assets primarily include cash, accounts receivable,
inventory, other current assets, property, plant and equipment, right-of-use lease assets and intangible assets. Net sales and
long-lived assets are attributed to the geographic regions based on the geographic locations of the end customer and the
Company subsidiary, respectively.
108
BUSINESS SEGMENTS
(Millions of Dollars)
Net Sales
Tools & Storage................................................................................. $
Industrial ...........................................................................................
Security .............................................................................................
Consolidated...................................................................................... $
Segment Profit
Tools & Storage................................................................................. $
Industrial ...........................................................................................
Security .............................................................................................
Segment Profit...................................................................................
Corporate overhead ...........................................................................
Other, net...........................................................................................
Gain (loss) on sales of businesses .....................................................
Pension settlement.............................................................................
Restructuring charges........................................................................
Loss on debt extinguishment.............................................................
Interest income ..................................................................................
Interest expense.................................................................................
Earnings before income taxes and equity interest............................. $
Capital and Software Expenditures
Tools & Storage................................................................................. $
Industrial ...........................................................................................
Security .............................................................................................
Consolidated...................................................................................... $
Depreciation and Amortization
Tools & Storage................................................................................. $
Industrial ...........................................................................................
Security .............................................................................................
Consolidated...................................................................................... $
Segment Assets
Tools & Storage................................................................................. $
Industrial ...........................................................................................
Security .............................................................................................
Corporate assets ................................................................................
Consolidated...................................................................................... $
2019
2018
2017
10,062.1
2,434.7
1,945.4
14,442.2
1,533.3
334.1
126.6
1,994.0
(229.5)
(249.1)
17.0
—
(154.1)
(17.9)
53.9
(284.3)
1,130.0
297.2
89.6
37.9
424.7
327.8
159.3
73.1
560.2
13,642.4
4,207.0
3,448.6
21,298.0
(701.4)
20,596.6
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
9,814.0
2,187.8
1,980.6
13,982.4
1,393.1
319.8
169.3
1,882.2
(202.8)
(287.0)
(0.8)
—
(160.3)
—
68.7
(277.9)
1,022.1
353.7
95.8
42.6
492.1
300.1
125.9
80.5
506.5
13,122.6
3,620.5
3,413.6
20,156.7
(748.7)
19,408.0
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
9,045.0
1,974.3
1,947.3
12,966.6
1,438.9
345.9
211.7
1,996.5
(217.4)
(269.2)
264.1
(12.2)
(51.5)
—
40.1
(222.6)
1,527.8
327.2
76.2
39.0
442.4
271.9
107.4
81.4
460.7
12,870.3
3,413.3
3,407.0
19,690.6
(592.9)
19,097.7
Corporate assets primarily consist of cash, equity method investment, deferred taxes, and property, plant and equipment. Based
on the nature of the Company's cash pooling arrangements, at times corporate-related cash accounts will be in a net liability
position.
109
Sales to Lowe's were approximately 21%, 17% and 16% of the Tools & Storage segment net sales in 2019, 2018 and 2017,
respectively. Sales to The Home Depot were approximately 15%, 14%, and 13% of the Tools & Storage segment net sales in
2019, 2018 and 2017, respectively.
As described in Note A, Significant Accounting Policies, the Company recognizes revenue at a point in time from the sale of
tangible products or over time depending on when the performance obligation is satisfied. For the years ended December 28,
2019 and December 29, 2018, the majority of the Company’s revenue was recognized at the time of sale. The following table
provides the percent of total segment revenue recognized over time for the Industrial and Security segments for the years ended
December 28, 2019, December 29, 2018 and December 30, 2017:
Industrial ............................................................................................
Security ..............................................................................................
10.9%
45.8%
11.9%
44.9%
13.4%
48.1%
2019
2018
2017
The following table is a further disaggregation of the Industrial segment revenue for the years ended December 28, 2019,
December 29, 2018 and December 30, 2017:
(Millions of Dollars)
Engineered Fastening......................................................................... $
Infrastructure......................................................................................
Industrial ............................................................................................ $
2019
2018
2017
1,738.5
696.2
2,434.7
$
$
1,766.6
421.2
2,187.8
$
$
1,554.3
420.0
1,974.3
GEOGRAPHIC AREAS
(Millions of Dollars)
Net Sales
United States ...................................................................................... $
Canada................................................................................................
Other Americas ..................................................................................
France.................................................................................................
Other Europe......................................................................................
Asia ....................................................................................................
Consolidated ...................................................................................... $
Property, Plant & Equipment
United States ...................................................................................... $
Canada................................................................................................
Other Americas ..................................................................................
France.................................................................................................
Other Europe......................................................................................
Asia ....................................................................................................
Consolidated ...................................................................................... $
2019
2018
2017
8,472.1
609.9
717.9
610.2
2,870.8
1,161.3
14,442.2
1,046.8
27.4
117.9
57.3
352.3
357.8
1,959.5
$
$
$
$
7,700.3
628.3
801.5
627.8
2,989.9
1,234.6
13,982.4
1,018.3
25.5
112.7
63.9
356.9
337.9
1,915.2
$
$
$
$
7,025.7
583.3
790.7
623.8
2,791.1
1,152.0
12,966.6
850.2
30.0
111.2
65.1
378.0
308.0
1,742.5
Q. INCOME TAXES
Significant components of the Company’s deferred tax assets and liabilities at the end of each fiscal year were as follows:
110
(Millions of Dollars)
Deferred tax liabilities:
Depreciation............................................................................................................ $
Amortization of intangibles ....................................................................................
Liability on undistributed foreign earnings ............................................................
Lease right-of-use asset ..........................................................................................
Other .......................................................................................................................
Total deferred tax liabilities.................................................................................... $
Deferred tax assets:
Employee benefit plans........................................................................................... $
Basis differences in liabilities.................................................................................
Operating loss, capital loss and tax credit carryforwards .......................................
Lease liability..........................................................................................................
Other .......................................................................................................................
Total deferred tax assets................................................................................................. $
Net Deferred Tax Asset before Valuation Allowance ................................................ $
Valuation Allowance ...................................................................................................... $
Net Deferred Tax Liability after Valuation Allowance ............................................. $
2019
2018
144.9
731.8
159.3
129.7
89.5
1,255.2
$
$
$
235.4
82.0
1,100.3
129.6
149.2
1,696.5
$
441.3
$
(1,065.0) $
(623.7) $
128.5
672.8
202.5
—
73.9
1,077.7
222.1
93.3
710.6
—
147.3
1,173.3
95.6
(626.7)
(531.1)
A valuation allowance is recorded on certain deferred tax assets if it has been determined it is more likely than not that all or a
portion of these assets will not be realized. The Company recorded a valuation allowance of $1,065.0 million and $626.7
million on deferred tax assets existing as of December 28, 2019 and December 29, 2018, respectively. The valuation allowance
in 2019 and 2018 was primarily attributable to foreign and state net operating loss carryforwards and foreign capital loss
carryforwards.
As of December 28, 2019, the Company has approximately $5.2 billion of unremitted foreign earnings and profits. Of the total
amount, the Company has provided for deferred taxes of $159.3 million on approximately $2.5 billion, which is not indefinitely
reinvested primarily due to the changes brought about by the Act. The Company otherwise continues to consider the remaining
undistributed earnings of its foreign subsidiaries to be permanently reinvested based on its current plans for use outside of the
U.S. and accordingly no taxes have been provided on such earnings. The cash that the Company’s non-U.S. subsidiaries hold
for indefinite reinvestment is generally used to finance foreign operations and investments, including acquisitions. The income
taxes applicable to such earnings are not readily determinable or practicable to calculate.
Net operating loss carryforwards of $4.3 billion as of December 28, 2019 are available to reduce future tax obligations of
certain U.S. and foreign companies. The net operating loss carryforwards have various expiration dates beginning in 2020 with
certain jurisdictions having indefinite carryforward periods. The foreign capital loss carryforwards of $32.9 million as of
December 28, 2019 have indefinite carryforward periods.
The components of earnings before income taxes and equity interest consisted of the following:
(Millions of Dollars)
United States .......................................................................................... $
Foreign ...................................................................................................
Earnings before income taxes and equity interest.................................. $
2019
2018
2017
214.5
915.5
1,130.0
$
$
444.1
578.0
1,022.1
$
$
715.2
812.6
1,527.8
111
Income tax expense (benefit) consisted of the following:
(Millions of Dollars)
Current:
2019
2018
2017
Federal.................................................................................................. $
Foreign .................................................................................................
State......................................................................................................
Total current......................................................................................... $
Deferred:
Federal.................................................................................................. $
Foreign .................................................................................................
State......................................................................................................
Total deferred .......................................................................................
Income taxes........................................................................................... $
(23.7) $
195.9
6.5
178.7
$
5.7
(32.9)
9.3
(17.9)
160.8
$
$
25.4
175.0
24.8
225.2
29.7
132.7
28.7
191.1
416.3
$
$
$
$
590.6
224.6
25.4
840.6
(513.0)
(33.0)
6.3
(539.7)
300.9
Net income taxes paid during 2019, 2018 and 2017 were $250.1 million, $339.4 million and $273.6 million, respectively. The
2019, 2018 and 2017 amounts include refunds of $72.5 million, $43.7 million and $28.5 million, respectively, primarily related
to prior year overpayments and settlement of tax audits.
The reconciliation of the U.S. federal statutory income tax provision to Income taxes in the Consolidated Statements of
Operations is as follows:
(Millions of Dollars)
Tax at statutory rate................................................................................ $
State income taxes, net of federal benefits.............................................
Foreign tax rate differential ...................................................................
Uncertain tax benefits ............................................................................
Change in valuation allowance ..............................................................
Change in deferred tax liabilities on undistributed foreign earnings.....
Basis difference for businesses Held for Sale........................................
Stock-based compensation.....................................................................
Sale of businesses ..................................................................................
U.S. Federal tax reform..........................................................................
Other ......................................................................................................
Income taxes .......................................................................................... $
2019
2018
2017
237.3
22.1
(53.3)
(53.1)
10.5
—
—
(24.1)
6.7
—
14.7
160.8
$
$
214.6
24.7
(33.2)
4.5
5.1
—
—
(4.1)
—
199.6
5.1
416.3
$
$
534.1
13.3
(149.0)
64.4
(5.4)
(94.1)
27.9
(23.2)
(47.3)
23.6
(43.4)
300.9
The Company conducts business globally and, as a result, files income tax returns in the U.S. federal jurisdiction and various
state and foreign jurisdictions. In the normal course, the Company is subject to examinations by taxing authorities throughout
the world. The Internal Revenue Service is currently examining the Company's consolidated U.S. income tax returns for the
2015 and 2016 tax years. With few exceptions, as of December 28, 2019, the Company is no longer subject to U.S. federal,
state, local, or foreign examinations by tax authorities for years before 2012.
The Company’s liabilities for unrecognized tax benefits relate to U.S. and various foreign jurisdictions. The following table
summarizes the activity related to the unrecognized tax benefits:
(Millions of Dollars)
Balance at beginning of year................................................................... $
Additions based on tax positions related to current year ........................
Additions based on tax positions related to prior years ..........................
Reductions based on tax positions related to prior years ........................
Settlements ..............................................................................................
Statute of limitations expirations ............................................................
Balance at end of year ............................................................................. $
2019
2018
2017
406.3
48.6
78.5
(91.1)
(0.3)
(35.7)
406.3
$
$
387.8
28.3
103.0
(91.5)
(2.5)
(18.8)
406.3
$
$
309.8
34.6
82.5
(4.2)
(0.3)
(34.6)
387.8
112
The gross unrecognized tax benefits at December 28, 2019 and December 29, 2018 include $398.2 million and $397.0 million,
respectively, of tax benefits that, if recognized, would impact the effective tax rate. The liability for potential penalties and
interest related to unrecognized tax benefits decreased by $4.3 million in 2019 and $15.8 million in 2018, and increased by $3.8
million in 2017. The liability for potential penalties and interest totaled $47.8 million as of December 28, 2019, $52.1 million
as of December 29, 2018, and $67.9 million as of December 30, 2017. The Company classifies all tax-related interest and
penalties as income tax expense.
The Company considers many factors when evaluating and estimating its tax positions and the impact on income tax expense,
which may require periodic adjustments, and which may not accurately anticipate actual outcomes. It is reasonably possible
that the amount of the unrecognized benefit with respect to certain of the Company's unrecognized tax positions will
significantly increase or decrease within the next twelve months. However, based on the uncertainties associated with finalizing
audits with the relevant tax authorities including formal legal proceedings, it is not possible to reasonably estimate the impact
of any such change.
Changes resulting from the Act included, but were not limited to, a corporate tax rate decrease from 35% to 21% effective for
tax years beginning after December 31, 2017, changes to U.S. international taxation, and a one-time transition tax on the
mandatory deemed repatriation of cumulative foreign earnings as of December 31, 2017. Pursuant to Staff Accounting Bulletin
No. 118 (“SAB 118”) issued by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission ("SEC") in December 2017, issuers were
permitted up to one year from the enactment of the Act to complete the accounting for the income tax effects of the Act (“the
measurement period”). The Company completed its accounting for the tax effects of the Act within the measurement period and
those effects are included as a component of Income taxes in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.
Deferred tax assets and liabilities: U.S. deferred tax assets and liabilities were remeasured as a result of the Act based on the
rates at which they are expected to reverse in the future, resulting in an income tax benefit of approximately $230.6 million.
The Company recorded an income tax provision of $21.9 million in 2018 as an adjustment to its provisional income tax benefit
recorded in 2017 of $252.5 million.
Transition Tax: The one-time transition tax, which totals $447.2 million, is based on the Company’s post-1986 earnings and
profits that were previously deferred from U.S. income taxes. As a result of legislative guidance issued in 2019, the Company
recorded a $2.9 million adjustment to its income tax payable of approximately $450.1 million recorded as of December 29,
2018. The Company has elected to pay its transition tax over the eight-year period provided in the Act. As of December 28,
2019, the remaining balance of the transition tax obligation is $344.1 million, which will be paid over the next six years.
Indefinite reinvestment: Following enactment of the Act and the associated one-time transition tax, in general, repatriation of
foreign earnings to the United States can be completed with no incremental U.S. tax. However, repatriation of foreign earnings
could subject the Company to U.S. state and non-U.S. jurisdictional taxes (including withholding taxes) on distributions. While
repatriation of some foreign earnings held outside the United States may be restricted by local laws, most of the Company’s
foreign earnings as of December 2017 could be repatriated to the United States. As a result of the Act, the Company analyzed
all unrepatriated foreign earnings as of December 2017 and concluded at that time that it no longer asserted indefinite
reinvestment on approximately $4.8 billion. The deferred tax liability associated with these unrepatriated foreign earnings was
approximately $217.7 million. The Company recorded a $188.3 million income tax provision in 2018, mainly comprised of
U.S. state and non-U.S. jurisdictional withholding taxes. The Company otherwise continues to consider the remaining
undistributed earnings of its foreign subsidiaries to be permanently reinvested based on its current plans for use outside of the
U.S. and accordingly no taxes have been provided on such earnings.
R. COMMITMENTS AND GUARANTEES
COMMITMENTS — The Company has numerous assets, predominantly real estate, vehicles and equipment, under various
lease arrangements. At inception of arrangements with vendors, the Company determines whether the contract is or contains a
lease based on each party’s rights and obligations under the arrangement. If the lease arrangement also contains non-lease
components, the lease and non-lease elements are separately accounted for in accordance with the appropriate accounting
guidance for each item. From time to time, lease arrangements allow for, and the Company executes, the purchase of the
underlying leased asset. Lease arrangements may also contain renewal options or early termination options. As part of its lease
liability and right-of-use asset calculation, consideration is given to the likelihood of exercising any extension or termination
options. The present value of the Company’s lease liability was calculated using a weighted-average incremental borrowing
rate of 3.75%. The Company determined its incremental borrowing rate based on interest rates from its debt issuances taking
into consideration adjustments for collateral, lease terms and foreign currency. As a result of acquiring right-of-use assets from
new leases entered into during the year ended December 28, 2019, the Company's lease liability increased approximately
$186.9 million. As of December 28, 2019, the Company recognized a lease liability of approximately
113
$536.9 million and a right-of-use asset of approximately $535.4 million. The right-of-use asset is included within Other assets
in the Consolidated Balance Sheets, while the lease liability is included within Accrued expenses and Other liabilities, as
appropriate. As permitted by ASC 842, leases with expected durations of less than 12 months from inception (i.e. short-term
leases) were excluded from the Company’s calculation of its lease liability and right-of-use asset. Furthermore, as permitted by
ASC 842, the Company elected to apply the package of practical expedients upon transition, which allowed companies not to
reassess: (a) whether its expired or existing contracts are or contain leases, (b) the lease classification for any expired or
existing leases, and (c) initial direct costs for any existing leases.
The Company is a party to leases for one of its major distribution centers and two of its office buildings in which the periodic
rental payments vary based on interest rates (i.e. LIBOR). The leases qualify as operating leases for accounting purposes.
The following is a summary of the Company's total lease cost for the year ended December 28, 2019:
(Millions of Dollars)
Operating lease cost ............................................................................................................................. $
Short-term lease cost ............................................................................................................................
Variable lease cost ................................................................................................................................
Sublease income ...................................................................................................................................
Total lease cost ..................................................................................................................................... $
2019
151.6
26.6
8.5
(2.8)
183.9
During 2019, the Company paid approximately $154.4 million relating to leases included in the measurement of its lease
liability and right-of-use asset. The weighted-average remaining term for the Company's leases is approximately 7 years.
The following is a summary of the Company's future lease obligations on an undiscounted basis at December 28, 2019:
(Millions of Dollars)
Lease obligations .............................. $
Total
2020
2021
2022
2023
2024
607.4
$
144.1
$
110.7
$
82.4
$
59.4
$
53.7
Thereafter
157.1
$
In 2019, the Company completed many actions within the Margin Resiliency Program and one rooftop footprint initiative
resulted in a sale-leaseback arrangement related to one of its distribution centers, which resulted in cash proceeds of $93.0
million, a pre-tax gain of $69.5 million and a twelve-year lease obligation.
Prior to the adoption of the new lease standard as further discussed in Note A, Significant Accounting Policies, the Company's
rental expense, exclusive of sublease income, for operating leases was $177.6 million and $150.4 million in 2018 and 2017,
respectively.
The following is a summary of the Company’s future marketing commitments at December 28, 2019:
(Millions of Dollars)
Marketing commitments ................... $
Total
2020
2021
2022
2023
34.5
$
24.9
$
6.5
$
2.7
$
0.4
$
2024
Thereafter
—
— $
GUARANTEES — The Company's financial guarantees at December 28, 2019 are as follows:
(Millions of Dollars)
Guarantees on the residual values of leased properties.......
Standby letters of credit ......................................................
Commercial customer financing arrangements...................
Total.....................................................................................
Term
One to five years
Up to three years
Up to six years
$
$
Maximum
Potential
Payment
Carrying
Amount of
Liability
102.6
$
154.4
64.7
321.7
$
—
—
6.3
6.3
The Company has guaranteed a portion of the residual values of leased assets relating to the previously discussed leases for one
of its major distribution centers and two of its office buildings. The lease guarantees aggregate $102.6 million while the fair
value of the underlying assets is estimated at $123.6 million. The related assets would be available to satisfy the guarantee
obligations and therefore it is unlikely the Company will incur any future loss associated with these guarantees.
114
The Company has issued $154.4 million in standby letters of credit that guarantee future payments which may be required
under certain insurance programs and in relation to certain environmental remediation activities described more fully in Note S,
Contingencies.
The Company provides various limited and full recourse guarantees to financial institutions that provide financing to U.S. and
Canadian Mac Tool distributors and franchisees for their initial purchase of the inventory and truck necessary to function as a
distributor and franchisee. In addition, the Company provides limited and full recourse guarantees to financial institutions that
extend credit to certain end retail customers of its U.S. Mac Tool distributors and franchisees. The gross amount guaranteed in
these arrangements is $64.7 million and the $6.3 million carrying value of the guarantees issued is recorded in Other liabilities
in the Consolidated Balance Sheets.
The Company provides warranties which vary across its businesses. The types of product warranties offered generally range
from one year to limited lifetime. There are also certain products with no warranty. Further, the Company sometimes incurs
discretionary costs to service its products in connection with product performance issues. Historical warranty and service claim
experience forms the basis for warranty obligations recognized. Adjustments are recorded to the warranty liability as new
information becomes available.
Following is a summary of the warranty liability activity for the years ended December 28, 2019, December 29, 2018, and
December 30, 2017:
(Millions of Dollars)
Balance beginning of period.................................................................. $
Warranties and guarantees issued..........................................................
Warranty payments and currency ..........................................................
Balance end of period............................................................................ $
2019
2018
2017
102.1
$
108.5
$
128.1
(130.1)
100.1
$
110.4
(116.8)
102.1
$
103.4
105.3
(100.2)
108.5
S. CONTINGENCIES
The Company is involved in various legal proceedings relating to environmental issues, employment, product liability, workers’
compensation claims and other matters. The Company periodically reviews the status of these proceedings with both inside and
outside counsel, as well as an actuary for risk insurance. Management believes that the ultimate disposition of these matters
will not have a material adverse effect on operations or financial condition taken as a whole.
On January 25, 2019, IPS Worldwide, LLC ("IPS"), a third-party provider of freight payment processing services for the
Company, filed for Chapter 11 bankruptcy protection and listed the Company as an unsecured creditor. As of December 29,
2018, there were outstanding obligations of approximately $50.8 million owed to certain of the Company's freight carriers.
Such amounts had previously been remitted to IPS through a third-party financing program for ultimate payment to these
freight carriers. However, due to nonperformance of IPS with respect to processing these payments and the Company's
obligation to its freight carriers, an incremental $50.8 million charge was recorded in the fourth quarter of 2018. This charge
did not include any amounts that the Company will attempt to recover from insurance and/or through the bankruptcy
proceedings, which could ultimately reduce the loss exposure recorded.
In the normal course of business, the Company is a party to administrative proceedings and litigation, before federal and state
regulatory agencies, relating to environmental remediation with respect to claims involving the discharge of hazardous
substances into the environment, generally at current and former manufacturing facilities. In addition, some of these claims
assert that the Company is responsible for damages and liability, for remedial investigation and clean-up costs, with respect to
sites that have never been owned or operated by the Company but the Company has been identified as a potentially responsible
party ("PRP").
In connection with the 2010 merger with Black & Decker, the Company assumed certain commitments and contingent
liabilities. Black & Decker is a party to litigation and administrative proceedings with respect to claims involving the discharge
of hazardous substances into the environment at current and former manufacturing facilities and has also been named as a PRP
in certain administrative proceedings.
The Company, along with many other companies, has been named as a PRP in numerous administrative proceedings for the
remediation of various waste sites, including 28 active Superfund sites. Current laws potentially impose joint and several
liabilities upon each PRP. In assessing its potential liability at these sites, the Company has considered the following: whether
responsibility is being disputed, the terms of existing agreements, experience at similar sites, and the Company’s volumetric
contribution at these sites.
115
The Company’s policy is to accrue environmental investigatory and remediation costs for identified sites when it is probable
that a liability has been incurred and the amount of loss can be reasonably estimated. If no amount in the range of probable loss
is considered most likely, the minimum loss in the range is accrued. The amount of liability recorded is based on an evaluation
of currently available facts with respect to each individual site and includes such factors as existing technology, presently
enacted laws and regulations, and prior experience in remediation of contaminated sites. The liabilities recorded do not take
into account any claims for recoveries from insurance or third parties. As assessments and remediation progress at individual
sites, the amounts recorded are reviewed periodically and adjusted to reflect additional technical and legal information that
becomes available. As of December 28, 2019 and December 29, 2018, the Company had reserves of $213.8 million and $246.6
million, respectively, for remediation activities associated with Company-owned properties, as well as for Superfund sites, for
losses that are probable and estimable. Of the 2019 amount, $57.8 million is classified as current and $156.0 million as long-
term which is expected to be paid over the estimated remediation period. As of December 28, 2019, the range of environmental
remediation costs that is reasonably possible is $149.1 million to $286.1 million which is subject to change in the near term.
The Company may be liable for environmental remediation of sites it no longer owns. Liabilities have been recorded on those
sites in accordance with the Company's policy.
As of December 28, 2019, the Company has recorded $15.6 million in other assets related to funding received by the
Environmental Protection Agency (“EPA”) and placed in a trust in accordance with the final settlement with the EPA,
embodied in a Consent Decree approved by the United States District Court for the Central District of California on July 3,
2013. Per the Consent Decree, Emhart Industries, Inc. (a dissolved and liquidated former indirectly wholly-owned subsidiary of
The Black & Decker Corporation) (“Emhart”) has agreed to be responsible for an interim remedy at a site located in Rialto,
California and formerly operated by West Coast Loading Corporation (“WCLC”), a defunct company for which Emhart was
alleged to be liable as a successor. The remedy will be funded by (i) the amounts received from the EPA as gathered from
multiple parties, and, to the extent necessary, (ii) Emhart's affiliate. The interim remedy requires the construction of a water
treatment facility and the filtering of ground water at or around the site for a period of approximately 30 years or more. As of
December 28, 2019, the Company's net cash obligation associated with remediation activities, including WCLC assets, is
$198.2 million.
The EPA also asserted claims in federal court in Rhode Island against Black & Decker and Emhart related to environmental
contamination found at the Centredale Manor Restoration Project Superfund Site ("Centredale"), located in North Providence,
Rhode Island. The EPA discovered a variety of contaminants at the site, including but not limited to, dioxins, polychlorinated
biphenyls, and pesticides. The EPA alleged that Black & Decker and Emhart are liable for site clean-up costs under the
Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act ("CERCLA") as successors to the liability of
Metro-Atlantic, Inc., a former operator at the site, and demanded reimbursement of the EPA’s costs related to this site. Black &
Decker and Emhart contested the EPA's allegation that they are responsible for the contamination, and asserted contribution
claims, counterclaims and cross-claims against a number of other PRPs, including the federal government as well as insurance
carriers. The EPA released its Record of Decision ("ROD") in September 2012, which identified and described the EPA's
selected remedial alternative for the site. Black & Decker and Emhart contested the EPA's selection of the remedial alternative
set forth in the ROD on the grounds that the EPA's actions were arbitrary and capricious and otherwise not in accordance with
law, and proposed other equally-protective, more cost-effective alternatives. On June 10, 2014, the EPA issued an
Administrative Order under Sec. 106 of CERCLA, instructing Black & Decker and Emhart to perform the remediation of
Centredale pursuant to the ROD. Black & Decker and Emhart disputed the factual, legal and scientific bases cited by the EPA
for such an administrative order and provided the EPA with numerous good-faith bases for their declination to comply with the
administrative order. Black & Decker and Emhart then vigorously litigated the issue of their liability for environmental
conditions at the Centredale site, including completing trial on Phase 1 of the proceedings in late July 2015 and completing trial
on Phase 2 of the proceedings in April 2017. Following the Phase I trial, the Court found that dioxin contamination at the
Centredale site was not "divisible" and that Black & Decker and Emhart were jointly and severally liable for dioxin
contamination at the site. Following the Phase 2 trial, the Court found that certain components of the EPA's selected remedy
were arbitrary and capricious, and remanded the matter to the EPA while retaining jurisdiction over the ongoing remedy
selection and implementation process. The Court also held in Phase 2 that Black & Decker and Emhart had sufficient cause for
their declination to comply with the EPA's June 10, 2014 administrative order and that no associated civil penalties or fines
were warranted. The United States filed a Motion for Reconsideration concerning the Court's Phase 2 rulings and appealed the
ruling to the United States Court of Appeals for the First Circuit. Black & Decker and Emhart's Motion to Dismiss the Appeal
was denied without prejudice for consideration with the merits. On July 9, 2018, a Consent Decree was lodged with the United
States District Court documenting the terms of a settlement between the Company and the United States for reimbursement of
EPA's past costs and remediation of environmental contamination found at the Centredale site. The terms of the Consent Decree
were subject to public comment and Court approval. After a full hearing on March 19, 2019, the Court approved and entered
the Consent Decree on April 8, 2019. The settlement resolves outstanding issues relating to Phase 1 and 2 of the litigation with
the United States. The Company is complying with the terms of the settlement while several PRPs at the site have appealed the
District Court's entry of the Consent Decree to the United States Court of Appeals for the First Circuit. Phase 3 of the litigation,
116
is addressing the potential allocation of liability to other PRPs who may have contributed to contamination of the Centredale
site with dioxins, polychlorinated biphenyls and other contaminants of concern. Based on the Company's estimated remediation
and response cost obligations arising out of the settlement reached with the United States (including the EPA’s past costs as
well as costs of additional investigation, remediation, and related costs such as EPA’s oversight costs), the Company has
increased its reserve for this site. Accordingly, in 2018, a $77.7 million increase was recorded in Other, net in the Consolidated
Statements of Operations. As of December 28, 2019, the Company has reserved $113.8 million for this site.
The Company and approximately 47 other companies comprise the Lower Passaic Cooperating Parties Group (the “CPG”). The
CPG members and other companies are parties to a May 2007 Administrative Settlement Agreement and Order on Consent
(“AOC”) with the EPA to perform a remedial investigation/feasibility study (“RI/FS”) of the lower seventeen miles of the
Lower Passaic River in New Jersey (the “River”). The Company’s potential liability stems from former operations in Newark,
New Jersey. As an interim step related to the 2007 AOC, on June 18, 2012, the CPG members voluntarily entered into an AOC
with the EPA for remediation actions focused solely at mile 10.9 of the River. The Company’s estimated costs related to the RI/
FS and focused remediation action at mile 10.9, based on an interim allocation, are included in its environmental reserves. On
April 11, 2014, the EPA issued a Focused Feasibility Study (“FFS”) and proposed plan which addressed various early action
remediation alternatives for the lower 8.3 miles of the River. The EPA received public comment on the FFS and proposed plan
(including comments from the CPG and other entities asserting that the FFS and proposed plan do not comply with CERCLA)
which public comment period ended on August 20, 2014. The CPG submitted to the EPA a draft RI report in February 2015 and
draft FS report in April 2015 for the entire lower seventeen miles of the River. On March 4, 2016, the EPA issued a Record of
Decision selecting the remedy for the lower 8.3 miles of the River. The cleanup plan adopted by the EPA is now considered a
final action for the lower 8.3 miles of the River and will include the removal of 3.5 million cubic yards of sediment, placement
of a cap over the entire lower 8.3 miles of the River, and, according to the EPA, will cost approximately $1.4 billion and take 6
years to implement after the remedial design is completed. (The EPA estimates that the remedial design will take four years to
complete.) The Company and 105 other parties received a letter dated March 31, 2016 from the EPA notifying such parties of
potential liability for the costs of the cleanup of the lower 8.3 miles of the River and a letter dated March 30, 2017 stating that
the EPA had offered 20 of the parties (not including the Company) an early cash out settlement. In a letter dated May 17, 2017,
the EPA stated that these 20 parties did not discharge any of the eight hazardous substances identified as the contaminants of
concern in the lower 8.3 mile ROD. In the March 30, 2017 letter, the EPA stated that other parties who did not discharge
dioxins, furans or polychlorinated biphenyls (which are considered the contaminants of concern posing the greatest risk to
human health or the environment) may also be eligible for cash out settlement, but expects those parties' allocation to be
determined through a complex settlement analysis using a third-party allocator. The EPA subsequently clarified this statement
to say that such parties would be eligible to be "funding parties" for the lower 8.3 mile remedial action with each party's share
of the costs determined by the EPA based on the allocation process and the remaining parties would be "work parties" for the
remedial action. The Company currently is participating in the allocation process that is expected to be completed in late 2020.
The Company asserts that it did not discharge dioxins, furans or polychlorinated biphenyls and should be eligible to be a
"funding party" for the lower 8.3 mile remedial action. On September 30, 2016, Occidental Chemical Corporation ("OCC")
entered into an agreement with the EPA to perform the remedial design for the cleanup plan for the lower 8.3 miles of the River.
On June 30, 2018, OCC filed a complaint in the United States District Court for the District of New Jersey against over 100
companies, including the Company, seeking CERCLA cost recovery or contribution for past costs relating to various
investigations and cleanups OCC has conducted or is conducting in connection with the River. According to the complaint,
OCC has incurred or is incurring costs which include the estimated cost ($165 million) to complete the remedial design for the
cleanup plan for the lower 8.3 miles of the River. OCC also seeks a declaratory judgment to hold the defendants liable for their
proper shares of future response costs for OCC's ongoing activities in connection with the River. The Company and other
defendants have answered the complaint and currently are engaged in discovery with OCC. On October 10, 2018, the EPA
issued a letter directing the CPG to prepare a streamlined feasibility study for the upper 9 miles of the River based on an
iterative approach using adaptive management strategies. The CPG submitted a draft Interim Remedy Feasibility Study to EPA
on August 12, 2019, which identifies various targeted dredge and cap alternatives with costs that range from $412 million to
$460 million (net present value). At this time, the Company cannot reasonably estimate its liability related to the litigation and
remediation efforts, excluding the RI/FS and remediation actions at mile 10.9, as the RI/FS is ongoing, the ultimate remedial
approach and associated cost for the upper portion of the River has not yet been determined, and the parties that will participate
in funding the remediation and their respective allocations are not yet known.
Per the terms of a Final Order and Judgment approved by the United States District Court for the Middle District of Florida on
January 22, 1991, Emhart is responsible for a percentage of remedial costs arising out of the Kerr McGee Chemical
Corporation Superfund Site located in Jacksonville, Florida. On March 15, 2017, the Company received formal notification
from the EPA that the EPA had issued a ROD selecting the preferred alternative identified in the Proposed Cleanup Plan. The
cleanup adopted by the EPA is estimated to cost approximately $68.7 million. As of December 28, 2019, the Company has
reserved $26.3 million for this site.
117
The environmental liability for certain sites that have cash payments beyond the current year that are fixed or reliably
determinable have been discounted using a rate of 1.6% to 2.3%, depending on the expected timing of disbursements. The
discounted and undiscounted amount of the liability relative to these sites is $40.8 million and $47.1 million, respectively. The
payments relative to these sites are expected to be $1.4 million in 2020, $3.0 million in 2021, $3.0 million in 2022, $3.0 million
in 2023, $3.1 million in 2024, and $33.6 million thereafter.
The amount recorded for identified contingent liabilities is based on estimates. Amounts recorded are reviewed periodically and
adjusted to reflect additional technical and legal information that becomes available. Actual costs to be incurred in future
periods may vary from the estimates, given the inherent uncertainties in evaluating certain exposures. Subject to the
imprecision in estimating future contingent liability costs, the Company does not expect that any sum it may have to pay in
connection with these matters in excess of the amounts recorded will have a materially adverse effect on its financial position,
results of operations or liquidity.
T. DIVESTITURES
On May 30, 2019, the Company sold its Sargent & Greenleaf mechanical locks business within the Security segment, which
resulted in net proceeds of $79.0 million and a pre-tax gain of $17.0 million. The divestiture allows the Company to invest in
other areas of the Company that fit into its long-term growth strategy. This disposal did not qualify as a discontinued operation
and is included in the Company's Consolidated Statements of Operations for all periods presented through the date of sale in
2019.
Following is the pre-tax income for this business for the years ended December 28, 2019, December 29, 2018, and
December 30, 2017:
(Millions of Dollars)
Pre-tax income .....................................................................................................
$
2019
2018
2017
4.6
$
11.7
$
13.4
On January 3, 2017, the Company sold a business within the Tools & Storage segment for $25.6 million. During the second
quarter of 2017, the Company received additional proceeds of $0.5 million as a result of the finalization of the purchase price.
On February 22, 2017, the Company sold the majority of its mechanical security businesses within the Security segment, which
included the commercial hardware brands of Best Access, phi Precision and GMT, for net proceeds of $717.1 million. The
Company also sold a small business in the Industrial segment during the third quarter of 2017 and a small business in the Tools
& Storage segment during the fourth quarter of 2017 for total proceeds of approximately $13.7 million. As a result of these
sales, the Company recognized a net pre-tax gain of $264.1 million in 2017, primarily related to the sale of the mechanical
security businesses. The results of these disposals are included in the Company's Consolidated Statements of Operations
through their respective dates of sale in 2017. The Company recognized pre-tax income for these businesses of $7.0 million for
the year ended December 30, 2017.
118
SELECTED QUARTERLY FINANCIAL DATA (unaudited)
(Millions of Dollars, except per share amounts)
2019
Net Sales............................................................
Gross profit........................................................
Selling, general and administrative (1) ....................
Net earnings.......................................................
Less: Net earnings attributable to non-
controlling interest.............................................
Net Earnings Attributable to Common
Shareowners ......................................................
Earnings per share of common stock:
Basic ......................................................
Diluted ...................................................
2018
Net Sales............................................................
Gross profit........................................................
Selling, general and administrative (1) ....................
Net earnings (loss).............................................
Less: Net (loss) earnings attributable to non-
controlling interest.............................................
Net Earnings (Loss) Attributable to Common
Shareowners ......................................................
Earnings (loss) per share of common stock:
Basic ......................................................
Diluted ...................................................
(1) Includes provision for doubtful accounts.
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
First
Second
Third
Fourth
Year
Quarter
3,333.6
1,105.6
778.9
170.4
0.5
169.9
1.15
1.13
3,209.3
1,165.7
785.6
170.1
(0.5)
170.6
1.13
1.11
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
3,761.3
1,299.8
782.3
357.4
1.1
356.3
2.41
2.37
3,643.6
1,287.1
805.8
293.4
(0.2)
293.6
1.96
1.93
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
3,633.1
1,239.5
756.1
231.1
0.6
230.5
1.55
1.53
3,494.8
1,238.4
798.9
248.3
0.5
247.8
1.67
1.65
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
3,714.2
1,160.6
723.7
199.1
—
199.1
1.34
1.32
3,634.7
1,159.9
781.4
(106.0)
14,442.2
4,805.5
3,041.0
958.0
2.2
955.8
6.44
6.35
13,982.4
4,851.1
3,171.7
605.8
0.8
0.6
(106.8) $
605.2
(0.72) $
(0.72) $
4.06
3.99
The 2019 year-to-date results above include $363 million of pre-tax acquisition-related and other charges, a $78 million tax
benefit of the pre-tax acquisition-related and other charges, as well as $24 million of after-tax charges related to the Company's
share of equity method investment earnings. The net impact of the above items and effect on diluted earnings per share by
quarter was as follows:
Acquisition-Related Charges & Other
• Q1 2019 — $52 million loss ($43 million after-tax and equity interest) ..................................
• Q2 2019 — $33 million loss ($44 million after-tax and equity interest) ..................................
• Q3 2019 — $114 million loss ($91 million after-tax and equity interest) ................................
• Q4 2019 — $164 million loss ($131 million after-tax and equity interest) ..............................
Diluted EPS Impact
($0.29) per diluted share
($0.29) per diluted share
($0.60) per diluted share
($0.86) per diluted share
The 2018 year-to-date results above include $450 million of pre-tax acquisition-related and other charges, as well as net tax
charges of $181 million, which is comprised of charges related to the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act ("the Act") partially offset by the
tax benefit of the pre-tax acquisition-related and other charges. The net impact of the above items and effect on diluted earnings
per share by quarter was as follows:
Acquisition-Related Charges & Other
• Q1 2018 — $25 million loss ($43 million after-tax).................................................................
• Q2 2018 — $127 million loss ($98 million after-tax)...............................................................
• Q3 2018 — $85 million loss ($66 million after-tax).................................................................
• Q4 2018 — $213 million loss ($424 million after-tax).............................................................
Diluted EPS Impact
($0.28) per diluted share
($0.64) per diluted share
($0.43) per diluted share
($2.83) per diluted share
119
EXHIBIT INDEX
STANLEY BLACK & DECKER, INC.
EXHIBIT LIST
Some of the agreements included as exhibits to this Annual Report on Form 10-K (whether incorporated by reference to earlier
filings or otherwise) may contain representations and warranties, recitals or other statements that appear to be statements of
fact. These agreements are included solely to provide investors with information regarding their terms and are not intended to
provide any other factual or disclosure information about the Company or the other parties to the agreements. Representations
and warranties, recitals, and other common disclosure provisions have been included in the agreements solely for the benefit of
the other parties to the applicable agreements and often are used as a means of allocating risk among the parties. Accordingly,
such statements (i) should not be treated as categorical statements of fact; (ii) may be qualified by disclosures that were made to
the other parties in connection with the negotiation of the applicable agreements, which disclosures are not necessarily reflected
in the agreement or included as exhibits hereto; (iii) may apply standards of materiality in a way that is different from what may
be viewed as material by or to investors in or lenders to the Company; and (iv) were made only as of the date of the applicable
agreement or such other date or dates as may be specified in the agreement and are subject to more recent developments.
Accordingly, representations and warranties, recitals or other disclosures contained in agreements may not describe the actual
state of affairs as of the date they were made or at any other time and should not be relied on by any person other than the
parties thereto in accordance with their terms. Additional information about the Company may be found in this Annual Report
on Form 10-K and the Company’s other public filings, which are available without charge through the SEC’s website at http://
www.sec.gov.
3.1 (a) Restated Certificate of Incorporation dated September 15, 1998 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3(i) to the
Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on May 13, 2010).
(b) Certificate of Amendment to the Restated Certificate of Incorporation dated December 21, 2009 (incorporated
by reference to Exhibit 3(ii) to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on May 13, 2010).
(c) Certificate of Amendment to the Restated Certificate of Incorporation dated March 12, 2010 (incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 3(iii) to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on May 13, 2010).
(d) Certificate of Amendment to the Restated Certificate of Incorporation dated November 5, 2010 (incorporated
by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on November 9, 2010).
(e) Certificate of Amendment to the Restated Certificate of Incorporation dated April 17, 2012 (incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 3(i) to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on May 2, 2012).
(f) Certificate of Amendment to the Restated Certificate of Incorporation dated May 17, 2017 (incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on May 17, 2017).
(g) Certificate of Amendment to the Restated Certificate of Incorporation dated November 13, 2019 (incorporated
by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on November 13, 2019).
3.2 (a) Amended & Restated ByLaws (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 of the Company’s Current Report on
Form 8-K filed on January 21, 2020).
4.1 (a)
Indenture, dated as of June 26, 1998, by and among Black & Decker Holdings Inc., as Issuer, The Black &
Decker Corporation, as Guarantor, and The First National Bank of Chicago, as Trustee (incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 4.9 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on March 12, 2010).
4.2 (a) Senior Indenture, dated as of November 1, 2002 between The Stanley Works and The Bank of New York
Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as successor trustee to JPMorgan Chase Bank (incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 4(vi) to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 28, 2002).
(b) Third Supplemental Indenture dated as of September 3, 2010, to the Indenture dated as of November 1, 2002,
among Stanley Black & Decker, Inc., The Black & Decker Corporation and The Bank of New York Mellon
Trust Company, N.A., as successor trustee to JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. (formerly known as JPMorgan
Chase Bank), as trustee (incorporated by reference to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on
September 7, 2010).
120
(c) Fourth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of November 22, 2011, among Stanley Black & Decker, Inc., The
Black & Decker Corporation, as Guarantor, and the Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as
Trustee, relating to the 3.40% Notes due 2021 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Company’s
Current Report on Form 8-K filed on November 22, 2011).
(d) Fifth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of November 6, 2012, among Stanley Black & Decker, Inc., The Black
& Decker Corporation, as Guarantor, and the Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as Trustee,
relating to the 2.90% Notes due 2022 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 to the Company's Current
Report on Form 8-K filed on November 6, 2012).
(e) Sixth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of November 6, 2018, between the Company and the Bank of New
York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as trustee, relating to the 4.250% Notes due 2028 and the 4.850% Notes
due 2048 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the Company’s Form 8-K dated November 6, 2018).
(f) Seventh Supplemental Indenture, dated as of March 1, 2019, between the Company and the Bank of New York
Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as trustee, relating to the 3.400% Notes due 2026 (incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 4.2 to the Company's Form 8-K dated March 1, 2019).
4.3 (a)
Indenture, dated November 22, 2005, between The Stanley Works and HSBC Bank USA, National Association,
as indenture trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.5 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K
dated November 29, 2005).
4.4
4.5
4.6
4.7
4.8
4.9
4.10
4.11
4.12
4.13
4.14
Purchase Contract and Pledge Agreement, dated May 17, 2017, among the Company, The Bank of New York
Mellon Trust Company, National Association, as Purchase Contract Agent, and HSBC Bank USA, National
Association, as Collateral Agent, Custodial Agent and Securities Intermediary (incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 4.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed May 17, 2017).
Form of Corporate Unit (incorporated by reference as part of Exhibit 4.1 of the Company’s Current Report on
Form 8-K filed May 17, 2017).
Form of Treasury Unit (incorporated by reference as part of Exhibit 4.1 of the Company’s Current Report on
Form 8-K filed May 17, 2017).
Form of Cash Settled Unit (incorporated by reference as part of Exhibit 4.1 of the Company’s Current Report
on Form 8-K filed May 17, 2017).
0% Series C Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock Certificate (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.5 of the
Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed May 17, 2017).
Purchase Contract and Pledge Agreement, dated November 13, 2019, among the Company, The Bank of New
York Mellon Trust Company, National Association, as Purchase Contract Agent, and HSBC Bank USA,
National Association, as Collateral Agent, Custodial Agent and Securities Intermediary (incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K filed November 13, 2019).
Form of Corporate Unit (incorporated by reference as part of Exhibit 4.1 of the Company's Current Report on
Form 8-K filed November 13, 2019).
Form of Treasury Unit (incorporated by reference as part of Exhibit 4.1 of the Company's Current Report on
Form 8-K filed November 13, 2019).
Form of Cash Settled Unit (incorporated by reference as part of Exhibit 4.1 of the Company's Current Report
on Form 8-K filed November 13, 2019).
0% Series D Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock Certificate (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.5 of the
Company's Current Report on Form 8-K filed November 13, 2019).
Description of the Company's Securities Registered Pursuant to Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of
1934.
10.1 (a) Amended and Restated Five Year Credit Agreement, made as of September 12, 2018 among Stanley Black &
Decker, Inc., the initial lenders named therein and Citibank, N.A. as administrative agent for the Lenders
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on September
14, 2018).
121
(b) 364-Day Credit Agreement, made as of September 11, 2019 among Stanley Black & Decker, Inc., the initial
lenders named therein and Citibank, N.A. as administrative agent for the Lenders (incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on September 11, 2019).
10.2 (a) Letter Agreement, dated July 21, 2016, between Stanley Black & Decker, Inc. and James M. Loree
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on July 25,
2016).*
(b) Second Amended and Restated Change in Control Severance Agreement dated July 21, 2016 between Stanley
Black & Decker, Inc. and James M. Loree (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Current
Report on Form 8-K filed on July 25, 2016).
10.3
10.4
10.5
10.6
10.7
10.8
10.9
Letter Agreement between Stanley Black & Decker, Inc. and John H. Wyatt effective December 22, 2014, as
amended February 17, 2016 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Company’s Annual Report on
Form 10-K filed on February 19, 2016).*
Change in Control Severance Agreement, dated December 4, 2018 between Stanley Black & Decker, Inc. and
Jeffery D. Ansell Change in Control Severance Agreement, dated December 4, 2018 between Stanley Black &
Decker, Inc. and Jeffery D. Ansell (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Company's Annual Report
on Form 10-K for the period ended December 29, 2018).*
Change in Control Severance Agreement, dated December 4, 2018 between Stanley Black & Decker, Inc. and
Donald Allan Jr (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for
the period ended December 29, 2018.*
Revised Form B of Change in Control Severance Agreement. John H. Wyatt is a Party to a Change In Control
Severance Agreement in this Form and Three of the Company’s other Executive Officers are parties to a
Change in Control Severance Agreement in this Form (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.9 to the
Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the period ended December 29, 2012).*
Form C of Change in Control Severance Agreement. Ten Executive Officers of the Company are parties to
Change in Control Severance Agreements in this Form (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the
Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended September 28, 2013).*
Deferred Compensation Plan for Non-Employee Directors amended and restated as of July 19, 2017
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-8 filed on August
15, 2017).*
Deferred Compensation Plan for Participants in Stanley’s Management Incentive Plan amended and restated as
of December 11, 2007 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(ix) to the Company’s Annual Report on Form
10-K for the year ended December 29, 2007).*
10.10 (a) Stanley Black & Decker Supplemental Retirement Account Plan (as in effect, January 1, 2011, except as
otherwise provided therein) (incorporated by reference to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the
period ended January 1, 2011).*
(b) Stanley Black & Decker Supplemental Retirement Plan (effective, January 1, 2011, except as otherwise
provided therein) (incorporated by reference to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the period
ended January 1, 2011).*
10.11
10.12
10.13
Stanley Black & Decker, Inc. Supplemental Executive Retirement Program as amended and restated effective
October 15, 2015, (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K
filed on October 16, 2015).*
New 1991 Loan Agreement, dated June 30, 1998, between The Stanley Works, as lender, and Citibank, N.A. as
trustee under the trust agreement for the Stanley Account Value Plan, to refinance the 1991 Salaried Employee
ESOP Loan and the 1991 Hourly ESOP Loan and their related promissory notes (incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 10(ii) to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended July 4, 1998).
The Stanley Works Non-Employee Directors’ Benefit Trust Agreement dated December 27, 1989 and amended
as of January 1, 1991 by and between The Stanley Works and Fleet National Bank, as successor trustee
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit (10)(xvii)(a) to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for year
ended December 29, 1990). P
10.14 (a) The Stanley Works 2009 Long-Term Incentive Plan (as amended March 12, 2010) (incorporated by reference
Exhibit 4.7 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-8 Reg. No. 333-165454 filed on March 12,
2010).*
122
(b) Form of award letter for restricted stock unit grants to executive officers pursuant to the Company’s 2009 Long
Term Incentive Plan (as amended March 12, 2010) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(vi)(b) to the
Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on May 13, 2010).*
(c) Form of stock option certificate for executive officers pursuant to the Company’s 2009 Long Term Incentive
Plan (as amended March 12, 2010) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(vi)(c) to the Company’s Quarterly
Report on Form 10-Q filed on May 13, 2010).*
(d) Terms of special one-time award of restricted stock units to John F. Lundgren under his employment agreement
and The Stanley Works 2009 Long-Term Incentive Plan (as amended March 12, 2010) (incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 10(vi)(d) to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on May 13, 2010).*
10.15 (a) The Stanley Black & Decker 2013 Long Term Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the
Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended March 30, 2013).*
(b) Form of Award Document for Performance Awards granted to Executive Officers under 2013 Long Term
Incentive Plan, updated 2018 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.16(b) to the Company's Annual Report
on Form 10-K for the period ended December 30, 2017).*
(c) Form of stock option certificate for grants to executive officers pursuant to the Company’s 2013 Long Term
Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.18(c) to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K
for the period ended December 28, 2013).*
(d) Form of restricted stock unit award certificate for grants of restricted stock units to executive officers pursuant
to the Company’s 2013 Long Term Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.18(d) to the
Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the period ended December 28, 2013).*
(e) Form of restricted stock unit retention award certificate for grants of restricted stock units to executive officers
pursuant to the Company’s 2013 Long Term Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to the Company’s
Annual Report on Form 10-K for the period ended December 31, 2016).*
10.16 (a) The Stanley Black & Decker 2018 Omnibus Award Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the
Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on July 20, 2018).*
(b) Form of stock option certificate for grants to executive officers pursuant to the Company’s 2018 Omnibus
Award Plan (filed herewith).*
(c) Form of restricted stock unit award certificate for grants to executive officers pursuant to the Company’s 2018
Omnibus Award Plan (filed herewith).*
(d) Form of restricted stock unit retention award certificate for grants to executive officers pursuant to the
Company’s 2018 Omnibus Award Plan (filed herewith).*
(e) Form of Award Document for Performance Award granted to Executive Officers under the 2018 Omnibus
Award (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.16(e) to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the
period ended December 29, 2018).
(f) Form of Award Document granted to Executive Officers under the 2019 Management Incentive Compensation
Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.16(f) to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the
period ended December 29, 2018).
10.17
The Stanley Black & Decker, Inc. Deferred Compensation Plan Relating to Long-Term Performance Awards
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.17 to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the period
ended December 29, 2018).
10.18 (a) The Stanley Works Restricted Stock Unit Plan for Non-Employee Directors amended and restated as of
December 11, 2007 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(xx) to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-
K for the year ended December 29, 2007).*
(b) Form of Certificate for RSUs issued pursuant to The Stanley Works Restricted Stock Unit Plan for Non-
Employee Directors (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(xxv) to the Company’s Annual Report on Form
10-K for the year ended January 1, 2005).*
10.19
10.20
The Stanley Black & Decker, Inc. 2020 Restricted Stock Unit Deferral Plan For Non-Employee Directors (filed
herewith).*
The Stanley Black & Decker, Inc. 2017 Management Incentive Compensation Plan (incorporated by reference
to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended April 1, 2017).*
123
10.21
10.22
10.23
10.24
Special Severance Policy for Management Incentive Compensation Plan Participants Levels 1-5 as amended
effective October 17, 2008 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(xxi) to the Company’s Annual Report on
Form 10-K for the period ended January 3, 2009).*
Global Omnibus Employee Stock Purchase Plan approved by shareholders of the Company on April 17, 2019
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.1(a) to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-8 filed on
November 13, 2019).*
The Black & Decker 2003 Stock Option Plan, as amended (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 to the
Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on March 12, 2010).*
Form of Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement relating to The Black & Decker Corporation’s stock option
plans (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(xix) to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on
May 13, 2010).*
10.25 (a) The Black & Decker Supplemental Pension Plan, as amended and restated (incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 10(xx) to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on May 13, 2010).*
(b) First Amendment to The Black & Decker Supplemental Pension Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit
10(xxi) to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on May 13, 2010).*
10.26
10.27
10.28
10.29
21
23
24
The Black & Decker Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan, as amended and restated (incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 10(xxii) to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on May 13, 2010).*
Employment Offer Letter, dated June 12, 2017, between Stanley Black & Decker, Inc. and Janet M. Link
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.25 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the period
ended December 30, 2017).*
Change in Control Severance Agreement, dated December 19, 2017, between Stanley Black & Decker, Inc. and
Janet M. Link (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.26 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for
the period ended December 30, 2017).*
Employment Offer Letter, date April 1, 2019, between Stanley Black & Decker, Inc. and Robert Blackburn
(filed herewith).*
Subsidiaries of Registrant.
Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.
Power of Attorney.
31.1 (a) Certification by Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a).
31.1 (b) Certification by Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a).
32.1
32.2
99.1
101
Certification by Chief Executive Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section
906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
Certification by Chief Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906
of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
Policy on Confidential Proxy Voting and Independent Tabulation and Inspection of Elections as adopted by The
Board of Directors October 23, 1991 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit (28)(i) to the Quarterly Report on
Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 28, 1991). P
The following materials from Stanley Black & Decker Inc.'s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year
ended December 28, 2019, formatted in iXBRL (Inline eXtensible Business Reporting Language): (i)
Consolidated Statements of Operations for the fiscal years ended December 28, 2019, December 29, 2018, and
December 30, 2017; (ii) Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for the fiscal years ended
December 28, 2019, December 29, 2018, and December 30, 2017; (iii) Consolidated Balance Sheets at
December 28, 2019 and December 29, 2018; (iv) Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the fiscal years
ended December 28, 2019, December 29, 2018, and December 30, 2017; (v) Consolidated Statements of
Changes in Shareowners' Equity for the fiscal years ended December 28, 2019, December 29, 2018, and
December 30, 2017; and (v) Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements**.
104
The cover page of Stanley Black & Decker Inc.'s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December
28, 2019, formatted in iXBRL (included within Exhibit 101).
124
* Management contract or compensation plan or arrangement.
P Paper Filing
** Pursuant to Rule 406T of Regulation S-T, the Interactive Data Files on Exhibit 101 hereto are deemed not filed or part
of a registration statement or prospectus for purposes of Sections 11 or 12 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended,
are deemed not filed for purposes of Section 18 of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and
otherwise are not subject to liability under those sections.
125
This page intentionally left blank.
This page intentionally left blank.
This page intentionally left blank.
STANLEY BLACK AND DECKER 2019 ANNUAL REPORTFinancial and Investor CommunicationsThe Stanley Black & Decker investor relations department provides information to shareowners and the financial community. We encourage inquiries and will provide services that include:• Fulfilling requests for annual reports, proxy statements, forms 10-Q and 10-K, copies of press releases and other Company information• Meetings with securities analysts and fund managersContact the investor relations department at our corporate offices by calling Dennis Lange, VP, Investor Relations at (860) 827-3833 or by mail at 1000 Stanley Drive, New Britain, CT 06053. We make earnings releases available online on the day that results are released to the news media. Stanley Black & Decker releases and a variety of shareowner information can be found at the Company’s website: www.stanleyblackanddecker.com.Financial Scorecard Footnotes(b) The Company has excluded $309 million of after-tax charges ($2.05 of diluted EPS) related to restructuring, acquisitions, charges related to the extinguishment of debt, Security business transformation, margin resiliency initiatives, a gain on a sale of a business, and a charge related to the Company’s share of equity method investment earnings, in the 2019 calculation of diluted EPS. The Company has excluded $631 million of after-tax charges ($4.16 of diluted EPS) related to acquisitions, an environmental remediation settlement, a non-cash fair value adjustment, a cost reduction program, an incremental freight charge related to a supplier’s bankruptcy, a loss related to a previously divested business, and tax charges primarily related to the enactment of new U.S. tax legislation, in the 2018 calculation of diluted EPS. The Company has excluded $91 million of after-tax income ($0.59 of diluted EPS) related to the gain on sales of businesses, partially offset by acquisition-related charges and a one-time net tax charge related to the enactment of new U.S. tax legislation, in the 2017 calculation of diluted EPS. These amounts were excluded because the Company believes doing so provides a better indicator of operating trends when analyzing diluted EPS, due to the unusually large magnitude of these amounts and the fact that they are expected to be non-recurring. Therefore, the Company has provided these measures both including and excluding such amounts. (c) Free Cash Flow = Net cash flow from operating activities less capital and software expenditures. Cash flow from operating activities for 2015–2017 represent as previously reported amounts, which excludes the impacts from the 2018 adoption of ASU 2016-15 and ASU 2016-18. (d) Working Capital Turns are computed as annualized fourth-quarter sales divided by year-end working capital (accounts receivable, inventory, accounts payable, and deferred revenue).(e) Average Capital Employed is computed as the 2-point average of debt and equity.(f) Cash Flow Return on Investment is computed as cash from operations plus after-tax interest expense, divided by the 2-point average of debt and equity.Cautionary Statements Under the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995Statements in this Annual Report that are not historical, including, but not limited to, those that often contain words such as “expect,” “anticipate,” “intend,” “plan,” “believe,” “seek,” “see,” or “will,” are “forward-looking statements” and subject to risk and uncertainty. The results that are expressed or implied in such statements involve inherent risks and uncertainties that could cause actual outcomes and results to differ materially from those expectations, including, but not limited to, the risks, uncertainties and other factors set forth or referred to under Risk Factors and the cautionary statements in the MD&A of the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K that is part of this Annual Report, and any material changes thereto set forth in any subsequent Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, as well as those contained in the Company’s other filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission. The Company undertakes no obligation to publicly update or revise any forward-looking statements to reflect events or circumstances that may arise after the date hereof.FRONT COVER Top: As part of our Industry 4.0 initiative, Autonomous Fork Trucks at our Fort Mill, South Carolina, distribution center assist in the movement of material and products. Bottom Left: With the acquisition of IES Attachments, Pengo provides an assortment of products, such as this Rock Ripper Auger Attachment, that deliver productivity and meet the needs of landscapers, nurseries and construction companies. Bottom Right: During our annual Maker Month and in support of our 2030 CSR strategy, we opened our doors to more than 2,000 students and community members in more than 15 countries worldwide. INSIDE BACK COVER 1st: Standing up to the extreme conditions where no corded power can go, the DEWALT FLEXVOLT® 60v MAX SDS Max Combination Hammer & Cordless Extractor helped to build a 427-foot-long suspension bridge at the peak of Whistler Mountain, located at an elevation of about 7,200 foot above sea level. 2nd: Stanley Engineered Fastening is helping to Innovate With Purpose by constructing solar farms with its Avdel® NeoBolt® Fastening System. 3rd: The DEWALT FLEXVOLT® 60v MAX Pipe Threader can thread ½"– 2" black iron pipe, rigid conduit, and more, and is equipped with an oil-resistant, glass-filled nylon battery to protect it from cutting oils used to complete threads. 4th: STANLEY Healthcare’s solutions empower caregivers to create a safe, secure and efficient environment for excellent care. BACK COVER: The FC Barcelona Women’s Team is focused on high performance, innovation and social responsibility, and because of our shared values in promoting diversity and inclusion, we are proud to be the first ever main jersey sponsor emblazoned on the front of their powerful stripes.Visit 2019yearinreview.stanleyblackanddecker.com to view exciting aspects of the Stanley Black & Decker story, explore our financials, review our sustainable practices, and read about our businesses and our plans for growth.Design: Ideas On Purpose | Printing: DG3 | This book was printed using only recycled paper.©2020 Stanley Black & Decker. All Rights Reserved. 2019YEARINREVIEW.STANLEYBLACKANDDECKER.COM
Stanley Black & Decker | 1000 Stanley Drive | New Britain, CT 06053